Kadam - Goa State Pollution Control Board

ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS

LIMITED

Draft EIA & EMP Report for Fertilizer Blending unit for Customized NPK Production, Gas Turbine (GT), Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG), Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank (AAST) & Urea Granulation Unit for Fertilizers Production at Zuarinagar, Sancoale Village, Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District, GOA.

APRIL 2016

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d am en v i r o . c o m

E nv ironment for Deve lopm ent

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD.

EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK

FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST

& UREA GRANULATION UNIT QUALITY CONTROL

KADAM ENVIRONMENTAL CONSULTANTS | APRIL 2016 1


DRAFT EIA & EMP REPORT FOR FERTILIZER

BLENDING UNIT FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK

PRODUCTION, GAS TURBINE (GT), HEAT RECOVERY

STEAM GENERATOR (HRSG), ATMOSPHERIC AMMONIA

STORAGE TANK (AAST) & UREA GRANULATION UNIT

FOR FERTILIZERS PRODUCTION AT ZUARINAGAR,

SANCOALE VILLAGE, MORMUGAO TALUKA, SOUTH

GOA DISTRICT, GOA.

© Kadam Environmental Consultants (‘Kadam’), April, 2016.

This report is released for the use of the Zuari Agro Chemical Ltd., Regulators and relevant

stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information

provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be

used for any other purpose without the written consent of Kadam.

QUALITY CONTROL

Name of

Publication

Draft EIA & EMP Report for Fertilizer Blending unit for Customized NPK Production, Gas Turbine (GT), Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG), Atmospheric Ammonia

Storage Tank (AAST) & Urea Granulation Unit for Fertilizers Production at Zuarinagar, Sancoale Village, Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District, GOA.

Project Number 1313481606,1313581606,1520851606

Report

No. 1 Version 1 Released April, 2016

DISCLAIMER

Kadam has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. Kadam also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written.

However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Kadam therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this

report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT TABLE OF CONTENT


CONTENTS

1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND ....................................................... 5

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT .................................................................... 5

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT .............................. 5

1.2.1 Identification of Project .................................................................. 5

1.2.2 Project Proponent ......................................................................... 6

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS

IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION ....................................................... 8

1.3.1 Brief Description of Project .............................................................. 8

1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country & Region ....................................... 8

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK .................................................................. 9

1.4.1 Environmental Clearance for Proposed Project ........................................ 9

1.4.2 Status of Environmental Clearances & CC&A/CTO for Existing Units ............. 10

1.4.3 Statutory Clearances and other Permissions ........................................ 10

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY ....................................................................... 11

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ...................................................................... 20

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................... 20

2.1.1 Description of Aspects due to the project ............................................ 20

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT .................................................................... 20

2.2.1 Description of Aspects .................................................................. 24

2.3 LOCATION .................................................................................... 24

2.3.1 General Location of the Site ........................................................... 24

2.3.2 Specific Location of the Site with Project Boundary ................................ 24

2.3.3 Approach to the site .................................................................... 24

2.3.4 Land Distribution at Site ............................................................... 24

2.3.5 Description of Aspects due to Location............................................... 25

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ..................................................... 30

2.4.1 Description of Aspects due to Magnitude of Operation ............................ 30

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ...................... 30

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION ............................................. 30

2.6.1 Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit ....................................................... 30

2.6.2 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank ................................................. 33

2.6.3 GT & HRSG (Steam Power Generation Unit) ........................................ 35

2.6.4 Urea Granulation Plant ................................................................. 36

2.7 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE &

DISPOSAL ............................................................................................. 39

2.7.1 Quantification & Classification of Hazardous Waste ................................ 39

2.7.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Facility & Generation .................................... 40

2.7.3 Non Hazardous Waste classification & Management ............................... 41

2.7.4 Other Solids Wastes .................................................................... 42

2.8 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL DETAILS....... 42

2.8.1 Water Source, Consumption and wastewater Generation ......................... 42

2.8.2 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal Facility ........................................ 46






2.8.3 Process Description of Effluent Treatment plant followed by RO ................. 49

2.8.4 Pre-treatment filtration system ........................................................ 49

2.8.5 Ultra-filtration system .................................................................. 50

2.8.6 UF Automation .......................................................................... 50

2.8.7 Reverse Osmosis system ............................................................... 50

2.8.8 Adequacy of Effluent Treatment Units ............................................... 53

2.9 AIR EMISSIONS .............................................................................. 54

2.9.1 Point Source Emissions ................................................................. 54

2.9.2 Line Source Emissions .................................................................. 54

2.9.3 Fugitive Emissions & Control .......................................................... 57

2.10 PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................. 58

2.10.1 Utilities ................................................................................. 62

2.10.2 Industrial area (process area) ...................................................... 62

2.10.3 Commercial area (non-process area) .............................................. 63

2.10.4 Social infrastructure .................................................................. 63

2.10.5 Project Cost ........................................................................... 63

2.11 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE ..................... 64

2.12 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF

TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE ......................................................................... 68

2.12.1 Customized Fertilizer Project ........................................................ 68

2.12.2 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank .............................................. 68

2.12.3 Cogeneration Plant (GT + HRSG) .................................................. 68

2.12.4 Urea Granulation Facility ............................................................ 68

3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................... 69

3.1 STUDY AREA .................................................................................. 69

3.2 PERIOD ........................................................................................ 69

3.3 COMPONENTS ................................................................................ 69

3.4 METHODOLOGY .............................................................................. 69

3.4.1 Primary data Collection ................................................................. 69

3.4.2 Secondary Data collection ............................................................. 69

3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND

BASE MAPS ........................................................................................... 72

3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology ................................................................ 72

3.5.2 Land Use ................................................................................. 79

3.5.3 Ambient Air Quality ..................................................................... 86

3.5.4 Noise...................................................................................... 95

3.5.5 Vibration ................................................................................. 97

3.5.6 Hydrology and Groundwater ........................................................... 98

3.5.7 Geology ................................................................................. 110

3.5.8 Soil ....................................................................................... 113

3.5.9 Ecology and Biodiversity .............................................................. 118

3.5.10 Socio-Economics ..................................................................... 134

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ...142

4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT ... 142






4.1.1 Assessment of Significance of Impacts .............................................. 142

4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................... 146

4.2.1 Sources of Emissions and Emission rates ........................................... 149

4.2.2 Traffic Survey ........................................................................... 153

4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT...................................................................... 156

4.3.1 Noise Modeling Study ................................................................. 157

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT .................................................................... 163

4.4.1 Ground Water .......................................................................... 163

4.4.2 Impact on Ground Water ............................................................. 163

4.4.3 Mitigation measure .................................................................... 163

4.4.4 Surface / River/ Marine Water ........................................................ 163

4.4.5 Impact on Surface Water ............................................................. 163

4.4.6 Mitigation measure .................................................................... 163

4.5 LAND USE AND LAND COVER .............................................................. 165

4.5.1 Site Preparation ........................................................................ 165

4.5.2 Green Belt Development .............................................................. 165

4.5.3 Mitigation Measures for Impact on Land Use / Land Cover ...................... 165

4.6 SOIL CONSERVATION ...................................................................... 167

4.6.1 Mitigation Measures for Soil Conservation .......................................... 167

4.7 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY ............................................................ 169

4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC .......................................................................... 171

4.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK ...................................................... 171

4.9.1 General Safety Measures .............................................................. 171

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures ................................................................... 172

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ..............................................................175

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVE ......................................................................... 175

5.1.1 Alternative Site-1 ....................................................................... 175



5.1.4 At Existing Site ......................................................................... 176

5.2 TECHNOLOGY ALTERNATIVES ............................................................ 177

5.2.1 Customized Fertilizer Project ......................................................... 177

5.2.2 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank ................................................ 178

5.2.3 Cogeneration Plant (GT + HRSG) .................................................... 178

5.2.4 Urea Granulation Facility .............................................................. 179

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...........................................181

6.1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................. 181

6.2 THE OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING ...................................................... 181

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMS ........................................... 181

6.3.1 Air Environment ........................................................................ 181

6.3.2 Noise Environment ..................................................................... 184

6.3.3 Water Environment .................................................................... 186

6.3.4 Land Environment ..................................................................... 188

6.3.5 Ecology and Biodiversity .............................................................. 190






6.4 PROJECTED EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS .......................... 192

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES .......................................................................194

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT .......................................................................... 194

7.1.1 Introduction ............................................................................ 194

7.1.2 Scope & Methodology ................................................................. 194

7.1.3 Facility Description ..................................................................... 194

7.1.4 Details of Proposed Atmospheric Pressure Liquid Ammonia Storage ............ 194

7.1.5 Input Data for QRA .................................................................... 195

7.1.6 Study Results ........................................................................... 196

7.2 ONSITE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................. 199

7.2.1 Introduction ............................................................................ 199

7.2.2 Key Personnel and their responsibilities ............................................. 200

7.2.3 Concept of Emergency Response Operation ........................................ 200

7.2.4 Emergency organization............................................................... 200

7.2.5 List of Key Persons ..................................................................... 201

7.2.6 Duties and responsibilities of key personnel ........................................ 202

7.2.7 Responsibilities of the key persons during emergency ............................ 207

7.2.8 Actions by the other persons present ............................................... 208

7.2.9 Outside organizations if involved in assisting during On-site Emergency ....... 208

7.2.10 Statutory bodies and their addresses ............................................. 209

7.2.11 Details of Liaison Arrangement between the Organisations ................... 210

7.2.12 Preliminary Hazard Analysis ........................................................ 210

7.2.13 Seat of Key Personnel............................................................... 213

7.2.14 Emergency Control Centre ......................................................... 214

7.2.15 Description of Hazardous Chemicals at Plant Site ............................... 215

7.2.16 Natural and Manmade Calamities which can Lead to Emergency Scenerio .. 216

7.2.17 Details regarding Warning, Alarm, Safety & Security Systems ................ 218

7.2.18 Precautions in designing of the foundations and load bearing parts of the

building 220

7.2.19 Emergency Control Procedures .................................................... 225

7.2.20 Details of Communication Facilities Available during Emergency .............. 226

7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ................................................................... 235

7.4 EHS POLICY OF ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LIMITED .................................... 243

7.5 FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION ............................................................... 244

7.5.1 Introduction ............................................................................ 244

7.5.2 Objectives ............................................................................... 244

7.5.3 Issues Raised And Mitigation Measures Suggested ................................ 244

7.5.4 Identified Social Activities ............................................................. 246

7.5.5 Budgetary Provision ................................................................... 246

7.5.6 Existing CSR activities with Budget .................................................. 248

7.5.7 Suggestion & Recommendation ...................................................... 249

7.5.8 Conclusion .............................................................................. 249

8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...........................................................................250

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................ 250






8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE ................................... 250

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED ............... 250

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS .............................................................. 250

9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS ..........................................251

10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................252

10.1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................... 252

10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP ......................................................................... 252

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS .............................................. 252

10.3.1 Air Quality ............................................................................ 252

10.3.2 Water Quality ........................................................................ 252

10.3.3 Hydrogeology ........................................................................ 253

10.3.4 Land and Soil ........................................................................ 255

10.3.5 Ecology and Biodiversity ............................................................ 255

10.3.6 Noise & Solid ......................................................................... 255

10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL ................................................... 257

10.5 SUMMARY OF EMP ........................................................................ 257

11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION .............................................................259

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................. 259

11.1.1 Company and Project Proponent .................................................. 259

11.1.2 Proposed Project .................................................................... 259

11.1.3 Process ............................................................................... 260

Hazardous and other Solid Waste .............................................................. 263

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................ 263

11.2.1 Study Period and Area .............................................................. 263

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES ........ 266

11.3.1 Air Environment ..................................................................... 266

11.3.2 Traffic ................................................................................. 266

11.3.3 Noise Environment .................................................................. 267

11.3.4 Water Environment .................................................................. 267

11.3.5 Land Environment ................................................................... 267

11.3.6 Biological Environment .............................................................. 267

11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment ...................................................... 268

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM .......................................... 268

11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ................................................................... 269

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS ...................................................................... 269

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................. 269

11.7.1 CONCLUSION ........................................................................ 271

12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ..........................................................272

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY..................................... 272

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS ..................................................................... 273

13 CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE REPORT OF EC CONDITIONS ............................275






LIST OF ANNEXURES

Annexure 1: Total Production capacities after Expansion ........................................................... 285

Annexure 2: Name Change Document (Zuari Holdings Limited to Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd.) ..... 286

Annexure 3: Application for EC & TOR Letter ........................................................................... 287

Annexure 4: Environmental Clearance for the existing units issued by MoEFCC/SEIAA .............. 298

Annexure 5: Copies of Consent to Operate & Authorization Accorded by the GSPCB. ................ 305

Annexure 6: Agreement letter for natural gas by GAIL ............................................................. 318

Annexure 7: Agreement letter for water supply ........................................................................ 321

Annexure 8: Long Term Climatological Data of IMD Station, Marmugao .................................... 330

Annexure 9: First & Second level of Classification for Land use and land Cover .......................... 332

Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards, CPCB ..................................................... 337

Annexure 11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results ................................................................ 338

Annexure 12: Earlier Floristic & Faunal Studies .......................................................................... 347

Annexure 13: Impact Assessment Methodology ........................................................................ 349

Annexure 14: Air Dispersion Modeling Results and Isopleth ....................................................... 358

Annexure 15: List of Stakeholders & Letters from Panchayats ................................................... 370

Annexure 16: Existing Greenbelt Species, ZACL ......................................................................... 380

Annexure 17: NABET certificate of accreditation ........................................................................ 394






LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1: Schedule of Proposed Project ....................................................................................... 5

Table 1-2: ZACL’s Top Management List ....................................................................................... 7

Table 1-3: Brief Description of the Proposed Project...................................................................... 8

Table 1-4: Statutory Clearances and Other Permissions ............................................................... 10

Table 1-5: Compliance with the Terms of Reference ................................................................... 11

Table 2-1: Need for the proposed project ................................................................................... 21

Table 2-2: Land Distribution at Site ............................................................................................. 25

Table 2-3: Size/Magnitude of Proposed operation ....................................................................... 30

Table 2-4: Product Grades .......................................................................................................... 33

Table 2-5: List of major safety interlocks .................................................................................... 34

Table 2-6: Hazardous waste Generation, Management and Disposal............................................ 39

Table 2-7: Hazardous waste storage facility in Existing Premises ................................................. 40

Table 2-8: Generation of Existing Hazardous waste ..................................................................... 40

Table 2-9: Details of Non-Hazardous waste ................................................................................. 41

Table 2-10: Details of Water Consumption (In KLD) .................................................................... 42

Table 2-11: Details of Wastewater Generation (In KLD) .............................................................. 43

Table 2-12: Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics ..................................................................... 46

Table 2-13: Wastewater Treatment Units with Capacity .............................................................. 46

Table 2-14: Wastewater Characteristics for different streams ...................................................... 48

Table 2-15: Adequacy of Existing Effluent Treatment Units ......................................................... 53

Table 2-16: Details of Stacks and APCM – Existing ...................................................................... 55

Table 2-17: Details of Stacks and APCM – Proposed .................................................................... 56

Table 2-18: Low NOx Burner Design Details (Existing) ................................................................. 57

Table 2-19: Dry Low NOx Combustors Design Details (Proposed)................................................. 57

Table 2-20: Workplace Monitoring Results .................................................................................. 58

Table 2-21: Detail of project component ..................................................................................... 58

Table 2-22: Details of Raw Material Consumption and Transportation Details .............................. 62

Table 2-23: Total Project Cost of proposed project ...................................................................... 63

Table 2-24: Operational controls at design stage......................................................................... 65

Table 2-25: Pollution Load Statement ......................................................................................... 67

Table 3-1: Predominant Month-Wise Wind Directions .................................................................. 73

Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Marmugao .................................................. 73

Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data ......................................................... 74






Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season 2013 .................................................. 75

Table 3-5: Collation of Meteorological data – Summer Season ..................................................... 77

Table 3-6: GPS Readings Enumerating Land Features within Study Area ..................................... 80

Table 3-7: Area Statistic for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area ........................ 81

Table 3-8: Important Feature within the Study Area .................................................................... 85

Table 3-9: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring ...................................................................... 87

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details and Justification .............................. 87

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Monitoring Results................................................................................. 90

Table 3-12: Stack Monitoring Analysis Results ............................................................................. 94

Table 3-13: Methodology of Noise Sampling & Monitoring ........................................................... 95

Table 3-14: Sampling Locations for Noise ................................................................................... 95

Table 3-15: Noise Level Readings ............................................................................................... 97

Table 3-16: Ambient Noise Levels as per Noise Regulations ........................................................ 97

Table 3-17: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water and Surface Water ....................................... 98

Table 3-18: Surface Water Sampling Location (Pond & River) ...................................................... 99

Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Marine water sample .................................................................. 102

Table 3-20: Analysis Result of River Water Sample .................................................................... 103

Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples ............................................................. 104

Table 3-22: Ground Water Sampling Locations .......................................................................... 107

Table 3-23: Analysis Report of Ground Water Samples .............................................................. 109

Table 3-24: Stratigraphy of South Goa District .......................................................................... 112

Table 3-25: Analysis Methodology of Soil .................................................................................. 114

Table 3-26: Soil Sampling Locations .......................................................................................... 115

Table 3-27: Soil Analysis Result ................................................................................................ 117

Table 3-28: List of Trees in Study Area ..................................................................................... 120

Table 3-29: List of Shrubs in Study Area ................................................................................... 123

Table 3-30: List of Herbs in Study Area ..................................................................................... 124

Table 3-31: List of Climbers and Twiners in Study Area ............................................................. 126

Table 3-32: List of Birds in Study Area ...................................................................................... 128

Table 3-33: List of Butterflies in Study Area .............................................................................. 130

Table 3-34: List of Herpetofauna in Study Area ......................................................................... 131

Table 3-35: List of Mammals in Study Area ............................................................................... 131

Table 3-36: Distribution of Phytoplankton population at different stations of Zuary, Goa ............ 132

Table 3-37: Distribution of zooplankton in the coastal waters of Zuary, Goa .............................. 133






Table 3-38: Range and Average of sub-tidal macrobenthos at different stations in the coastal

waters of Zuari, Goa. ................................................................................................................ 133

Table 3-39: Distribution of subtidal macrobenthos at Zuari, Goa ................................................ 133

Table 3-40: Species Diversity, Richness and Evenness indices of benthic fauna ......................... 134

Table 3-41: List of villages, households and population within the study area ............................ 135

Table 3-42: Number of households and male-female population within the study area .............. 136

Table 3-43: Number of SC/ST population within the study area ................................................. 137

Table 3-44: Number of villages having educational facilities within the study area ..................... 137

Table 3-45: Literacy rate within the study area ......................................................................... 138

Table 3-46: Number of villages having health facilities within the study area ............................. 138

Table 3-47: Number of villages having drinking water facilities within the study area ................. 139

Table 3-48: Occupational status of the study area ..................................................................... 140

Table 3-49: Number of villages having Transportation facilities within the study area ................ 140

Table 3-50: Number of villages having communication facilities within the study area ............... 141

Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact Identification from Proposed Project ............................................... 143

Table 4-2: Impact Scoring for Air Environment .......................................................................... 147

Table 4-3: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Estimate for Point Source ............................... 149

Table 4-4: Emission Estimate (Point Source) from Proposed Plants ............................................ 150

Table 4-5: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks ......................................... 151

Table 4-6: 24 Hr. Average Incremental Increase in GLC from Proposed Project ......................... 151

Table 4-7: Action Plan for Transportation of Raw Material & Finished Product ........................... 153

Table 4-8: Hourly Average Traffic on Approach Road (Old NH 17) – Zuarinagar to Vasco .......... 155

Table 4-9: Hourly Average Traffic on Approach Road (Old NH 17) – Vasco to Zuarinagar .......... 155

Table 4-10: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels ................................................... 157

Table 4-11: Noise level at receptor locations ............................................................................. 160

Table 4-12: Impact Scoring for Noise Environment .................................................................... 162

Table 4-13: Impact Scoring for Water Environment ................................................................... 164

Table 4-14: Impact Scoring Land Use / Land Cover ................................................................... 166

Table 4-15: Impact Scoring Soil Conservation ........................................................................... 168

Table 4-16: Impact Scoring Ecology and Biodiversity ................................................................. 170

Table 4-17: Impact Scoring for Socio-Economic Environment .................................................... 173

Table 4-18: Impact Scoring for Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community .......... 174

Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment ............................................ 182

Table 6-2: Environmental Monitoring Program for Noise Environment ....................................... 185

Table 6-3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Quality ............................................... 187






Table 6-4: Environmental Monitoring and Management Program for Soil Environment ............... 189

Table 6-5: Environmental Management Program for Ecological and Biodiversity Environment .... 191

Table 6-6: Expenditure on Environmental Matters ..................................................................... 192

Table 6-7: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program ....................................................... 192

Table 7-1: Details of Existing and Proposed Liquid Ammonia Tanks ........................................... 194

Table 7-2: Weather Data for Goa .............................................................................................. 195

Table 7-3: Failure case data for QRA......................................................................................... 196

Table 7-4: Consequence Analysis Results .................................................................................. 197

Table 7-5: Issues Raised and Mitigation Measures Suggested .................................................... 244

Table 7-6: Budget Break-up Activities Wise ............................................................................... 247

Table 10-1: Summary of EMP ................................................................................................... 257

Table 12-1: EIA team member .................................................................................................. 273






LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2-1: Process flow diagram of Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit ........................................... 32

Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram of GT, HRSG .......................................................................... 36

Figure 2-3: Process Flow Diagram of Urea Production from Prilling Section to Granulation Section

.................................................................................................................................................. 37


.................................................................................................................................................. 38

Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit ..................................................................... 44

Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion ................................................. 45

Figure 2-7: Process Block diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant .................................................... 51

Figure 2-8: Process Block diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant .................................................... 52

Figure 2-9: Site location of Proposed Customized blending Unit ................................................... 59

Figure 2-10: Site location of Proposed Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank ................................ 59

Figure 2-11: Site location of Proposed GT & HRSG (SPG Unit) ..................................................... 60

Figure 2-12: Site location of Proposed Urea Granulation Unit ....................................................... 60

Figure 3-1: Toposheet of the study area ..................................................................................... 71

Figure 3-2: Windrose diagram..................................................................................................... 76

Figure 3-3: Soil map ................................................................................................................. 114

Figure 4-1: Isopleth generated during daytime ......................................................................... 158

Figure 4-2: Isopleth generated during nighttime ....................................................................... 159

Figure 5-1: Production Cost Comparison of Customized Fertilizer ............................................... 178

Figure 5-2: Rotating Fluid Bed (Vortex Granulation) Technology ................................................ 179

Figure 7-1: Site Map Showing Existing and Proposed Liquid Ammonia Tanks ............................. 195

Figure 7-2: Is-Risk Contours – Existing Horton Spheres (2 Nos.) ............................................... 197

Figure 7-3: Is-Risk Contours – Proposed Atmospheric Ammonia Tank (1 No.) ............................ 198

Figure 7-4: Emergency Management Organization .................................................................... 201

Figure 10-1: Water table profile ................................................................................................ 254

Figure 10-2: Management Cell .................................................................................................. 257






LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS

Photograph 2-1: Existing Plant, Greenbelt & Proposed Plant Site at ZACL .................................... 61

Photograph 3-1: Meteorological station at site ............................................................................ 77

Photograph 3-2: Various Land uses of Study Area ....................................................................... 84

Photograph 3-3: AAQ Sampling Stations ..................................................................................... 89

Photograph 3-4: Noise Level Sampling Locations ......................................................................... 96

Photograph 3-5: Surface Water Sampling Locations .................................................................. 101

Photograph 3-6: Ground Water Sampling .................................................................................. 108

Photograph 3-7: Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................................. 116

Photograph 3-8: Interviewing key-informants within the study area .......................................... 135

Photograph 3-9: Places of religious importance within the study area ........................................ 141






ABBREVIATIONS

ZACL : Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd.

TORs : Terms of References

EAC/ MoEFCC : Expert Appraisal Committee/ Ministry of Environment, forest & Climate Change

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

GSPCB : Goa State Pollution Control Board

NG/ RLNG : Natural Gas/ Re Gasified Liquefied Natural Gas

GT : Gas Turbine

HRSG : Heat Recovery Steam Generator

SPG : Steam Power Generation Unit

AAST : Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

RO : Regional Office

CTO : Consent To Operate

MTPD : Metric Ton Per Day

GLC : Ground Level Concentrations

WTP : Water Treatment Plant

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

HDPE : High Density Poly Ethylene

KLD : Kilo Liter Per day

RO : Reverse Osmosis

UF : Ultra Filtration

ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant

DM : Demineralization

TDS : Total Dissolved Solid

SS : Suspended Solids

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand

O & G : Oil & Grease

ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge

VOC : Volatile Organic Compound

CO : Carbon Monoxide

HC : Hydrocarbon

HF : Hydrogen Fluoride

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

SW : Surface Water

GW : Ground Water

CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority

MSL : Mean Sea Level

GAIL : Gas Authority of India Limited

WRD : Water Resource Department

PUCC : Pollution Under Control Certificate

APCM : Air Pollution Control Management

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

IUCN : International Union For Conservation of Nature

IWPA : International Wildlife protection Act

OCP : Operational Control Procedure






OEP : Operation Excellence Program

SOP : Standard Operation Procedure

AERMIC : Agency Regulatory Model Improvement Committee

AERMOD : American Meteorological Society & U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model

PPE : Personnel Protective Equipment

dB : Decibel

QRA : Quantitative Risk Assessment

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

ECC : Emergency Control Centre

PCU : Passenger Car Unit

IRC : Indian Road Congress

NIHL : Noise Induces Hearing Loss

SPL : Sound Pressure Level

WPM : Work Place Monitoring

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

ESC : Enterprise Social Commitment

MSIHC : Manufacture Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals

OHSAS : Occupational health and safety management systems

HAZOP : Hazard & Operability

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories






LIST OF PERSONS AND INSTITUTIONS MET

Name of Persons Designation & Location

Mr. Ranjit S. Chugh Chief Manufacturing Officer, ZACL

Mr. A A Pacheco General manager- Manufacturing, ZACL

Mr. Pravin Priolkar Jt. GM – Civil, ZACL

Mr. V Vinay Jt. GM - Technical Services, ZACL

Mr. Inderjit Singh Chief Manager – Environment & Mngmt Sys.

Ms. Liselle Pereria Dy. Manager - Environment

Mr. N M Kantak Ex. Chief General Manager- Operations, ZACL

Mr. N A Kulkarni Ex. Dy. General Manager- Production (N), QC & Envt., ZACL

Mr. A J D Karthik Ex-Asst. Manager - Envt

Laxman M Kavelkar Sarpanch, Chicolna Bogmalo

Aparna Naik Resident, Sancoale

Ravindra Resident, Zuari Nagar (Slum)

Girish Karekar Resident, Nagave (Nagoa)

Santosh Chary Trader (Fabrication), Sasmollem (Mistwada)

NatwarLal R Lakhani Trader (Grocery), Alto Desterro

Ismail Resident, Maimollem

Pradeep Tavankar Secretary, Chicolna Bogmallo

Judas Anacleto De Souza (Mrs. Varonica) Sarpanch, Chicalim

SharanMetti Sarpanch, Sancoale

Henrique D’ Mello Sarpanch, Velsao, Pale and Issorcim




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-1: INTRODUCTION


1 INTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s. Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd. (ZACL) a fertilizer unit located at Zuarinagar, Village- Sancoale,

Taluka- Mormugao, District- South Goa, Goa. ZACL intends to expand and modernize its

manufacturing facilities within its existing complex.

As per the schedule of EIA Notification dated September 14th, 2006 (amended till date), proposed

project requires prior Environmental Clearance (EC). Consequently this proposed plant will require

EC from the MoEFCC, New Delhi.

The Purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report is to:

provide essential documentation required as part of the regulatory Environmental Compliance

process as practiced in India;

provide a reliable decision making tool for Regulators including the Expert Advisory Committee

– Industry-2 (EAC, MoEFCC);

present a basis for post project monitoring of the Project by the Regulators to ensure that

commitments made as part of the Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) are

actually implemented and result in desired outcomes on the ground, over the Project

Lifecycle;

present the results of the detailed EIA/EMP study in the form of a report to comply with

Terms of References (TORs) finalized by Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change

(MoEFCC) in its “44th Meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting” held

on 21st July, 2015 vide TOR letter dated 18th February, 2016.

This Report is prepared based on ‘General Structure of EIA’ as given in Appendix III and IIIA of

afore mentioned EIA Notification.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 Identification of Project

Table 1-1 Summarizes the expansion project. Total production capacities of Existing & Proposed

is given in Annexure 1.

Table 1-1: Schedule of Proposed Project

S.

No. Proposed expansion and modernization

Project or

Activity Category

(as per EIA notification)

1 Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit: 30 TPH

5(a), Chemical Fertilizers

A 2

Steam Power Generation Unit:

GT: 25 MW

HRSG: Generation of Medium Pressure (MP) Steam (37 kg/cm2g, 390°C)- Capacity (Unfired/ with supplementary firing)= of 50/70

MT/hr.

3 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank (AAST): 1 X 5000 MT

4 Urea Granulation Unit: 600 MTPD






1.2.2 Project Proponent

M/s. Zuari Agro Chemicals Limited (ZACL) formerly known as Zuari Holdings Limited/ Zuari

Industries Limited/ Zuari Global Limited, is a part of ADVENTZ group of companies (Name Change

Document as attached in Annexure 2). Adventz has been created by the coming together of

some of India’s leading companies with a combined turnover of around USD 3.0 Billion. It was

incorporated in the year 1967 by late Dr. K K Birla as a joint venture with US Steel Corporation,

USA. It was set up, in Goa, to manufacture Urea, NP/NPK fertilizers. The plants were

commissioned and commercial production commenced during the period of 1973-75.

ZACL operates a fertilizer complex consisting of an Ammonia plant, a Urea plant, NPK plant ‘A’ and

NPK plant ‘B. The Ammonia plant commissioned in 1973 is based on Naphtha as feedstock and

fuel. Urea plant was also commissioned in 1973. NPK plant ‘A’ was commissioned in 1975 and NPK

plant ‘B’ was commissioned in 1984. The present operating capacities are 1210 MTPD for Urea

Plant, 702 MTPD for Ammonia Plant, 1100 MTPD for NPK-A and 1300 MTPD for NPK-B Plant. Also

off-sites and utilities of required capacity are available to support above mentioned production

capacities.

ZACL further went ahead with plan for changeover from Naphtha and FO to NG / RLNG as

feedstock & fuel and revamp of production units and obtained Environmental Clearance for it in

Sept., 2009. The Naphtha and FO to NG/RLNG project was implemented in April, 2011 and

received NG with effect from February, 2013" and " Revamp of Production Plants are under

development for implementation/implemented.

Awards

ZACL has won various prestigious National and International awards with its state-of-the-art

technology, high quality standards and productivity-conscious work-force.

These awards include:

ZACL has achieved ‘Best Plantation Puraskar’ from Govt. of Goa during 1997-98;

Zuari was awarded the ‘Manikant Hiralal Memorial CSR Excellence Rolling Trophy’ for the best

performance in Corporate Social Responsibility for 2010 by GTS and IFB, Goa;

Zuari was bestowed with the ‘Gold Medal for Best Workplace Practices’ for 2010 by GTS and

IFB, Goa;

Zuari was awarded the ‘Gold Medal for Excellence in Education’ for 2010 by GTS and IFB,

Goa;

Zuari received ‘Gomant Sarvochacha Suraksha Puraskar’ (First Prize) from Green Triangle

Society, Goa in association with the Inspectorate of Factories & Boilers for the most

outstanding safety performance in occupational safety, health and environment;

Zuari bagged the Fertilizer Association of India’s award for ‘Excellence in Fertilizer Extension in

Fertilizer Extension Services’ for the year 2009-10;

Recognition from GSPCB on the occasion of World Environment Day 2014 for Best

Environment Practices in “Reducing Green House Gases – Our Commitment to Society”.

And a host of national and international awards for technical innovations, safety measures,

agricultural promotion campaigns and rural development.

ZACL has been following a three pronged strategy for environment preservation.

Reduce pollutants at source by adopting Low Pollution or No Pollution alternatives wherever

feasible;

Develop fruitful utilization for pollutants, whether solids, liquids or gaseous;






Treat balance effluents/ waste to achieve Zero liquid discharge.

ZACL management is dedicated for allocating various resources for continual environmental

improvement.

About Directors of ZACL

ZACL is headed by a top management team consisting of a chairman, managing director, directors

and executive directors. List of their top management team members is given in Table 1-2.

Table 1-2: ZACL’s Top Management List

Sr.

No

Name Position Qualification Experience

1 SAROJ KUMAR PODDAR

Chairman -Director

A gold medalist in Commerce from Calcutta University, Mr. Poddar is

an aficionado of art, culture and sports and is

involved in their promotion and development.

Mr. Poddar has over 40 years of business experience. He has served

as President of FICCI and International Chamber of Commerce in India and also in various institutes.

2 KAPIL MEHAN Managing Director

Graduate in Veterinary Science and Animal Health from Punjab

Agricultural University, Ludhiana and PGDM with

specialization in Agriculture from Indian

Institute of Management, Ahmedabad.

Mr. Kapil Mehan, has joined the Adventz Group as the Managing Director of Zuari Agro Chemicals

Limited w.e.f. 1st April, 2015.

He brings with him rich experience and background in varied leadership

roles. He served in various roles including Executive Director, Fertiliser

Business over 25 years.

3 NARAYANAN SURESH

KRISHNAN

Director B.E. (Hons.) and M.Sc. from BITS (Pilani)

Over 27 years of experience in corporate finance, strategy planning in fertilisers, energy, infrastructure and cement sectors, he has been

associated with the Adventz Group and related companies over nearly

two decades.

4 AKSHAY PODDAR

Director Honors in Accounting & Finance from London

School of Economics and Political Science,

University of London.

Over 15 years of track record of promoting and managing businesses in diversified industries like fertilizers,

agri-inputs, heavy engineering, process engineering, sugar, consumer

products, real estate, investments and furniture etc.

5 MARCO PHILIPPUS ARDESHIR

WADIA

Independent Director

B.A (Hons.) –LL.B. and practicing advocate.

Mr. Wadia is a partner in Crawford Bayley & Co., Advocates & Solicitors. He has 26 years of experience in the legal profession & is specialized in

corporate matters, merger & acquisition.

6 KIRAN DHINGRA

Independent Woman Director

standing first in the combined merit list for

IFS/IAS

Ms. Kiran Dhingra has 38 years of experience in governance and has held senior positions in decision

making capacities in practically all sectors-the developmental,

agricultural, social, industrial, infrastructural, transportation,

economic and regulatory.






Sr.

No

Name Position Qualification Experience

7 GOPAL KRISHNA PILLAI


Post graduate in Chemistry from IIT

Madras with an MSc .

Over 40 years of experience in various fields including positions as District Collector, Quilon, Special Secretary (Industries), Secretary

(Health), Principal Secretary to the then Chief Minister and rich corporate

experience.

8 JAYANT NARAYAN GODBOLE


Mr. J.N. Godbole is a chemical engineer from

IIT Powai with qualifications in financial management from Bajaj Institute of Management

Studies, University of Bombay.

Mr. Godbole has 37 years of diversified experience ranging from Production-In-Charge in a private

sector SSI, Development banker with IDBI -the Apex term lending

Development Bank of the Govt. of India to Advisor to state Govt. of

Sabah in Malaysia.

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND

ITS IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY & REGION

1.3.1 Brief Description of Project

A brief description nature, size and location of the project is given in Table 1-3.

Table 1-3: Brief Description of the Proposed Project

S.

No. Details Description

1 Nature Chemical Fertilizer

2 Size Proposed production capacity is given in Table 1-1.

3 Plot Area

Customized NPK Grade : 1,125 M2

GT : 1,952 M2

HRSG : 1,860 M2

AAST : 7,999 M2

Urea Granulation Unit : 1,500 M2

4 Location Plot Survey no. 110 to 252, Zuarinagar, Sancoale Village, Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District, Goa State.

5 Cost of the Project ~ INR 788.60 Crore

1.3.2 Importance of Project to the Country & Region

Customized NPK Grade

New Potential fertilizer for production in the country to balance fertilization demands;

To reduce the nutrient deficiency in different profile & different regions;

Delivering Benefits to Farmers with CF grades which are soil, crop and weather specific;

Increase in yield – reduction in cost on fertilizer;

Improvement in soil fertility;

It is in high demand in Agriculture Sector.






Steam Power Generation (SPG) Unit (GT+HRSG)

The proposed revamp of SPG facility would not only enable ZACL, Goa to narrow the gap with

the 1990’s vintage plants in terms of Specific Energy Consumption of Urea, but also achieve

Sustainability and Reliability;

Better Utilization of Steam;

Less Energy Consumption;

GT & HRSG concept consumes lower fuel gas than existing configuration of Boilers + Turbo

Generator (TG) sets;

Raw water consumption is reduced.

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

De-risking, improving Reliability and hence achieving Sustainability.

Urea Granulation Unit

Agronomics benefits;

Maximizing Urea Production is in line with the GoI’s “Make in India” Initiative.

Others

Investment

An investment of ~ INR 788.60 crore will be invested in the project. This investment will go into

the equipment & local economy.

Direct Jobs

During its operational lifecycle around 80-100 jobs will be created.

Indirect Jobs

Approx. 100-150 jobs will be indirectly created by the setting up of the project during its

construction & operational lifecycle.

Skills Creation

Local persons will be given an opportunity to upgrade their skills, as part of the project lifecycle.

1.4 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

1.4.1 Environmental Clearance for Proposed Project

Considering that the proposed expansion and modernization projects as part of an integrated

fertilizers and chemicals complex, the application was submitted to the Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC), Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi for

consideration as an integrated project.

The company received TOR letter vide dated 18th February, 2016 based on the application

submitted comprising of Form-I (as per the EIA notification, 2006 as amended till date) along with

Prefeasibility report & proposed TOR vide letter ZACL/xxx dated 10/07/15 and the presentation

made during the “44th Meeting of the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry-2) meeting” held on

21st July, 2015 for its proposed expansion and modernization project as attached in Annexure 3.






1.4.2 Status of Environmental Clearances & CC&A/CTO for Existing Units

ZACL has received Environmental Clearances from MoEFCC, New Delhi F. No. J-11011/217/2008-

IA-II (I) dated 01/09/2009 is given in Annexure 4.

They have valid CTO from GSPCB, Goa is given in Annexure 5.

Certified compliance report for environmental clearance conditions by RO, MoEFCC, Bangalore is

provided in Chapter 13.

1.4.3 Statutory Clearances and other Permissions

ZACL has obtained required statutory permission & clearances from concerned authorities. Details

of permits and clearances as applicable to this project are provided in Table 1-4.

Table 1-4: Statutory Clearances and Other Permissions

S.

No. Legal Instruments Justification

1 Factory License Mandatory requirement for establishing

manufacturing unit.

2 The Factories Act, 1948 To control of workplace environment and providing for good health and safety of

welfare.

3 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974, as amended to date

Required due to consumption of water & generation of Waste water.


Rules, 1975, as amended to date


Cess Act, 1977, as amended to date


Cess Rules, 1978, as amended to date

7 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1981, as amended to date To comply standards for emission of gaseous pollutants during process activities.

8 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Rules, 1982 as amended to date

9 The Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date

Required for Transport, storage and Handling of Hazardous chemicals.

10 The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2008 as

amended to date

Required for generation, transportation & disposal of Hazardous waste.

11 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Required for Setting and /or operation of

industrial facility. 12 The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, as

amended to date

13 Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

Required for emergency planning, preparedness and response to chemical

accidents.

14 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central Motor

Vehicle rules, 1989 Required for transportation of hazardous

waste.

15 The Public Liability Insurance Act and Rules,

1991, as amended to date

To provide immediate relief to persons affected by accidents involving hazardous

substances.

16 The Petroleum Act, 1934 To regulate the import, transport, storage of petroleum products. 17 The Petroleum Rules, 2002

18 The Explosive act, 1884 as amended to date






S.

No. Legal Instruments Justification

19 The Explosive rules, 1983 as amended to date To regulate the manufacture, possession, use,

sale, transport, export and import of explosives with a view to prevent accidents.

20 The Gas Cylinders Rules, 2004 To regulate the import, storage, handling and transportation of gas cylinders with a view to

prevent accidents.

21 The Static and Mobile Pressure Vessels (Unfired)

Rules, 1981

To regulate the import, manufacture, design, installation, transportation, handling, use and testing of mobile and static pressure vessels (unfired) with a view to prevent accidents.

22 The Biomedical waste (Management and

Handling) Rules, 2016 as amended to date

Proper handling of hospital waste such as segregation, disposal, collection, and

treatment.

23 The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules,

2011, as amended to date To control the hazardous waste generation (lead waste) from used lead acid batteries.

24 The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Rules, 2010 as amended to date To regulate and control noise producing and

generating sources.

25 E-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2016

as amended to date

To control, collection, generation, storage, transportation, processing and disposal of E-

waste.

26 Electricity Rule, 2005 Captive use of electricity generation and

consumption.

27 Consents To comply the Environmental standards.

28 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,

2006 as amended to date For minimization of adverse environmental

impacts.

29 The Bureau of Indian Standards Analysis standard

30 Fertilizer Control Order To ensure adequate availability of right quality of fertilizers at right time and at right price to

farmers.

1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The scope of study covers detailed EIA/EMP study against prescribed TORs and the compliance

status of TORs is summarized in Table 1-5 & compliance of baseline data with respect to major

environmental components, viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land, Biological and Socio-economic

components for one season and detailed other relevant study is further elaborated in different EIA

chapters.

Table 1-5: Compliance with the Terms of Reference

S.

No. TORs Compliance

Generic TOR

1 Executive Summary Executive Summary for this report is

given in Chapter 11, Pg. 259.

2 Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation.

Details of the EIA Consultant is given in Chapter 12, Pg. 272 & NABET

Accrdeiation Certificate as an Annexure 17, Pg. 394.

ii. Information about the project proponent. Details about Project Proponent is given in Chapter 1, Section 1.2.2, Pg. 6.






S.

No. TORs Compliance

iii. Importance and benefits of the project. Details of importance and benefits of the project is given in Chapter 1, Section

1.3.2, Pg. 8.

3 Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion. Cost of project: 788.60 Crore, Details

about time of completion is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Pg. 30.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project. Details of Products with capacities for the proposed project is given in Chapter 2,

Table 2-3, Pg. 30.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Details of existing products with capacities are given in Annexure 1, Pg. 285. Details of land availability is given

in Chapter 2, Table 2-2, Pg. 25.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Details of raw materials required and their source along with mode of

transportation is given in Chapter 4, Table 4-7, Pg. 153.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities.

No more chemicals/ materials required for Proposed expansion project.

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Details for emission is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Pg. 54, effluent in Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Pg. 42,

hazardous waste in Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Pg. 39.

vii. Requirement of water, power with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract).

Details of requirement of water, power with source of supply is given in Chapter

2, Section 2.10.1, Pg. 62, Water Balance Diagram is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8, Figure 2-5 & Figure 2-6, Pg. 44 & 45. Man Power requirement: Direct Jobs: 80-100, Indirect Job

100-150 approximately.

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

Details of Process & others is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Pg. 30 &

Table 2-1, Pg. 21.

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Details of Hazard identification & proposed safety system is given in

Chapter 7, Section 7.1, Pg. 194.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEFCC/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing/ existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

Copy of EC is given in Annexure 4, Pg. 298 & its certified copy is given in

Chapter 13, Pg. 275.

Copy of CTO & its compliance is given as an Annexure 5, Pg. 305.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided.

Not Applicable






S.

No. TORs Compliance

Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

4 Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State

is given in Chapter 2, Map 2-1, Pg. 26 & Justification for selecting the site is

given in Chapter 5, Section 5.1, Pg. 175.

ii.

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10 km is given in Chapter 3, Figure

3-1, Pg. 71.

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site is given in Chapter 5, Section

5.1, Pg. 175.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site Co-ordinates (lat-long) of the Site is

given in Chapter 2, Map 2-2 & Map 2-3, Pg. 27 & 28.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site Same as above

vi.

Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/ Estate/ Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate

Layout map is given in Chapter 2, Map 2-4, Pg. 29. Greenbelt area is given in

Chapter 10, Map 10-1, Pg. 256.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/ greenbelt, in particular

Photographs is shown in Chapter 2, Photograph 2-1, Pg. 61.

viii.

Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Landuse break-up of total land of the project site is given in Chapter 2, Table

2-2, Pg. 25.

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10 km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Land use details of the study area is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.2, Pg. 79 & a list of major industries with name

and type within study area (10 km radius) is given in Chapter 3, Pg. 87.

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area is given in

Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6 & 3.5.7, Pg. 98 & 110.

xi.

Details of Drainage of the project upto 5 km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Drainage map of the project upto 5 km radius of study area is given in Chapter

3, Map 3-4, Pg. 111.

No major river within 1 km radius of the Project Site.






S.

No. TORs Compliance

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land

Proposed expansion is within existing premises of the ZACL complex.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

Not Applicable

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable

ii.

Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forest land (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

Landuse map is given in Chapter 3, Map 3-3, Pg. 83.

No forest land is involved

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted

Not Applicable

iv.

The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Wardenthereon

Not Applicable

v.

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

Not Applicable

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6 Environmental Status

i.

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall

Details of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site specific micro-

meteorological data is given in Chapter 3, Table 3-4, Pg. 75.

ii.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the predominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests

Details of ambient air quality is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.3, Pg. 86.

iii.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with – min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report

Details of Raw data of all AAQ measurement is given as an Annexure

11, Pg. 338.

iv.

Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEFCC guidelines

Details of Surface Water Quality is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6, Pg. 98.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEFCC, if yes give details

No, there is no polluted stretch of river nearby close proximity identified by the

CPCB/ MoEFCC.






S.

No. TORs Compliance

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included

Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations is included in Chapter 3,

Table 3-22, Pg. 107.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations is given in Chapter 3, Table 3-15, Pg.

97.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Details of Soil characteristic is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.8, Pg. 113.

ix.

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc

Details of traffic survey is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2, Pg. 153.

x.

Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished

Details of Ecology Biodiversity of the study area is given in Chapter 3,

Section 3.5.9, Pg. 118.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.10,

Pg. 134.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i.

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological

features is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.1, Pg. 149 & details of AQIP is given in Annexure 14, Pg. 358.

ii. Water Quality modelling – in case of discharge in water body

Zero Liquid Discharge Unit

iii.

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined

Details is given in Chapter 4, Section 4.2.2, Pg. 153.

iv.

A note on treatment of waste water from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules

Details of waste water, Characterisitics & ETP Scheme is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.8, Pg. 42.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards

Details of stack emission and action plan for control is given in Chapter 2, Table

2-17, Pg. 56.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Details of Measures for fugitive emission control is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.9.3, Pg. 57.

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and






S.

No. TORs Compliance

regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation and natural resource conservation

management is given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Pg. 39.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided

Not Applicable

ix.

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated

Details of green belt is given in Chapter 10, Map 10-1, Pg. 256 & Annexure

16, Pg. 380.

x.

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources

Details of rainwater harvesting measures at plant site is given in Chapter 10,

Section 10.3.3, Pg. 253.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included

Details of cost regarding EPCM is given in Chapter 6, Table 6-6, Pg. 192.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring is included in

Chapter 6, Table 6-7, Pg. 192.

xiii.

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan

Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.1 & 7.2, Pg.

194 & 199.

8 Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers

Health - Aprox. 15 lacs

Safety - 62.53 lacs (for all employees contract and casual workers)

ii.

Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers’ health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise

Heavy mobile operators are evaluated for their visual acuity by an Ophthalmologist

which includes Far, Near and colour vision check, employees working in

hazardous processes are examined for Physical, Audiometry & ECG check. For pre placement examination individual is

checked for Physical, Pathological (Blood, urine examination), X Ray chest,

Audiometry evaluation and vision check. All food handlers are checked for hygiene

check which includes Blood, urine and stool examination along with physical

checkup. The workers working at height are checked for their vital parameters &

physical check up.

Health check up report is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Pg. 235.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards is given in Chapter 7, Section

7.3, Pg. 235.






S.

No. TORs Compliance

are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety

Given in Chapter 7, Section 7.3, Pg. 235.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

EHS Policy is given in Chapter 7, Section 7.4, Pg. 243.

ii.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

--

iii.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given

Hierarchical system is given in Chapter 10, Figure 10-2, Pg. 257.

iv.

Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

The company has a compliance monitoring tool in place that keeps a

track of the compliances to be done by the various departments of the Company including the option to upload copies of returns and challans filed. The Managing

Director has access to review the compliances and based on the same

signs the Compliance Certificate that is presented to the board of Directors.

10

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase

Implementation of the proposed projects involves minimal temporary manpower for which the necessary infrastructure

and facilities are available at site and in the near vicinity. The required housing,

necessary infrastructure and other facilities such as domestic water,

sanitation, etc. will be provided to the labor force as well as the casual workers

during this phase using the existing sources available. Details of facilities is

given in Chapter 7, Pg. 241.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i.

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Details of adequate funds for ESC is given in Chapter 7, Table 7-6, Pg.

247.

12

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case

No litigation pending against the project.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TORs

Complied






S.

No. TORs Compliance

14 The TORs prescribed shall be valid for a period of three years for submission of the EIA-EMP reports

Noted

Specific TOR

15 Details on requirement of energy and water alongwith its source and authorization from the concerned department.

Energy/ Power: 2 MW, source: internally

Water agreement as per requirement is given as an Annexure 7, Pg. 321.

16 Energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea production and comparison with best technology.

Details of energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea production and comparison with best technology is given in Chapter 5, Section 5.2.4, Pg.

179.

17 Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment thereof.

Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.6.2 , Pg. 33.

18 Measures for control of urea dust emissions from prilling tower.

Proposed expansion for Urea production is based on Granulation technology

where the exhaust air from the Granulator will be scrubbed to reduce the

dust content to about 30 mg/Nm3.

19 Measures for reduction of fresh water requirement. Details for measures for reduction of fresh water requirement is given in

Chapter 2, Section 2.8.1, Pg. 42.

20 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards for fertilizer.

Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and

equipments to meet the national standards for fertilizer is given in Chapter 2, Table 2-24, Pg. 65.

21 Details of fluorine recovery system in case of phosphoric acid plants and SSP to recover fluorine as hydrofluorosilicicacid (H2SiF6) and its uses.

Not Applicable

22

Management plan for solid/hazardous waste including storage, utilization and disposal of by products viz., chalk, spent catalyst, hydro fluoro silicic acid and phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck,etc.

Details of Solid/ Hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management is given in Chapter 2,

Section 2.7, Pg. 39.

23

Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10, PM2.5, Urea dust*, NH3*, SO2*, NOx*,HF*,F*,Hydrocarbon (Methane and Non-Methane) etc., and expected, stack and fugitive emissions and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*as applicable)

Details on existing ambient air quality is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.3, Pg.

86.

Details of stack emission and action plan for control is given in Chapter 2, Table

2-17, Pg. 56.

Details of Measures for fugitive emission control is given in Chapter 2, Section

2.9.3, Pg. 57.

24

Details on water quality parameters in and around study area such as pH, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Free Ammonical Nitrogen, free ammonia, Cyanide, Vanadium, Arsenic, Suspended Solids, Oil and Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total Chromium, Fluoride, etc.

Details of Surface Water Quality is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6, Pg. 98.

Details of Ground Water Quality is given in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6, Pg. 98.

Additional TOR

25

Public Hearing to be conducted and issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/ EMP report in the form of tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made.

Shall be done






S.

No. TORs Compliance

26

A Separate chapter on status of compliance of Enviornmental conditions granted by State/ Centre to be provided. As per circular dated 30th May, 2012 issued by MoEFCC, a certified report by RO, MoEFCC on status of compliance of conditions on existing unit to be provided in EIA-EMP report.

A Separate chapter on status of compliance of Enviornmental conditions

is given in Chapter 13, Pg. 275.

General TOR

27 All documents shall be properly indexed, page numbered.

Complied

28 Period/date of data collection shall be clearly indicated. Complied

29 Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages shall be provided.

Shall be done

30 The letter/application for environmental clearance shall quote the MOEFCC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter.

Application letter for EC is given as an Annexure 3, Pg. 287.

31 The copy of the letter received from the Ministry shall be also attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

TOR letter is given as an Annexure 3, Pg. 287.

32 The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific chapter and page no. of the EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

33

While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MOEFCC vide O.M. No. J- 11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.

Complied

34

The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCl) /National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA-EMP report prepared by them and data provided by other organization/ Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Name of the Consultant and the Accreditation details shall be posted on the EIA-EMP Report as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC presentation.

NABET Certificate of Consultant is given as an Annexure 17, Pg. 394.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

This chapter provides a condensed description of those aspects of the project based on project

feasibility study likely to cause environmental impacts. Details are described in following sections

with regards to type, need, location, size or magnitude of project operations, technology and other

related activities.

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

ZACL intends to expand and establish new facilities at its existing fertilizer complex of Zuarinagar,

Goa which includes:

30 TPH Fertilizer Blending Unit for Customized NPK Grade;

25 MW Gas Turbine (GT) along with Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) generating MP

steam (37 kg/cm2g) with unfired capacity of 50 MT/hr. (70 MT/hr. with supplementary firing);

1X5000 MT Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank;

Urea granulation unit- Expansion of Urea production from 1500 TPD to 1800 TPD i.e. Urea

Prilling: 1200 MTPD+ Urea Granulation Unit: 600 MTPD.

2.1.1 Description of Aspects due to the project

Based on the type of project, following are the expected aspects:

Increase in Air emissions;

Reduction in water consumption & waste water generation;

Noise Generation;

Increase in Occupational Health, Hazards & Safety Risk.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

The need for the proposed project is based on the demand gap of proposed products in market,

manpower (Skilled & Semi skilled persons), Approvals from the concerned department, Budget

(Bank loan, Subsidy etc.), Technical Solution & other basic need for the proposed project is given

in Table 2-1.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT,

HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-1: Need for the proposed project

S.

No.

Proposed Project Raw Material/ Fuel Equipment Water Land Infrastructure

1 Customized NPK Grade Urea Steam Granulator drum For Process, Domestic Purpose, Non-Plant use, etc.

Land requirement for the setup of plant/ Process area, Non

Process area and other utilities

Storage Area,

ETP,

STP,

Power,

Safety,

Laboratory,

Transportation facilities for supply

of raw material (Road, Rail, Air,

Port) etc.

Ammonium Sulphate Rotary Dryer

Di ammonium Phosphate Rotary Cooler

Mono ammonium Phosphate Belt / Screw Conveyors

Single Super Phosphate Crushers

Murate of Potash Screens

Silica Weigh feeders

Bentonite Sulphur Cyclone Separators

Magnesium Sulphate Bag filters

Ferrous sulphate Scrubbers

Zinc Sulphate Bucket elevators

Disodium Tetraborate Screw conveyors

Neem cake Blowers

Attapulgite Coating drum

Calcined Magnesia Compressors

Sulphuric acid (98%) Centrifugal Pumps

Natural Gas

2 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

Liquid Ammonia (To store) Ammonia Storage Tank (5000 MT)

Safety Showers

Wind Sock

Flare package consists of Flare Tip Pilot, Flare stack

Local control stations (LCS) with canopy

Flame proof light fittings




S.

No.


GI earthing & lighting protection materials

Non addressable fire alarm system consisting FA panel, detectors,

manual call points, etc.

Ammonia gas detector

Bellows

Firefighting hydrants/ Spray Nozzles

3 Steam Power Generation Unit

GT Natural Gas Gas Turbine Generating Set

HRSG Waste heat recovery boiler

Electrical & Control System

Electrical panels

GT starting system

Ventilation system for GTG enclosure

Combustion air intake system

Make up water system

Water treatment system

Utility distribution system

4 Urea Granulation Unit Fine grade particles of Urea & Urea solution

Vortex Granulator

Granulator Hopper

Vaccum Evaporation Package

Fluid Air pre-Heater

Steam Condensate Tank

Urea Solution Recovery pumps

Drain Tank Pumps




S.

No.


Steam Condensate Pumps

Granulator Fluidization Air Fan

Emulsion Air Compressor

Fumes Extraction Fan

Belt Conveyor to Storage Fan

Melt Urea Filter

Granulator Extractor & Feeder

Belt Conveyor from Granulation Unit to Storage

Bucket Elevator

Scrubbing System






2.2.1 Description of Aspects

Based on the demand and supply gap & other needs, proposed project will lead to:

Increase in traffic, vehicular emission & noise pollution on existing roads to be used for

transportation of raw materials, finished goods.

2.3 LOCATION

2.3.1 General Location of the Site

Project site is geographically located in Sancoale Village, Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District of

Goa state. Margao is the district headquarter which is located at a distance of 12.5 km towards SE

direction. The project location is shown in Map 2-1.

2.3.2 Specific Location of the Site with Project Boundary

The existing fertilizer complex known as ZACL is located on Survey No. 100 to 252 at Zuarinagar,

Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District of Goa State. The proposed expansion is within this complex

only.

A satellite image showing the project site including coordiantes is shown in Map 2-2 & proposed

project location with coordinates in existing complex in Map 2-3.

2.3.3 Approach to the site

By Road

National highway 17B is very close at a distance of 0.8 km towards NE direction.

Nearest Railway Station

Sancoale, Dabolim, Verna and Cansaulim Railway Stations are located respectively at an aerial

distance of 0.21 km in NE direction, 2.4 km in NW direction (Vasco-Margao line), 4.4 km in

ESE direction (Margao -Mumbai route) and 3.8 km in SE direction (Vasco-Margao line).

Own Railway Siding

The plant is having its own railway siding for rake movement.

Nearest Airport

Dabolim Airport is at an aerial distance of 3.5 km in WNW direction.

Nearest Town

Sancoale is the nearest town at 1.33 km in NNW direction.

Nearest City

Mormugao city is at 4.74 km in NW direction.

2.3.4 Land Distribution at Site

The land distribution at the site is presented in Table 2-2 and site layout plan is shown in Map

2-4.






Table 2-2: Land Distribution at Site

S.

No. Title Area in m2

Existing

Coverage Calculation

1 Existing Coverage 1,21,453.09

2 Area to be demolished 188.41

3 Proposed Coverage 1,511.61

4 Total area covered on ground 1,22,776.29

Total Coverage --

FAR Calculation

5 Existing floor area 1,31,794.85

6 Area to be demolished 188.41

7 Proposed floor area 1,588.79

8 Total floor area 1,33,195.23

Total FAR --

9 Open space required 15% 61,113.75

10 Open Space proposed 1,29,658.00

Proposed

1 Customized NPK Grade 1,125

2 GT 1,952

3 HRSG 1,860

4 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank 7,999

5 Urea Granulation Unit 1,500

Total 14,436

2.3.5 Description of Aspects due to Location

Based on the location of the proposed project, following are the expected aspects:

Development of habitation and population in nearby proximity;

Increase in other infrastructure and ancillary activities.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Map 2-1: Map showing general location, specific location of Project Site



Map 2-2: Satellite Image showing the Project Site with Coordinates



Map 2-3: Satellite Image showing the Proposed Project Site location with Coordinates



Map 2-4: Project Site layout






2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

Size or Magnitude of proposed operation is given in Table 2-3.

Table 2-3: Size/Magnitude of Proposed operation

S. No. Proposed Operation Size/Magnitude

1 Customized NPK Grade

Hourly Production Capacity = 30 TPH

Daily Production Capacity = 600 TPD

2 GT 25 MW

3 HRSG

Generation of Medium Pressure (MP) Steam (37 kg/cm2g, 390°C)- Capacity (Unfired/ with supplementary firing)= of 50/70 MT/hr

4 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank Capacity: 1X5000 MT

5 Urea Granulation Unit 600 MTPD

2.4.1 Description of Aspects due to Magnitude of Operation

Based on the size and magnitude of proposed project, following are the expected aspects:

Increase in GLC’s of air pollutants, Noise Generation during construction activities;

Generation of solid hazardous waste during construction activities.

Requirement of more raw materials & increase in fuel demand;

Development of more labor force.

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The Basic Engineering is already under development by the engineering design firm, Jacobs and

likely to be completed. Further on the basis of experience of setting up such projects as well as

learning from similar projects executed in the country, the estimated overall implementation time

schedule would be about 15 to 18 months for Customized blending plant (Project Implementation

Stage), 16 months for Atmospheric Ammonia Storage tank, 18 months for GT, HRSG & 18 months

for Urea Granulation Unit.

Approvals from various agencies/institutions/authorities would be required before embarking on

actual/physical implementation of the project.

Some of the approvals required are:

Environmental clearance;

Approval of Agricultural Department for the Customized NPK Grades;

Approval of site drawings by Inspectorate of Factories;

Consent to establish from State pollution control board.

All the project execution related activities, as mentioned earlier, are interlinked and have an

impact on the final outcome. The execution of the relevant project activities will be planned and

controlled in such a way that the goals of the project are achieved in the set time frame.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit

The Customized Fertilizer will be produced by bulk blending of various raw materials and it is the

simplest, the most economical and versatile method of producing Customized Fertilizers (N, P, K, S






etc.) along with micronutrients like Zinc, Boron, Molybdenum, Copper etc. The process involves

Weigh Feeding, Size reduction, Mixing, Steam granulation, Drying, Cooling, Coating and Bagging.

The plant has been designed to produce about 20 grades of customized NPK fertilizers as per

specific to crop and specific to site.

The process can be described as follows:

Based on the product grade to be produced the solid fertilizer raw materials from the

individual hoppers are batched and fed to the system. Feed material also contains the

recycled undersize product material;

The feed mixture is crushed to uniform size by special type of crusher and passed through

screens;

Feed material is mixed thoroughly and fed to the rotary drum steam granulator where the

granules are formed by the agglomeration process;

The Low Pressure Steam is fed to the granulator which comes in contact with the material;

From the Granulator the material fed to the rotary dryer which is a co-current dryer. The hot

air for drying is generated in the Hot air generator;

From the dryer the material is fed to the vibrating feeder which separates the lumps and it is

fed to the 1st screen;

The air containing the dust generated from the dryer is passed through cyclone separators

and Bag filters to remove the dust particles and fed to the Scrubbers before venting it through

the chimney;

The desired product material from the 1st Screen is fed to the rotary cooler;

Rotary Cooler uses the ambient air for cooling the product material. It is a countercurrent

cooler. The air from the cooler pass through the cyclone separators, Bag filters to chimney

through ID Fan;

After the cooler the material is fed to the series of screens where the fines are separated from

the product mixture and recycled back to the granulator;

The product material of desired size is sent to the coating drum which is a rotary drum where

the final product material is mixed with coloring agents and other additives;

The final product from the coating drum is conveyed to product storage hoppers which supply

the material to the bagging section.

Schematic process flow diagram for Customized Blending Plant is given in Figure 2-1. Product

Grades is given in Table 2-4.




Figure 2-1: Process flow diagram of Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit






Table 2-4: Product Grades

Grades Percentage of Nutrient / Micronutrient

N P K S Zn B Mg Fe Si Ca Mn

1 10 30 10 10 0.5 0.1 0 0 0 0 0

2 10 30 10 10 0.5 0.1 0 0.5 0 0 0

3 15 20 10 0 0.5 0.1 2 0.5 0 0 0

4 18 18 10 0 1 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

5 7 20 20 3 0.5 0.2 0 0.5 1 0 0

6 12 12 17 8 1 0.2 0.5 0.5 0 0 0

7 12 32 16 5 0.5 0.2 1 0 0 0 0

8 20 0 15 0 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

9 15 0 10 0 0.5 0.1 0 0.5 0 0 0

10 20 10 10 3 0.5 0.2 1 0 0 0 0

11 20 0 15 0 1 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

12 15 15 10 5 1 0.2 0.5 0.5 0 0 0

13 14 35 14 5 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

14 28 10 30 4 0.8 0.2 0.6 1 0 1 0.5

15 0 15 32 0.5 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.5 0 0 0

16 30 11 22 0.7 0 0 0.5 0 0 0 0

17 21 15 0 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0 2 0

18 20 0 15 3 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

19 18 18 10 0 0.5 0.2 0 0 0 0 0

20 12 24 12 0 1 0.5 0 1 0 0 0

2.6.2 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

Liquid ammonia received from road tankers & from Ammonia Plant will be stored in an

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank having a net effective capacity to store 5,000 MT of liquid

ammonia excluding vapor space. The tank shall be double integrity cup-in-tank, comprising of an

inner cup (in which the liquid ammonia is stored) and an outer tank. The outer tank is designed

for full containment of vapors and liquid in the event of failure of inner tank.

The outer tank shall be insulated with rigid polyurethane foam insulation that shall be formed

insitu. The bottom insulation is foam glass which is a load bearing insulation. The top of the cup is

insulated by mineral wool insulation which is spread on a suspended deck.

The tank shall be equipped with two pressure relief valves to safeguard against overpressure.

(Isolation valves will be provided with suitable mechanical interlock). The tank shall be equipped

with 2 nos. of vacuum relief valves to safeguard the tank against vacuum (isolation valves will be

provided with suitable mechanical interlock).

The tank shall rest on elevated foundation for a free passage of air from below, so as to avoid

freezing of foundation. Staircase tower with platform landing up to tank top is proposed for access

to tank top nozzles. Hand railing shall be provided right around the tank. Internal monkey ladder

of CS material shall be provided for inner cup.

Tank pressure is maintained between 450-900 mm WCg and adequate alarms and interlocks are

provided to safeguard the tank against pressure excursions on either side of the operating range.

In case the tank pressure rises abnormally, HIC control valve is provided for controlled venting to






the flare. A quick closing valve in pump suction line is provided with interlock to close on low tank

level.

Refrigeration System

Liquid ammonia at a maximum rate of 90 T/h is received from the tanker unloading line through a

8” line and rate of 45 T/h through 6” line from existing ammonia plant line with suitable tapping

taken at Battery limit (B/L) near the tank. Vapors from flashing and boil off are withdrawn by two

ammonia refrigeration screw compressors. The gas is compressed and condensed in water cooled

condensers and sent to the ammonia receiver.

Liquid is withdrawn from the receiver under level control. A part of this liquid is flashed in the

economizer, which operates at a pressure of approximately 1.5 kg/cm2g. Flashed ammonia vapors

at about -15°C are admitted into the economizer port of the screw compressors. The balance

liquid ammonia from the receiver gets cooled to about – 10°C in the economizer by the resultant

cold from the above described flashing and is returned back to the storage tank.

Inert, mainly dissolved nitrogen present in liquid ammonia, do not condense and accumulate in

the condenser and receiver causing pressure to build up. Purging of inert is required to prevent

this pressure build-up and it is achieved by means of the pressure controller installed on the

receiver. The purge stream is cooled in economizer to recover ammonia, before sending it to the

flare.

Transfer of Liquid Ammonia

Liquid ammonia from tank will be transferred at the rate of 46 m3/h to NPK A/B plants by using

the ammonia transfer pumps and existing ammonia preheater.

Flare System

Hot flare system shall be provided for the ammonia tank. Flare system shall be sized considering

future requirement of additional 5000 MT tank. The ammonia vapor pressure built up in the

storage tank in the unforeseen event of an emergency shall be diverted to flare system. The inert

built-up in the system is also let out to the flare under pressure control in the receiver.

Thermal relief valves are provided in sections of pipelines where liquid ammonia can get blocked

in. The relief valves discharge into a header, which is routed to a drain pot 10D01. The drain pot is

vented to the storage tank in normal case or to the flare by means of three-way valve in case of

upset condition.

List of major safety interlocks is given in Table 2-5.

Table 2-5: List of major safety interlocks

S.

No. Process Variable Action

1. Tank Pressure High Close HIC control valve on inlet line to tank with alarm.

Pre-alarms provided. In case of extremely high pressure, emergency venting to flare is done through HIC

2 Tank Level High Closes control valve on inlet line to tank with alarm. Pre-

alarms provided

3 Tank level/pressure low Closes the ON/OFF valve on tank outlet with alarm and

trips the ammonia transfer pump with alarm

4 Annulus level higher then cup level Closes the ON/OFF valve on tank outlet with alarm

5 Pump discharge pressure low Trips the ammonia transfer pump

6 Suction Pressure Low Compressor trips. Pre alarms provided






S.

No. Process Variable Action

7 Discharge pressure high Compressor trips. Pre alarms provided

8 Discharge temperature high Compressor trips. Pre alarms provided

9 Lube oil temp. at oil cooler outlet is

high Compressor trips

10 Oil separator level low Compressor trips

2.6.3 GT & HRSG (Steam Power Generation Unit)

A Gas turbine, also called a Combustion Turbine, is a type of Internal Combustion Engine. It

operates on the Brayton Power Cycle. It has an upstream rotating Compressor coupled to a

downstream Turbine and a Combustion Chamber in between.

The basic operation of the Gas Turbine is similar to that of the Steam Power plant except that Air

is used instead of Water. Fresh atmospheric Air flows through the Compressor that brings it to

higher pressure. Energy is then added by spraying Fuel (Natural Gas) into the Air and igniting it so

the combustion generates a high-temperature gas flow. This high-temperature, high-pressure gas

enters a Turbine, where it expands down to the exhaust pressure, producing a shaft work output

in the process. The Turbine shaft work is used to drive the Compressor and other devices such as

an Electric Generator (generation of Power) that is be coupled to the shaft. The energy that is not

used for shaft work comes out in the exhaust gases, so these have either a high temperature

and/or a high velocity.

A Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) is an Energy Recovery Heat Exchanger that recovers

heat from a hot gas stream (GT Exhaust gas). It produces Steam that can be used in a process

(Cogeneration) or used to drive a Steam Turbine (Combined cycle). ZACL proposes to the

Cogeneration mode of operation. HRSGs consist of four major components: the Economizer,

Evaporator, Superheater and Water Preheater. The different components are put together to meet

the operating requirements of the unit. The HRSG is equipped with a Steam Drum connected to

the Evaporator section where Water is converted to Steam. This Steam then passes through

Superheaters to raise the temperature beyond the one at the saturation point. Some HRSGs

include supplemental, or duct firing. These additional burners provide additional energy to the

HRSG, which produces more steam. HRSGs also have diverter valves to regulate the inlet flow into

the HRSG. This allows the Gas Turbine to continue to operate when there is no Steam demand or

if the HRSG needs to be taken offline. There is also an added flexibility to generate Steam from

HRSG by firing Fuel whilst the Gas Turbine is offline.

Process schematic diagram for GT & HRSG is given in Figure 2-2.






Figure 2-2: Process Flow Diagram of GT, HRSG

The Natural Gas will be used as raw material for the proposed GT & HRSG Unit.

2.6.4 Urea Granulation Plant

New Casale Vortex Granulation

In this M/s CASALE’s proprietary technology for Urea Granulation, the prills from the prilling tower

are screened in a Prills Screener to separate the fine product (i.e. prills with a diameter about 1.2-

1.3 mm). This will be used as Seed Material for the Granulation Unit. Due to the unique design of

Vortex Granulation technology on spec product at the granulator outlet is obtained without of

screening crushing and recycling.

The seeds are lifted to the granulator feeder by a small bucket elevator, or, depending on the

plant layout, via a belt conveyor. The seeds will be enlarged to an average diameter of about 2.8

mm, spraying the Urea solution having a concentration of 96%.

The temperature of the fluidized/rotating bed granulator will be controlled by 5 heaters installed

on the fluidizing air duct. The granulated product will be preliminarily cooled in the Granulator

itself to about 75°C and then will be fed to the Solid Cooler (Bulk Flow Cooler) to reach 45°C at its

outlet.

The exhaust air from the Granulator will be scrubbed to reduce the dust content to about 30

mg/Nm3. The Urea solution from the scrubbing system will be sent to the underground drain tank

and then recycled.

Process Flow Diagram

Process flow Diagram of Urea Production from Prilling Section to Granulation Section is shown in

Figure 2-3 & Figure 2-4.



2.7 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE IDENTIFICATION, QUANTIFICATION, STORAGE & DISPOSAL

2.7.1 Quantification & Classification of Hazardous Waste

Details of the hazardous waste generation and classification as per Hazardous Waste Rules, 2008 amended till date for existing & proposed production are mentioned in Table 2-6.

Table 2-6: Hazardous waste Generation, Management and Disposal

S.

No. Waste Name Quantity / Nature Category

Current

generation

MT/Year

Proposed

additional

generation

MT/Year

Total

generation

proposed

expansion

MT/Year

Details of storage facility Treatment techniques

employed Mode of transportation Disposal Method

1 Spent catalyst

Quantity of generation varies depending upon the catalyst condition like activity and life

expectancy. Spent catalyst containing different percentage of metals/oxides of Ni, Fe, Cr, Cu, Zn

are generated during plant shutdowns. The generation is intermittent and occasional.

18.1 19 ~ 100 0 19 ~ 100

Partly stored in closed, labeled steel vessel and partly in MS drums with

closed lids. Stored in dedicated closed shed area away from normal operating

area.

Stored in MS Drums and transported

by Trucks dedicated to handle Hazardous waste.

To recycler registered with CPCB and having valid authorization of SPCB.

2 Chemical sludge from waste water

treatment

Sludge is taken out from settling ponds, holding ponds & guard pond.

34.3 10 ~ 42 0 10 ~ 42 The sludge after drying in SDBs is totally recycled to NPK-A & NPK-B

plants along with filler for process use.

Recycled to Complex plants as filler

Recycled within premises.

3

Furnace oil tank cleaning residue

and washing water & sludge

Quantity of generation varies depending upon frequency of tank cleaning, the type of tank,

recovery from FO separators etc. 3.1 37 ~ 106 0 37 ~ 106 Stored in leak proof MS drums with

closed lids. Stored in dedicated closed shed area away from normal operating

area.

Stored in MS Drums and transported by Trucks dedicated to handle

Hazardous waste.

To recycler registered with CPCB and having valid authorization of SPCB.

4 Used/Spent Oil

Quantity of generation varies depending upon the machinery condition, frequency of

breakdown, oil condition etc. 5.1 3 ~ 35

Very less quantity almost

negligible

3 ~ 35

Note: Quantities are given as range from lower to higher values.



FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST &

UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


2.7.2 Hazardous Waste Storage Facility & Generation

Details of Hazardous waste storage facility is given in Table 2-7.

Table 2-7: Hazardous waste storage facility in Existing Premises

S.

No.

Size of storage

facility

Hazardous

waste stored

Total waste

stored at

Existing

level

MT/Year

Total waste

to be stored

after

proposed

expansion

MT/Year

Total

Quantity to

be stored per

month

MT/month

Total qty. to

be stored

during 3

months of

monsoon

MT

1 15.0 m X 5.0 m X

3.0 m

Spent catalyst,

Chemical sludge Waste

water treatment,

Furnace Oil tank cleaning residue and

washing water & sludge,

Used/Spent Oil

60 ~ 235 60 ~ 235 5 ~ 20 15 ~ 60

Details of generation of existing Hazardous waste is shown in Table 2-8.

Table 2-8: Generation of Existing Hazardous waste

S.

No.

Waste

Type 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15

Limit as per

consent

(MT/Annum)

1

Furnace Oil Tank

Sludge and Residue

37.79 106.49 37.58 52.7 244.29 250

2 Spent / Used Oil

24.77 16.9 3.29 13.1 27.74 35

3 Spent

Catalyst 19.82 Nil 23.26 5.8 33.02 117

4 Chemical Sludge

from ETP 38 35 40 38 36 45

The additional generation of hazardous waste due to the proposed project will be negligible. The current

storage facility is adequate for this additional generation.




2.7.3 Non Hazardous Waste classification & Management

Details of Non Hazardous waste is mentioned in Table 2-9.

Table 2-9: Details of Non-Hazardous waste

S.

No.

Solid

Waste Composition Disposal Practice adopted

Total Quantity

Limit

(MT/Annum)

During the

financial year

2010-11

During the

financial year

2011-12

During the

financial year

2012-13

During the

financial year

2013-14

During the

financial year

2014-15

From Process

1 DM plant

resin material

Water insoluble co-polymers

Used along with backfilling material for structure /

building foundation, road construction etc.

Approx. 24 m3 Approx. 4 m3 Nil Approx. 4 m3 Approx. 4 m3 2-4

2 Sand

from WTP filters

----



Approx. 2 m3 Approx. 24 m3 Approx. 50 m3 Approx. 20 m3 Approx. 20 m3 10-20

3

Activated carbon

from WTP filters

Carbon material



NIL Approx. 4 m3 Approx. 20 m3 Approx. 3 m3 Approx. 4 m3 6-10

From pollution control facilities

4 STP

Sludge Organic matter

Used as bio-fertilizer for trees in our green belt.

Approx. 3 m3 Approx. 1 m3 Approx. 3 m3 Approx. 2 m3 Approx. 1.5 m3 10-20






2.7.4 Other Solids Wastes

Electronic Wastes

E- Waste is handled as per the provisions of the E-Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules,

2016 amended till date. Handing over of such wastes for suitable management to Group 10 plus,

Goa (Branch office) and Attero Recycling Pvt. Ltd., Uttarakhand (Head office) which are GSPCB

authorized recyclers and / or dismantlers. There will not essentially entail identification of e-wastes

generated by the proposed project.

Other Non-Hazardous Solid Wastes

Other solid wastes generated would include kitchen waste, cardboard, paper, plastic and garden

wastes. Amongst these cardboard, paper and plastic wastes is being handed over to scrap dealers

whilst kitchen and garden wastes is going to composting facility. The same practice shall be

followed after proposed expansion.

Handling of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

All waste is being handed with proper PPEs ensuring safety of the individuals working with the

solid waste handling. The wastes are handed in drums, cans and HDPE Bags and further

transferred by means of manual / mechanical means at the storage location in the Solid cum

Hazardous Waste Store.

2.8 WATER CONSUMPTION, WASTE WATER GENERATION & DISPOSAL

DETAILS

2.8.1 Water Source, Consumption and wastewater Generation

Existing water requirement is 9,970 KLD. The fresh water requirement after the proposed

expansion unit will be reduced to 7,870 KLD (i.e. reduction of water consumption upto 2,100 KLD)

due to:

Change-over of Drivers of various Pumps and Compressors from Condensing Steam Turbine to

Electrical Motor – Reduction in Cooling Water as well as DM Water;

Installation of Process Condensate Stripper in both Ammonia and Urea Plants – Reduction in

fresh DM Water generation

ZACL has already permission for 10,000 KLD which will be met through existing source of Water

Resource department (WRD), Govt. of Goa & existing Rainwater harvesting captive dam site.

Permission letter for water supply is given in Annexure 7.

Break up of water consumption and wastewater generation for existing and after the proposed

expansion is given in Table 2-10 & Table 2-11 and water balance diagram is shown in Figure

2-5 & Figure 2-6.

Table 2-10: Details of Water Consumption (In KLD)

S. No. Description Existing Proposed Total Remarks

1 Domestic/Drinking 350 0 350

2 Colony 400 0 400

3

Cooling Tower -I 3,915 (-135) 3,780

Total Water demand is 4,370 KLD including 590 KLD recycled water from STP, RO, Ammonia Plant

& DM Plant






S. No. Description Existing Proposed Total Remarks

Cooling Tower - II 1,715 535 2,250

Total Water demand is 2410 KLD including 160

KLD is recycled water from RO plant

4 DM Plant 3,470 (-2550) 920

Total water demand 5,510 including 4,590 KLD pure condensate recycled from

urea, ammonia.

i Ammonia Plant 4,080 50 4,130

ii Urea Plant 100 0 100

iii Power Plant 3,360 (-2,180) 1,180

5 Washings 120 0 120

6 Urea Granulation Unit 0 50 50

Total Water Consumption 9,970 (-2,100) 7,870

Table 2-11: Details of Wastewater Generation (In KLD)

S.

No. Description Existing Proposed Total

Treatment and Disposal

Facility

1 Domestic/Drinking 300 0 300 Treated in STP and reused in

Cooling Tower -1

2 Colony 340 0 340 Colony sewage directly

discharged into septic tank

3 Cooling Tower -I 340 (-70) 270 To UF & RO

4 Cooling Tower - II 135 75 210 To UF & RO

5 RO Plant 175 (-25) 150 To ETP

6 DM Plant 230 (-180) 50 To ETP

i Ammonia Plant 860 (-20) 840 Recycled and reused in DM

Plant after passing from process condensate stripper

ii Urea Plant 15 0 15 To ETP

7 NPK A Plant 10 0 10 To ETP

8 Washings 120 0 120 To ETP

9 Urea Granulation Unit 0 0 0 -

Total Waste Water

Generation 2,525 (-220) 2,305

345 KLD effluent will be treated in existing ETP, 300 KLD sewage water treated in STP at site and Cooling

tower blow downs 480 KLD sent to UF and RO.



Figure 2-5: Water Balance Diagram – Existing Unit



Figure 2-6: Water Balance Diagram – After Proposed Expansion






2.8.2 Wastewater Treatment and Disposal Facility

Wastewater Generation and Segregation

The effluent generation from the existing unit from various areas such as:

Process;

Domestic use;

Utility Blow downs, washings etc.

There will be reduction in effluent after proposed expansion. So, there will be no additional

effluent generation.

Wastewater Treatment Methodology

Wastewater treatment plants are already provided in the existing unit for treatment of domestic

sewage and industrial effluent.

The domestic sewage is treated in sewage treatment plant provided with capacity of 500 KLD at

site while industrial effluent like cooling tower blow downs are treated by RO. The rejects from the

RO is treated in effluent treatment plant with capacity of 500 KLD.

Waste Water (Process Condensate) generated from Ammonia & Urea Plants are treated within the

respective plants in dedicated Process Condensate Stripper Packages. The treated condensate is

used as BFW make up.

Wastewater Disposal Facility

There is no disposal of liquid effluent outside of project premises as Zero Liquid Discharge system

is adopted by using ETP & recycling RO.

Design Inlet and outlet characteristics of ETP

The design based inlet and outlet characteristics for the effluent treatment plant is given in Table

2-12.

Table 2-12: Design Inlet and Outlet Characteristics

S. No. Parameters Unit Inlet Characteristics (mg/l) Outlet Characteristics (mg/l)

1 pH - 3-8 6.5-7.5

2 TDS mg/l 7000 <180

3 SS mg/l - Nil

4 COD mg/l <250 <125

5 BOD mg/l <150 <30

6 O & G mg/l 50 Nil

List of Wastewater Treatment Units with Capacity

The list of wastewater treatment units along with size/capacity of each unit will be described in

Table 2-13.

Table 2-13: Wastewater Treatment Units with Capacity

Sr. No. Name of Unit Capacity/Size

1 Raw effluent tank/Settling tank 150

2 Bar Screen 4 X 2 X 1.5






Sr. No. Name of Unit Capacity/Size

3 Equalization tank - each 9.8 X 3.85 X 4.1

4 Anoxic tank 4 X 3.5 X 4.1

5 Aeration Tank 5 X 7.5 X 4

6 Secondary Clarifier 60 X 2.5

7 Flash Mixer 1 X 1 X 1.5

8 Clarified Water Tank 8 X 4.5 X 2.5

9 Sludge Drying Bed 25.0 X 2.5 X 1.5

10 Dual Media Filter 1.80 X 1.8

11 Final Treated water Tank/ Guard pond 650

12 RO Permeate water tank 5 X 5.8 X 3

13 RO Reject water Tank 5 X 2.3 X 4

Wastewater Characteristics

Effluent samples were collected from the different areas such as Process, utilities and ETP. The

sample analysis results are presented in Table 2-14.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG,

AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-14: Wastewater Characteristics for different streams

S.

No.

Parameters

Unit

Sample Name

Urea NPK-A Holding Pond Settling Tank CT-1 CT-2 WT Plant Acidic WT Plant Alkaline Guard Pond

12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14 12.04.14

1 pH pH scale 8.53 8.15 7.58 6.60 6.17 6.01 7.87 10.71 7.56

2 TDS mg/lit 3176 58804 8312 4136 2840 2124 5284 7504 3200

3 SS mg/lit 14 753 65 88 44 15 80 11 33

4 O&G mg/lit 0.8 1.2 0.4 1.6 1.2 0.8 1.2 0.4 0.8

5 COD mg/lit 1508 615 454 223 69 69 562 46 81

6 BOD mg/lit 413 162 125 59 17 16 147 12 21

7 Ammonical Nitrogen

mg/lit 4660.3 30411.8 5054.6 487.2 26.05 31.7 4913.8 44.4 499.8

8 Chlorides mg/lit 1291 12482 1029 558 249 300 858 1158 601

9 Sulphates mg/lit <1 3728 1655 2726 40 39 1029 369 1878

10 Nitrate mg/lit 4.28 52.4 0.36 55.7 66.6 57.2 2.5 37.5 56.5






2.8.3 Process Description of Effluent Treatment plant followed by RO

The RO Unit is designed to process 25 m3/hr. of raw effluent to produce 15.75 m3/hr. of treated

water as permeate and 9.25 m3/hr. of waste water as reject. The Unit is designed to operate for

20 hrs. in a day and thus, the design capacity works out to process 500 m3/day of raw effluent to

produce 315 m3/day of treated water as permeate and 185 m3/day of waste water as rejects.

2.8.4 Pre-treatment filtration system

The raw effluent will be received at the inlet of the bar screen to trap the floating particles and

debris followed by an oil and grease trap. A belt type oil skimmer will be provided in the oil and

grease trap to remove the floating oil and grease. The oil free effluent overflows to a collection

tank. A pH correction system consisting of acid and alkali dosing pumps with a pH monitoring

device in the collection tank will be provided to neutralize the incoming effluent. The neutralized

effluent will flow into an Equalization tank. A coarse bubble aeration system will be provided in the

equalization tank for homogenizing the effluent and to prevent any septic conditions from setting

in during storage.

Effluent transfer pumps transfer the neutralized effluent to the Anoxic chamber. The Anoxic

chamber is designed to reduce the ammonical nitrogen and phosphates. Within the Anoxic

chamber conditions are maintained to provide anaerobic conditions, this helps degrade the

ammonical nitrogen, slow speed mixers are provided to induce gentle mixing and flow of water

through the chamber. The overflow from the Anoxic chamber flows by gravity to the Aeration

tank.

The aeration basin operates with a combination of aeration with submerged media for providing

ideal condition to generate biomass. The generation of biomass reduces the incoming BOD and

COD, to greater than 90%. The media provides an ideal condition on its surface for the biomass

growth. Air for the aerobic reaction to happen is provided by means of fine bubble diffusers placed

in a grid at the bottom of the tank. The movement of dense fine bubbles maintains the dissolved

oxygen levels in the mixed liquor in the desired range of 2~3 ppm. The upward movement of the

fine air bubbles helps to dislodge the excess sludge formed on the media surface. The aerated

effluent flows by gravity to a Secondary Clarifier for settling the generated biomass. The clear

overflow water flows to the flash mixer of the High Rate Solid Contact Clarifier (HRSCC). In the

flash mixer, lime, dolomite and ferric chloride are added for effective coagulation and flocculation

of the suspended solids, turbidity and partial reduction of organics & silica. The chemically treated

effluent flows by gravity to the central well of the HRSCC. In the central well the incoming feed

with the coagulated particles will be intimately mixed with a part of the already formed sludge,

this is achieved by means of slow speed turbine type mixer which pull up the sludge through a

cone arrangement provided. The dense mixing achieves maximum efficiency in precipitation,

coagulation and flocculation and produces dense and large floc particles. The particles are settled

in the settling zone and the clear water overflows through the peripheral launders. The clear water

will flow by gravity to the clarified water tank.

The clarified water from clarified water tank is then pumped by means of filter feed pumps to

downstream Dual Media Filter for removal of any residual suspended solids, residual organics etc.

Excess biomass is removed at periodic intervals from the secondary clarifier and will be dried in

sludge drying beds and then will be used as filler in NPK plants (like the sludge from ETP). The

filtrate from the sludge drying beds will be led back to the collection chamber.






2.8.5 Ultra-filtration system

The filtered water will be passed through a down-stream 50 micron bag filter/basket strainer to

remove any carry over suspended solids and turbidity. The filtered feed then passes through an

Ultra filtration system for removal of fine and colloidal particles and makes the effluent suitable for

RO feed. Hollow fiber based Ultra-filtration membranes will be used.

The filtrate will be stored in the UF filtrate storage tank. A suitable acid/alkali dosing and chlorine

dosing system will be provided to dose chemicals as required during backwashing of the Ultra

filtration membranes. All chemical dosing will be done by means of on-line diaphragm operated

metering pumps to ensure accurate and optimum dosing. The backwash water from the UF and

the filters will be led back to the collection sump for further treatment.

2.8.6 UF Automation

The operation of the Ultra-filtration unit will be completely auto, the service and backwash

sequence will be controlled by means of a PLC located in the control panel. The PLC will perform a

programmed set of operations consisting of service, backwash and forward flush of the

membranes at a preset sequence. It will also initiate the addition of chemicals during backwash to

enhance the cleaning efficiency during backwashing. The Ultra filtration unit will be provided with

required safety features. All fault or abnormal conditions will be indicated by an audiovisual alarm

in the control panel.

2.8.7 Reverse Osmosis system

The UF filtrate from the UF filtrate storage tank is then pumped using RO feed pumps to Micron

guard filter to prevent any suspended solids form entering the RO. Anti-scalent and Anti-oxidant

dosing system are provided to prevent the scaling of membrane and fouling due to oxidizing

chemicals. Acid dosing system is provided to adjust the feed pH. The filtered water is then

pressurized using high-pressure pumps to the RO block. The RO membranes separate the feed

into two streams. Membranes used are fouling resistant, thin film type Polyamide based spirally

wound configuration membranes. The permeate water containing low dissolved solids will be

stored in the permeate water storage tank and then recycled to cooling towers as make up. Reject

waste water will be recycled to NPK plants for process use.




Figure 2-7: Process Block diagram of Effluent Treatment Plant




Figure 2-8: Process Block diagram of Sewage Treatment Plant




2.8.8 Adequacy of Effluent Treatment Units

The adequacy of the existing effluent treatment units is presented in Table 2-15.

Table 2-15: Adequacy of Existing Effluent Treatment Units

S.

No. Units Nos.

Size of Units/Capacity Volume

Total

Volume

Design

Flow HRT PROVIDED

L B H F.B.

m m m m m3 m3 m3/d min h day

1 Raw effluent tank/Settling tank 1 150 m3 - 150 150 500 - 7.20 -

2 Bar Screen 1 4 2 5 - 40 40 500 - 1.92 -

3 Equalization tank - each 2 9.8 3.85 4.1 - 155 309 500 - 7.43 -

4 Anoxic tank 1 4 3.5 4.1 - 57 57 500 - 2.76 -

5 Aeration Tank 1 5 7.5 4 - 150 150 500 - 7.20 -

6 Secondary Clarifier 1 6m dia. 2.5 - 71 71 500 3.39 -

7 Flash Mixer 1 1 1 1.5 - 2 2 500 4.32 - -

8 Clarified Water Tank 1 8 4.5 2.5 - 90 90 500 - 4.32 -

9 Sludge Drying Bed 1 2.5 2.5 1.5 - 9 9 500 - - -

10 Dual Media Filter 1 1.8 m dia. 1.8 - 5 5 500 - - -

11 Final Treated water Tank/Guard pond 1 650 m3 - 650 650 500 - - 1.30

Existing effluent treatment facility is adequate to treat extra proposed effluent load.






2.9 AIR EMISSIONS

2.9.1 Point Source Emissions

The point source emission of pollutants into air from the proposed project will be through flue gas

stacks and process vents. Details of existing and proposed stacks of ZACL are given in Table 2-16

& Table 2-17.

2.9.2 Line Source Emissions

Vehicular movement is envisaged on Zuarinagar Main Road which involves vehicular air emissions,

majorly CO & HC’s. It is an approach road connecting Zuarinagar in East direction and Vasco

towards North West merging in NH-17B.

Action plan to control ambient air quality

Air pollution control measures has already been taken for existing plant and will be taken for

proposed plant to control ambient air quality. Details of existing & proposed stacks and APCM to

control emissions are tabulated in Table 2-16 & Table 2-17.




Table 2-16: Details of Stacks and APCM – Existing

S.

No. Stack No. Stack Attached to

Pollutant as per

Consent Order APCM

Stack

Height Remarks/ Technical Specification

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Flue Gas Stack attached to Boiler / Furnace

1 S-BF101CA Power Station Boilers (Common Stack) PM, SO2, NOx Low NOx burners.

Adequate Stack Height 45

Technical Details of Low NOx burner are given in Table 2-18.

Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 15.2 m/s.

2 S-BF 201 6 MW CPP + MP Boiler (Common Stack) PM, SO2 Adequate Stack Height 30 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 5.5 m/s.

3 E-GT-201 DG Set (Emergency Generator Set) PM, SO2, NOx,

NMHC (as C), CO Adequate Stack Height 14 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 37 m/s.

4 A-BA 102 Ammonia Plant Feed Stock Preheater - Adequate Stack Height 22 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 3.5 m/s.

5 A-BA 101 Ammonia Plant Reformer + C. Chamber - Adequate Stack Height 30 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 7.1 m/s.

Various Other Stacks/Vent of Reactors, Process Vessels

6 U-IA 301 Urea Plant Prilling Tower PM Adequate Stack Height, Vibro Priller/

Dust Suppressor, Water Sprinkler 53 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 1.4 m/s.

7 U-FD 304 Urea Plant Dust Separator PM Adequate Stack Height, Cyclone 61 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 25.9 m/s.

8 N-CB 201 NPK-A Plant Fumes Stack NH3 Adequate Stack Height, Scrubber 33 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 13.5 m/s.

9 N-CB 301 NPK-A Plant Dryer Stack PM Adequate Stack Height, Cyclone,

Scrubber 33 Round Stack top, Exit Velocity 6.4 m/s.

10 N-CB 403 NPK-A Plant De-dusting (Cooler) Stack PM Adequate Stack Height, Cyclone,


11 O5-5 D 101 NPK-B Plant Stack NH3, PM Adequate Stack Height, Cyclone,





Table 2-17: Details of Stacks and APCM – Proposed

Stac

k

No.

Stack attached to Expected Pollutant Proposed APCM Stack Height (m) Remarks / Technical Specification

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6

Proposed Flue Gas Stack attached to Boiler / Furnace

1 GT+ HRSG stack PM, SO2, NOx Dry Low NOx burners. 30 Technical Details of Dry Low NOx burner are given

in Table 2-19.

2 Hot Air Generator stack +

Rotary Dryer Stack for Cust. Plant

PM : 100 mg/Nm3

NOx : 50 mg/Nm3

NH3 : 25 mg/Nm3

& SO2

Cyclone separators, Bag filters and Dilute Acid

Scrubbers. 30

Two Stage Scrubbing System - The First Stage consists of Cyclonic Venturi Scrubber and in the

Second Stage is Packed Bed. The Scrubbing Liquor would be Recirculated Water slightly

acidified with Sulphuric Acid.

Stack of rotary dryer shall be attached to hot air generator, thus shall be treated as a flue gas

stack having emissions of PM, NOx, NH3 and SO2.

Proposed Various Other Stacks/vent of reactors, process, vessel

1 Rotary Cooler Stack PM : 60 mg/Nm3 Cyclone separators, Bag filters and Dilute Acid

Scrubbers. 30

Sampling location and platform shall be made.

2 Urea Granulation Plant PM : < 50 mg/Nm3

Ammonia : 25 mg/Nm3 Wet Scrubber 40

Proposed Flare Stack

1 Flare Stack attached to

AAST Nitrogen + Water Vapor -- 43

Pilot burners will fire natural gas.

Flaring capacity of 1,039 Kg/hr






Low NOx Burner (Existing)

The Existing Low NOx burners are designed for firing the specified fuels individually or in

combination of oil and gas as per the availability of fuel. Boiler have the post conversion capacity

of:

100% Natural Gas Firing;

100% Naphtha firing;

100% Fuel Oil firing;

100% on any combination of NG and Naphtha firing;

100% on any combination of NG and FO firing.

Table 2-18: Low NOx Burner Design Details (Existing)

S.

No.

Specification Details

1 Draft System Forced Draft

2 Number of Burners 4

3 Turndown on NG 1:5

4 Turndown on FO/Naphtha 1:4

5 Excess air on NG Firing 10% @ MCR

6 Excess air on FO/Naphtha firing 15% @ MCR

7 NOx emission at MCR < 125 ppm @ 3% ref. O2

8 Register draught loss across burner 125 mmWc

9 Fuel oil/Naphtha pressure at burner inlet 8.5 kg/cm2g @ MCR

10 Atomising steam pressure at burner inlet 10.5 kg/cm2g @ MCR

11 Natural Gas pressure at burner inlet 0.7 kg/cm2g @ MCR

12 Pilot has pressure at burner inlet 0.4 – 0.6 kg/cm2g

Dry Low NOx Combustors (Proposed)

The new dry low NOx combustors are designed for 100% Natural Gas Firing.

Table 2-19: Dry Low NOx Combustors Design Details (Proposed)

S.

No.

Specification Details

1 Number of combustors 6 nos. Dry Low NOx Combustors with 5 Fuel Nozzles per Combustor

2 NOx emission at MCR < 50 pppvd @ 15 % O2

2.9.3 Fugitive Emissions & Control

Various hazardous chemicals and gases are stored and handled at ZACL. Suitable control

measures have been taken to control the fugitive emission (primary and secondary) during

loading/ unloading, storage and handling of chemicals. Some fugitive emissions control measures

at the ZACL plants are described below:

All the joints, flanges, pumps, glands, seals, valves are maintained in good conditions through

timely predictive and preventive maintenance;

Regular workplace monitoring is carried out.

Similar control measures shall be taken for proposed expansion project to control fugitive

emissions.

Work Place Monitoring for ammonia is carried out at ZACL at 17 identified locations once in 3

months. Details of the same are tabulated in Table 2-20.






Table 2-20: Workplace Monitoring Results

S.

No. Work Zone

Fugitive Ammonia Level in ppm

25-04-13 24-07-13

1 RMH plant - Amm. Tanker unloading area 2 4

2 Ammonia plant – Amm. Receiver/ Economiser area 6 6

3 Ammonia Hortonsphere Amm. Pump area 6 9

4 Urea plant – Amm. Pump area 6 17

5 Urea plant – Amm. Condensor area 3 7

6 NPK-A plant – Pre-Neutralizer area SD 13

7 NPK-A plant – Amm. Granulator area SD 7

8 NPK-A plant - Dryer area SD 5

9 NPK-B plant – Pre-Neutralizer area SD 11

10 NPK-B plant – Amm. Granulator area SD 6

11 NPK-B plant - Dryer area SD 4

12 Product Handling plant - Urea bagging area 8 7

13 Product Handling plant - NPK-A bagging area SD 6

14 Product Handling plant - NPK-B bagging area SD 5

15 Product Handling plant - Urea bulk area 19 18

16 Product Handling plant - NPK-A bulk area 10 9

17 Product Handling plant - NPK-B bulk area 6 7

2.10 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The proposed project would essentially consist of a Fertilizer Blending Unit for Customized NPK

Fertilizer Production, GT, HRSG & Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank. To support the smooth

operation of the plant, various utilities and other services have been considered. Apart from supply

of utilities, offsite facilities like storage, transport facilities, etc. has also been considered as per

estimated requirement. Proposed project site location & Project Site layout is shown in Map 2-3 &

Map 2-4. Site location of proposed Customized Blending Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage

tank, GT & HRSG are shown in Figure 2-9, Figure 2-10, Figure 2-11 & Figure 2-12. Detail of

project component is given in Table 2-21.

Table 2-21: Detail of project component

S. No Facility Description Capacity/Provision

1 Land Requirement

Land development

As mentioned in Table 2-2.

As per requirement

2 Proposed plant Capacities As given in Table 2-3.

3 Raw material/product storage and handling

Various finished fertilizer grades as Raw Materials

H2SO4 (98%)

Finished Product (Bag)

Existing Urea, NPK storage

Existing Storage

Existing Storage

4 Raw water storage Existing storage

5 Diesel Storage for EDG Existing EDG

6 NG / RLNG Supply through pipe from existing source

7 Power supply Captive Power Supply

8 Raw water supply From WRD Goa, existing Contract






S. No Facility Description Capacity/Provision

9 Safety and fire fighting Extension of existing Network

10 Auxiliary services facilities From Existing Facility

11 Construction equipment Will be provided by contractor

12 Non plant buildings Not required

Figure 2-9: Site location of Proposed Customized blending Unit

Figure 2-10: Site location of Proposed Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank






Figure 2-11: Site location of Proposed GT & HRSG (SPG Unit)

Figure 2-12: Site location of Proposed Urea Granulation Unit






Photograph 2-1: Existing Plant, Greenbelt & Proposed Plant Site at ZACL






2.10.1 Utilities

Fuel

About 0.17 MMSCMD & 2,000 SCMD NG / RLNG will be used for steam power generation unit &

Customized Blending Unit respectively. It shall be arranged from the existing GAIL NG pipeline.

The agreement letter for Natural gas is given in Annexure 6.

Water

Construction Stage

Water requirement during the construction phase will be approximately 15 - 20 KLD. Domestic

water requirement for construction workers would be approximately 2 KLD. The water

requirement during this phase will be met from the existing sources.

Operation Stage

The estimated water consumption in the plant will be reduced due to modernization of

technologies. The agreement letter for water supply is given in Annexure 7.

Power

The electricity requirement of about 2 MW will be sourced internally.

Steam

About 1 MT/Hr. steam required for the granulation would be drawn from existing plant.

Other infrastructure and plant facilities like Laboratory, First Aid, Safety, firefighting, workshops

etc. shall be used from existing facility. Details of Raw material consumption and transportation

details are given in Table 2-22.

Table 2-22: Details of Raw Material Consumption and Transportation Details

Raw Material UOM Required Quantity Source Mode of Transport

Various finished fertilizer grades and

micronutrients Materials (various)

Ton/Hour 30 Own, Local Suppliers

Trucks

H2SO4 (98%) Ton/Hour 2 Local Suppliers Road tankers

Fine Grade Product from from Urea

Prilled As per Requirement Own --

2.10.2 Industrial area (process area)

The Industrial area shall consist of the following sections (Refer Map 2-4):

1. Batching section with control systems

2. Customized Fertilizer Granulation plant

3. Product bagging section

4. Scrubbing section

5. Effluent treatment section

6. Storage requirement for raw water, raw materials and finished product shall be met with from

the existing facilities.

7. Atmospheric Ammonia storage tank

8. Gas turbine






9. Heat recovery steam generator

10. Flare stack

11. Ammonia gas detector

12. Electrical Substation, MCC etc.

13. Fire hydrant network

14. Safety showers & Control station, etc.

2.10.3 Commercial area (non-process area)

The requirement of following sections shall be met through the existing facilities available in the

complex.

1. Administrative building

2. Truck parking area

3. Weigh bridge area

4. Security cabin

5. Time office

6. Workers Rest room

7. Water storage and pump house

2.10.4 Social infrastructure

The existing facility of Township, Health Centre, Shopping, Club etc. shall be used.

2.10.5 Project Cost

The present investment proposal is to implement Blending Plant facility for customized NPK

fertilizer production for a capacity of 30 MTPH, GT & HRSG for Power & Steam generation,

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank & Urea Granulation Unit. The Project Cost is estimated at

around Rs. 788.60 Crores. Break up of project cost for proposed activities is given in Table 2-23.

Table 2-23: Total Project Cost of proposed project

S. No. Project Cost (In Crore)

1 Customized Blending Plant 50

2 Steam Power Generation 200

3 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank 40

4 Urea Granulation Plant 498.60

Total Project Cost 788.60

Building & Civil Works

The civil construction cost estimates, for main plants, have been prepared based on preliminary

standard layout, plant building sizes and Bill of Quantity (BOQ) and data/information available

from similar projects executed by Zuari. The civil cost for offsite and utility facilities has also been

estimated based on experience gained during execution of similar plants in India.

Land & Site Development

The costs of Site Development & land for the project have been considered in the above

estimates.






Plant & Machinery

The costs of equipment and supplies, for the main plants, have been estimated based on the

specification of the equipment and machineries supplied by process licensors and ZACL’s cost data

bank available for the similar projects executed / under execution. For the off-sites, cost estimates

are based on cost data available from ZACL’s data bank and budgetary quotations.

2.11 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE

Description of operational control incorporated into the project to meet environmental standards,

environmental operating conditions at design stage are tabulated in Table 2-24.




Table 2-24: Operational controls at design stage

S.

No.

Name of

Plant Parameters

Operational control at design stage

Air Water Hazardous waste Noise

Air (Prevention & Control

of Pollution) Act, 1981 as

amended to date

Water (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 as amended to date

Hazardous waste (Management,

Handling & Trans boundary

movement) Rules, 2008 as

amended to date

Noise Pollution

(Regulation & Control)

Rules, 2000 as amended

to date

1 Customized

Blending Plant

PM Dedusting system.

Waste Water -- Will be recycled. --

Solid Waste -- -- Impervious flooring with adequate

storage space. --

Noise -- -- --

Personnal protective equipment like ear plugs/

muffs.

Proper & timely maintenance of machineries.

2 Atmospheric

Ammonia Storage Tank

Hazardous Waste

-- -- Impervious flooring with adequate storage space.

--

Safety Interlocks, gas detection systems, alarm system, sprinkler system and fire hydrant system with

water curtains will be designed and provided. Double Wall, Double Integrity Storage Tank. Regular inspections and monitoring of storage tanks. Dyke wall.

3

Steam Power Generation Unit (GT, HRSG)

SO2 Stack with adequate height. -- -- --

NOX Stack with adequate height.

Dry low NOx combustors. -- -- --

Waste Water -- Condensate will be recycled. -- --

Noise -- -- --

Canopy with acoustic enclosure.

In line duct silencers.

Safety Interlocks & alarms will be provided.

4

PM Wet Scrubber & Adequate Stack Height

-- -- --

NH3 -- -- --




S.

No.

Name of

Plant Parameters

Operational control at design stage

Air Water Hazardous waste Noise

Air (Prevention & Control

of Pollution) Act, 1981 as

amended to date

Water (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 as amended to date

Hazardous waste (Management,

Handling & Trans boundary

movement) Rules, 2008 as

amended to date

Noise Pollution

(Regulation & Control)

Rules, 2000 as amended

to date

Urea Granulation

Unit Noise -- -- --

Personnal protective equipment like ear plugs/

muffs.

Proper & timely maintenance of machineries.




UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION


Table 2-25: Pollution Load Statement

S.

No. Parameter Existing Plant

Proposed

Expansion /

Modernization

Total Remarks

1 Land Area (Acre) 1013 0 1013 No additional land

required.

2 Raw Water (m3/day) 9970 (-2100) 7870

Reduction of Water Consumption due to

modernization of technologies.

3 Power (MW) 12.5 2 14.5

No additional power will be required, Will be sourced

internally.

4 Waste Water (Effluent Generation), (m3/day)

a Industrial 1885 (-220) 1665 Reduction in Waste Water generation. b Domestic 640 0 640

5 Effluent Disposal Mode Zero Liquid Discharge

Zero Liquid Discharge

Zero Liquid

Discharge will be maintained.

6 Solid Waste

a Non Hazardous Solid Waste

No additional non hazardous waste will

be generated.

Waste resin material from

DM plant 2-4 0 2-4

Waste sand from TWP filters 10-20 0 10-20

Waste activated carbon from

WTP filters 6-10 0 6-10

Sludge from STP 10-20 0 10-20

b Hazardous (MT/annum)

Used/Spent Oil 35 Negligible 35

No additional Hazardous waste

generation.

Furnace oil tank cleaning

residue and washing water & sludge

250 0 250

Spent catalyst 117 0 117

Chemical sludge from waste

water treatment 45 0 45

7 Hazardous Chemical Storage

No additional Hazardous Chemical will be stored. In proposed

expansion Ammonia storgage will be converted to Double Integrity wall from Horton sphere which is more

suitable & safe.

8 Air Emissions

Proper efficient APCM will be installed, minimal emission load will

be increased. Urea dust will be reduced from 150 mg/Nm3 to 30

mg/Nm3.

Within limit






2.12 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF

TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

2.12.1 Customized Fertilizer Project

The Technology/Process adopted for the manufacture of Customized NPK Fertilizers fortified with

Micro-nutrients is the well recognized Steam-Water Granulation Technology. This technology is

adopted in manufacturing facilities not only in India but all over the world. As the technology

proposed to be adopted is well proven, there is no risk of failure as such. Moreover, as all the Raw

Materials are in Solid form rather than Liquid (Ammonia, Phosphoric Acid etc.), risk of

Environmental damage is also minimized.


It has become an industry norm to migrate from Pressurized Storage of Ammonia to the “State of

Art” Fully Refrigerated Storage of Ammonia at Atmospheric Pressure (Lower Risk). As it is a well

proven and mature technology, risk of technological failure is non-existent. There are several such

installations in India as well as abroad operating for several decades now.

2.12.3 Cogeneration Plant (GT + HRSG)

Gas Turbines along with downstream HRSG (Heat Recovery Steam Generator) have been

operating world-wide in Cogeneration/Combined Cycle SPG (Steam-Power Generation) Facilities

for several decades. The use of GT+HRSG SPG Facility in a Fertilizer Complex (especially

Nitrogenous Complex) is considered to be “State of Art” and there are several such installations in

the Indian Urea Complexes. With continuous improvements in the Gas Turbine Technology, the

Efficiency and Reliability have improved tremendously while the Environment Impact has been

minimized. As this is a well proven and mature technology, the risk of technological failure is

practically nil.

2.12.4 Urea Granulation Facility

Though in Indian Fertilizers parlance, Granular Urea is not very common, the opposite is true

globally. The preferred Product Urea form/finishing is usually Granulation rather than Prilling

worldwide. With the GoI/DoF mandating production of Granular Urea in India because of its

agronomic efficacy and ease of handling, ZACL, Goa has decided to install a Urea Granulation Unit

to produce it’s 1/3rd of Total Urea production in Granular form. As already mentioned above, Urea

Granulation Technology is very well proven process adopted abroad. Infact there are many

Process Licensors/ Technology Providers for Urea Granulation such that there is a lot of

competition amongst them. This is a clear sign that the Technologies on offer are well proven and

mature. In view of this, it is felt there is no risk of technological failure.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT


3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 STUDY AREA

The study area is considered within 10 km radius of the project site. Study area map of proposed

project is shown in Map 3-1 and toposheet of the study area is shown in Figure 3-1.

3.2 PERIOD

Monitoring surveys of the study area has been carried out in summer season- from March to May,

2013. Project has gone through a several stages of TOR review, the need for reviewing the TOR

was owing to changes of business circumstances & evolving market needs. Attention was drawn to

the circular which is office memorandum [F. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA-II (I) (Part)] dated

22nd August’14 issued by the MoEFCC clearly states that projects which are having baseline data

collected for last 3 years are acceptable for use.

3.3 COMPONENTS

The baseline environmental qualities of valued environmental components like air, noise, water,

land, flora, fauna, traffic survey and socio-economic form an important and integral part. The

baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of the proposed

project.

3.4 METHODOLOGY

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey will be based on primary &

secondary data collection. This will include:

3.4.1 Primary data Collection

Site Visit;

Ground truthing;

Sampling;

Field studies/ Survey;

Interpretation of data including statistical analysis to arrive at meaningful information.

3.4.2 Secondary Data collection

This includes review of secondary/published information on:

Collecting relevant secondary data from reliable sources;

Collation, synthesis & interpretation of secondary data;

Validation of important secondary data by cross verification at the site.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Map 3-1: Study Area Map



Figure 3-1: Toposheet of the study area





ENVIRONMENT


3.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF BASELINE FOR VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL

COMPONENTS AND BASE MAPS

3.5.1 Long Term Meteorology

The climate of the study area is based on information from the most recent published long-term

climatological tables (1961 – 1990) by Indian Meteorological Department (IMD), for Marmugao,

Goa (Station ID: 43196).

The observatory is located near the Port Signal station on the top of a hill. Surrounding area is

hilly full of vegetation. The Arabian Sea is to the west and north of the rock on which the

observatory is situated. Wind instruments are at the top of the tower.

A copy of the long-term climatological data is enclosed as Annexure 8. These tables give useful

information about a region’s weather, since they are collected over a 29-year period.

Temperature

The mean highest temperature in the month, mean daily maximum temperature, and mean of

highest temperature recorded are 35.2°C, 32.7°C (in the month of November), and 35.8°C

respectively. The highest temperature recorded was 37.8°C on 29th February, 1984.

January is generally the coldest month, with mean daily minimum temperature of 21.5°C. The

period from December to February seems to be the coolest season for a particular calendar year.

The lowest temperature recorded was 12.2°C on 18th November, 1946.

Humidity

Most humid conditions are found in the monsoons, followed by post-monsoons, summer and

winter in order. Mornings are more humid than evenings and relative humidity ranges from a high

of 83 – 89% in monsoons to a low of 61 – 72% in winter.

During summer season, in morning relative humidity remains between 74 – 75% and in the

evening it remains between 69 – 72%.

Rainfall

The distribution of rainfall in the region, which includes the study area, is uneven. Annual total

rainfall in the region is 2,571.6 mm.

Distribution of rainfall by season is 9.9 mm in winter (December, January, February), 79.8 mm in

summer (March, April, May), 2,346 mm in monsoons (June, July, August, September) and 135.9

mm in post-monsoons (October – November). About 91 percent of the annual rainfall in the region

is received during the southwest monsoon months i.e. June to September. June is the rainiest

month.

Heaviest rainfall in 24 hours was recorded as 307.6 mm on 22nd May, 1918. July is having

maximum number of rainy days i.e. 25.1.

Cloud Cover

The area remains cloudy between June - September, which is the active period of the monsoon

season. Generally cloud cover ranges from 2.8 to 7.3 OKTAS during this monsoon season.

In the summer season cloud cover ranges from range of 1.0 to 4.8 OKTAS.





ENVIRONMENT


Wind

Long- term wind direction data is presented in Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: Predominant Month-Wise Wind Directions

Predominant First Second Third

Month Morning Evening Morning Evening Morning Evening

January E W NE NW N SW

February NE NW E W N SW

March NE NW N W E SW

April N NW NE W S SW

May N W NW NW NE SW

June SW SW W W SE NW

July SW SW W W NW NW

August SW SW W W NW NW

September NE W SW NW N SW

October NE W E SW SE NW

November E W NE SW SE NW

December E W NW NW SE SW

Overall for the whole year, first predominant wind directions are from North – West and South –

West Direction (22.2% each), second predominant wind direction is from West Direction (20.8%)

and third predominant wind direction is from North – East Direction (11.1%).

During summer period, i.e. from March to May, first predominant wind direction is from North –

West Direction (22.2%), second predominant wind directions are from SW, NE, N & W Direction

(16.7% each) and third predominant wind direction is from East Direction (5.6%).

During post monsoon & winter season, first predominant wind direction is from SW & NW direction

respectively.

Average Long Term Meteorological Condition

Average meteorological condition is given in Table 3-2.

Table 3-2: Average Meteorological Condition at IMD Marmugao

Month

Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall

(mm)

Monthly

Total

No. of

Rainy

days

Relative

Humidity

(%),

Morning

Relative

Humidity

(%),

Evening

Max Min

January 31.2 21.5 0.1 0.0 69 61

February 30.7 22.2 0.0 0.0 72 65

March 31.5 24.3 0.2 0.0 75 69

April 32.4 26.3 4.9 0.3 74 70

May 32.6 26.9 74.7 3.0 75 72

June 30.2 24.9 789.7 21.1 86 83

July 28.9 24.2 771.8 25.1 88 86

August 28.6 24.1 531.5 23.0 89 86

September 29.5 24.1 253.0 12.9 87 83

October 31.4 24.5 91.6 4.9 80 76

November 32.7 23.5 44.3 2.3 66 65





ENVIRONMENT


Month

Mean Daily Temperature Rainfall

(mm)

Monthly

Total

No. of

Rainy

days

Relative

Humidity

(%),

Morning

Relative

Humidity

(%),

Evening

Max Min

December 32.4 22.5 9.8 0.4 63 61

Total -- -- 2,571.6 93 -- --

Average 31.0 24.1 -- -- 77 73

Site Specific Meteorology

Baseline meteorological data representing the summer season of year 2013 (March-May 2013)

were collected from site. For meteorology, the parameters for which data have been collected are:

Wind Speed

Wind Direction

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Rainfall

Cloud Cover

Methodology for collection of Meteorological Parameters

Hourly meteorological data were collected by installing manual meteorological station in the

project area. Monitoring methodology for meteorological data is given in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: Monitoring Methodology of Meteorological Data

S.

No.

Sampling

Parameters

Sample collection Total

Sampling

Period

Sampling

Frequency Methodology Sampling

equipment

Sensitivity/

Detection

Limit

1 Wind Speed

Anemometer cup counter

(0 to 65 m/s)

0.25 m/s

Summer - 2013

Hourly

As per manufacturer’s

manual

(IS 8829 -1978) Instruments are

calibrated.

2 Wind Direction Wind vane

(0° to 357°) 1°

3 Temperature Thermometer

(-40° to 60°) 0.1°C

4 Humidity

Relative Humidity meter

(0-99%)

3%

5 Rainfall Rain gauge 0.5 mm

6 Cloud Cover -- -- 4 Hourly Visual Inspection by the observer.

7 Mixing Height By using AERMET software and using site specific Met data.

Baseline Meteorological Data

Compiled mean meteorological data are represented in Table 3-4. The data obtained have then

been compiled to obtain average data. Windrose diagram prepared for summer season is shown

as Figure 3-2. Photograph showing Meteorological Station set up at the Site is given in

Photograph 3-1.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-4: Mean Meteorological Data for Summer Season 2013

Time Temp °C

Relative

Humidity

%

Wind

Speed

(m/sec)

Wind

Direction

Cloud

Cover

Rainfall,

mm

Mixing

Height

(m)

0:00 25.9 77.8 3.0 NNW 1.0 0.0 31

1:00 25.8 78.3 2.9 NNW 1.1 0.0 23

2:00 25.1 79.1 2.6 NNW 1.2 0.0 15

3:00 24.9 79.3 2.5 NNW 1.2 0.0 21

4:00 24.8 24.8 2.5 NNW 1.2 0.0 18

5:00 24.2 24.2 2.2 NNW 1.2 0.0 22

6:00 24.1 24.1 2.2 NW 1.1 0.1 25

7:00 24.4 24.4 2.2 NW 1.1 0.0 81

8:00 26.7 26.7 2.0 NW 1.1 0.0 95

9:00 29.0 29.0 1.9 NW 1.1 0.1 98

10:00 30.7 30.7 2.0 NW 1.0 0.0 74

11:00 32.4 32.4 2.7 W 0.7 0.0 51

12:00 33.7 33.7 3.5 W 0.7 0.0 69

13:00 34.1 34.1 3.5 W 0.6 0.0 363

14:00 34.2 34.2 4.4 W 0.5 0.0 769

15:00 34.3 34.3 5.8 W 0.5 0.0 717

16:00 33.3 33.3 5.4 W 0.5 0.0 794

17:00 32.3 32.3 5.4 WNW 0.6 0.0 893

18:00 31.5 31.5 5.2 WNW 0.6 0.0 621

19:00 30.4 30.4 5.0 WNW 0.7 0.0 561

20:00 29.0 29.0 4.2 NW 0.9 0.0 427

21:00 27.6 27.6 3.5 NW 1.0 0.0 403

22:00 27.1 27.1 3.5 NW 1.0 0.0 334

23:00 26.2 26.2 3.3 NW 1.0 0.0 180

Average / Predominant 28.8 37.7 3.4 NW 0.9 0.0 278

Site-specific meteorological data shows that:

Average wind speed was 3.4 m/sec and mostly the evening hours are windier. Maximum wind

speed recorded was 10.3 m/sec on 12th May, 2013;

Wind blows predominantly from North West to South East direction. Calm wind contributes to

about 2.13% of all winds;

Average temperature recorded was 28.8°C with maximum temperature recorded as 37.5°C at

1300 Hrs. (30th April, 2013) and minimum of 20.0°C at 0600 Hrs. (13th March, 2013);

The average relative humidity was 37.7% with maximum humidity recorded as 92.0% at 0500

Hrs. (18th May, 2013) and minimum of 25.0% at 0800 Hrs. (4th March, 2013);

Average Mixing height is calculated to be 278 m with minimum of 15 m at 0300 Hrs. and

maximum of 893 m at 1800 Hrs.





ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-2: Windrose diagram





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-1: Meteorological station at site

Collation of Site Specific Data with Secondary Data of IMD

Site specific Meteorological data is compared with IMD’s secondary data as shown in Table 3-5.

Table 3-5: Collation of Meteorological data – Summer Season

S.

No. Parameters

Summer Season Data (March 2013 – May 2013)

Site Specific IMD (Long term 1963 – 1990)

1 Wind Speed Average Wind Speed is 12.4

Km/Hr.

Average Wind Speed is 12.46 Km/Hr. For 27 days & 22 nights in a month, wind speed remain between 1-19

km/Hr.

2 Wind Direction Wind blows predominantly from

North West to South East direction (19.9%).

Wind blows predominantly from North – West Direction (22.2%)

3 Temperature Max. - 34.3°C. Min. - 24.1°C.

Max. - 37.7°C. Min. - 19.2°C.

4 Relative Humidity Max. - 92 %. Min. - 25 %.

Max. - 75 %. Min. - 69 %.

Based on IMD data & other conditions, selection of sampling location has been done. Sampling

location of baseline study carried out during Summer Season, 2013 is shown in Map 3-2. Valued

environmental components like landuse, air, water, soil, noise & other components are shown in

subsequent sections respectively.



Map 3-2: Sampling Location Map





ENVIRONMENT


3.5.2 Land Use

Classification of Land Use and Land Cover

The National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, conducted a land use survey

using Remote Sensing Techniques in the year 1988-89 at the behest of the Planning Commission

for classifying land by visual interpretation techniques and digital techniques. NRSA’s output

resulted in a two-level system of classification, comprising six first level of classification of land use

/ land cover categories. Some of these categories required further classification, leading to a

second level of classification that resulted in further sub-categories.

This system of classification has been the basis for Kadam’s Land Use / Land cover studies. Whilst

these categories are generally found relevant with respect to describing Land Use and Land cover

classes in the Indian context, sometimes modifications are required, and made, to include

additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing the Land Use and Land cover for a

particular study. Such sub-categories are defined, in any case.

The definitions for the first and second level of classification & a synopsis of the above discussion

is summarized & presented in Annexure 9.

Study Methodology Adopted

The methodology employed for preparation of Land use/ Land cover map included:

Study and collection of relevant documents and maps;

Interpretation of satellite data;

Ground truth study & Field survey;

Final map preparation.

Study and Collection of Relevant Documents and Maps

This covers:

Downloading of remote sensing data using the licensed software, Google Earth Pro having

high resolution (<1.0m) imagery;

Topographical maps as base map;

Quick reconnaissance survey of the study area by Kadam staff to get a general feel of the

entire ground area which can aid in the preliminary interpretation of the data.

Interpretation of Satellite Data

The downloaded satellite imagery from Google Earth Pro was interpreted and considering the

basic elements of interpretation such as size, shape, texture, pattern, location, association,

shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth and ancillary information collected during

the preliminary reconnaissance survey the interpretation was accomplished.

Ground Truth Studies & Field Survey

A detailed ground truth was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. It

comprises of data collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in

terms of latitudes and longitudes. The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the

interpreted land use / cover are correct thus improving the quality of the output. Interaction was

done with local people to gather background information.

The field survey consisted of traversing the study area, cross-checking of identified features with

those represented on Map 3-3. Field notes were kept in the form of log sheets recording





ENVIRONMENT


information pertaining to co-ordinates, photographs and identified land use/cover. Additional

features identified or remarks made against existing interpretation were also recorded.

Field visit was done on 15th to 17th May, 2013 by FAE (LU) Dr. Jessica Karia.

GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional confirmation in

interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were noted. Additionally, spot

checks were also done to confirm the land use/cover interpretation even where confidence of

interpretation was high. Table 3-6 enumerates the land features and its corresponding GPS

readings of all the ground truthing locations selected.

Table 3-6: GPS Readings Enumerating Land Features within Study Area

S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes

1. 15°24‘14.1”N 73°53‘46.3”E Sancoale Coconut Plantation

2. 15°24‘06.7”N 73°54‘05.2”E Sancoale Mudflat

3. 15°24‘55.9”N 73°54‘24.5”E Agassaim Mangroves

4. 15°26‘36.6”N 73°55‘02.5”E Nevra Habitation

5. 15°26‘39.7”N 73°56‘06.6”E Dongrim Mangroves

6. 15°26‘59.0”N 73°55‘21.5”E Dongrim Mangroves

7. 15°26‘21.4”N 73°54‘12.5”E Nevra (small) Agriculture Land

8. 15°26‘25.4”N 73°54‘01.7”E Nevra (small) Vegetation cover

9. 15°27‘04.6”N 73°53‘21.2”E Batim Lake

10. 15°27‘16.2”N 73°52‘55.4”E Batim Salt pan

11. 15°27‘31.9”N 73°52‘51.9”E Batim Salt pan

12. 15°27‘39.5”N 73°52‘38.3”E Kurka Habitation

13. 15°26‘59.4”N 73°52‘11.2”E On way to Siridao Mangroves

14. 15°26‘32.7”N 73°51‘52.8”E Siridao Habitation near Mangroves

15. 15°26‘28.7”N 73°51‘36.4”E Siridao Coastal Beach

16. 15°27‘19.3”N 73°51‘05.3”E Aldeia De Goa Habitation

17. 15°27‘27.7”N 73°51‘07.4”E Aldeia De Goa to Bambolin Vegetation cover

18. 15°27‘50.7”N 73°51‘22.1”E Bambolin Habitation

19. 15°23‘45.9”N 73°55‘28.1”E Zamboll Mangroves

20. 15°23‘11.3”N 73°56‘26.7”E Kelosim Agriculture Land

21. 15°23‘04.7”N 73°57‘06.5”E Kelosim Mangroves

22. 15°22‘39.5”N 73°57‘19.5”E Kelosim Vegetation cover, Opposite

Mangroves

23. 15°23‘04.7”N 73°55‘42.3”E Kesarvale Agriculture Land

24. 15°22‘31.2”N 73°55‘33.9”E Kesarvale Industrial area

25. 15°21‘41.7”N 73°55‘37.1”E Kesarvale Boundary of Industrial area

26. 15°21‘14.9”N 73°55‘50.4”E Verna Habitation

27. 15°20‘36.8”N 73°56‘17.0”E Verna Water Body

28. 15°18‘57.3”N 73°55‘10.1”E Majorda Habitation

29. 15°19‘21.4”N 73°54‘21.9”E Utorda Habitation

30. 15°20‘22.8”N 73°53‘59.5”E Arossim Habitation

31. 15°20‘52.7”N 73°53‘12.2”E Arossim Beach sandy area

32. 15°20‘57.3”N 73°53‘39.9”E Cansaulim Habitation

33. 15°21‘15.8”N 73°53‘24.7”E Velsao Habitation

34. 15°21‘17.1”N 73°53‘04.6”E Velsao Beach

35. 15°22‘51.1”N 73°52‘25.6”E Zuari Industrial area





ENVIRONMENT


S. No. Latitude Longitude Location Classes

36. 15°23‘14.0”N 73°51‘01.1”E Dabolim Habitation

37. 15°22‘14.9”N 73°49‘57.4”E Bhogmalo Beach

38. 15°25‘00.0”N 73°56‘29.9”E Madkai Water Body

39. 15°25‘12.5”N 73°56‘49.1”E Madkai Industrial area

40. 15°25‘37.1”N 73°56‘41.6”E Madkai Plantation

41. 15°25‘53.8”N 73°56‘21.8”E Madkai Vegetation cover

42. 15°24‘52.8”N 73°56‘14.5”E Madkai Agriculture Land

43. 15°25‘14.8”N 73°55‘34.8”E Madkai Mangroves

44. 15°23‘57.7”N 73°52‘59.5”E Sankval Coast

45. 15°23‘54.7”N 73°50‘36.1”E Chicalim Habitation

46. 15°23‘50.3”N 73°50‘06.3”E Chicalim Vegetation cover

47. 15°24‘39.0”N 73°47‘46.3”E Mormugao Habitation

48. 15°23‘49.1”N 73°48‘13.3”E Alto Desterro Habitation

49. 15°24‘33.8”N 73°47‘41.2”E Headland Sada Habitation

50. 15°24‘48.2”N 73°47‘23.3”E Mormugao Governent Office

51. 15°24‘45.2”N 73°47‘40.4”E Mormugao Port

52. 15°24‘42.9”N 73°47‘39.3”E Mormugao Archeological Site

53. 15°24‘25.6”N 73°47‘13.7”E Sada Beach

54. 15°23‘14.7”N 73°48‘39.8”E Sasmolem Habitation

55. 15°23‘45.3”N 73°48‘49.2”E Vasco Railway Station

56. 15°23‘43.1”N 73°49‘18.4”E Maimollem Water Body

Landuse and Land cover Pattern with Class wise area Statistics

The features identified have been presented, considering the discussion provided in Table 3-7.

Table 3-7: Area Statistic for Land Use / Land Cover Categories in the Study Area

S.

No.

Primary

Classification

Secondary

Classification

Area, Secondary Class Area, Primacy Class

Ha. ~km2 ~% Ha. ~km2 ~%

1. Built-up Land or Habitation

Residential / Commercial

1626.81 16.2681 5.18 2087.42 20.87 6.64

Industrial 460.61 4.6061 1.47

2. Agricultural

Land

Crop Land / Fallow Land

2302.98 23.0298 7.33 3816.95 38.17 12.15

Plantations 1513.97 15.1397 4.82

3. Wastelands

Land without Scrub

559.36 5.5936 1.78

627.07 6.27 2.00 Rocky area 22.49 0.2249 0.07

Mudflat 45.22 0.4522 0.14

4. Water Bodies

Reservoir/ Lakes / Ponds

/ Tanks 339.5 3.395 1.08

15965.9 159.66 50.82 River 1149.85 11.4985 3.66

Sea 14476.55 144.7655 46.08

5. Vegetation

Cover

Scrub 3499 34.99 11.14

8679.75 86.80 27.63 Open

Vegetation 2796.17 27.9617 8.90

Closed vegetation

1691.95 16.9195 5.39





ENVIRONMENT


It was observed that:

The most observed category in the region was water body followed by vegetation cover and

agricultural land respectively as per area covered;

No reserve forest category comes within study area;

There were scattered habitation in the region; it was more spread at Vasco da Gama and

nearby the port;

The main Industrial area in study area was of Kesarvale, Sancoale GIDC and Zuarinagar;

The crops grown in this region are mostly paddy (Oryza sativa);

The plantations were mostly of Coconut (Cocos nucifera) and at places there were Banana

(Musa sp.);

The rivers Kumbarjuwa and Zuari and its tributaries flow through the study area;

The coast of the study area is of Arabian Sea;

Mixed vegetation cover which is mostly in the hill ranges;

There was luxuriant growth of mangroves in study area specifically on the Coast of Zuari River

and near Cortalim;

Barren land along the coast had been categorized as beach area;

The study regions have big Mormugao port and others are harbors.

Final Map Preparation

The proportional presence of different land use and land cover in terms of statistical percentages

was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to represent the various categories

of land use and land cover and were then written on the prepared land use and land cover maps.

The image classified into the all classes for different regions of interest are given in Map 3-3.

Mangroves 692.63 6.9263 2.20

6. Others

Salt pan 76.7 0.767 0.24

238.84 2.38 0.75 Beach area 123.92 1.2392 0.39

Port/ Harbor 38.22 0.3822 0.12

Total 31415.93 314.15 100



Map 3-3: Landuse Map





ENVIRONMENT


The images classified into the above-mentioned classes for different regions of interest are given

in Photograph 3-2.

Photograph 3-2: Various Land uses of Study Area

Paddy Crop Banana plantation & Coconut plantation

Open Vegetation Sandy Beach Area

Scrub Mud Flat





ENVIRONMENT


Important Features within the Study Area

There is no Biosphere Reserve, National Park, Sanctuary or Reserved Forest within the study area.

However, details of the important features in the study area are provided in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Important Feature within the Study Area

S No. Features Details falling within study area

1 National Park/Wildlife Sanctuary No

2 Reserve Forest No

3 Tiger Reserve/Elephant Reserve / Turtle Nesting

Ground No

Zuari Fertilizer Unit Marmugao Port

Salt pans Mangroves

Water Body Coast having bi-valve





ENVIRONMENT


S No. Features Details falling within study area

4 Core Zone of Biosphere Reserves No

5 Habitat for migratory birds No

6 Estuary/Sea/Lakes/Reservoir/Dams/streams/River

Zuari Estuary: 2.25 Km

Sea: Nearby to the Site

Lakes: Within 10 Km

Zuari River: 7.4 Km

7 Mangroves Near Cortalim: 5.5 Km

8 Mountains/Hills No

9 Archaeological sites/Monuments No

10 Industries Non Industrial Area

11 Airports Dabolim Airport: 3.5 km from Site.

12 Railway Lines Adjacent to the Site

13 National/ State Highway NH17B: 0.8 Km

List of major Industries within study area (10 km radius)

S. No Industry Name Type Location

1 Goa Ship Yard Ltd ship building, repairs, ports Vasco-da-Gama

2 Mormugao Port Trust ship building, repairs, ports Vasco-da-Gama

3 Chowgule Industries Automobile servicing Verna

4 IFB Industries Ltd Electrical appliances Verna

5 Siemans Ltd Electronic Verna

6 Indoco Remedies Ltd Pharmaceutical Verna

7 Pentair Water India Water purifications, pumps, etc Verna

8 Dura-line India HDPE Condutes & Accessories,etc Verna

9 Aventis Pharma Pharmaceutical Verna

10 Prince Multi Plast Plastic crate and container

manufacture Verna

11 Wyeth Ltd, Verna Pharmaceutical Verna

12 Abbot Industries Ltd. Pharmaceutical Verna

13 Colorcon Asia Pvt. Ltd. pharmaceutical film coatings Verna

14 Watson Pharma Pvt. Ltd. Pharmaceutical formulations Verna

15 Lupin Ltd. Pharmaceuticals formulations Verna

16 Microlabs Ltd. Pharmaceutical formulations Verna

17 Cipla Ltd. Pharmaceutical Verna

18 Ratio Pharma Pharmaceutical Verna

19 Umicore Anandeya India Pvt. Ltd. Produces zinc oxide Zuarinagar

20 Hindustan Coca-Cola Beverages Pvt Ltd. Aerated soft drinks Verna

3.5.3 Ambient Air Quality

Ambient Quality Monitoring was conducted at Nine (9) different locations within the study area.

Sampling Frequency

The frequency of monitoring was 24 hrs twice a week at each station spread over the entire

season. Grab sampling for gaseous parameters like VOC & CO taken atleast twice a month.





ENVIRONMENT


Parameters Monitored and Methods Used

The parameters monitored were PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), CO,

NH3, Fluoride, Benzene including VOCs. These parameters have been selected based on the

guidelines given by the MoEFCC. The detailed monitoring methodology for ambient air is given in

Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Methodology of Ambient Air Monitoring

Sampling

Parameters Sampling equipment

Analytical

Equipment

Sensitivity/

Detection Limit Methodology

PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler

with Cyclone & Flow measurement

Electronic Balance 10 µg/m3 Gravimetric IS: 5182 (Part 23)

2006

PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler Electronic Balance 3 µg/m3 Gravimetric

SO2 Gaseous Flow (Impinger

with TCM) with RDS Spectro-

photometer 3.7 µg/m3

Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part II)

2001

NOx

Gaseous Flow (Impinger with Sodium Hydroxide

(0.1 N)

Media) with RDS

Spectro-photometer

6 µg/m3 Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part VI)

2006

CO Bladder & Pump CO analyzer/ GC 1,145 µg/m3 (CO Analyzer) / 600

µg/m3 (GC)

Sensor/ GC method

NH3 Gaseous Flow (0.1 N

H2SO4) attachment with RDS Sampler

Spectro-photometer

10 µg/m3 Indophenol Blue

method

HF Impinger with Sodium

Hydroxide (0.1 N) Media Colorimetric 0.1 µg/m3

IS – 5182 (Part 13) 1991, SPANDS

Colorimetric

HC (Methane & Non

Methane) Bladder GC 1 PPM IS 5182 (Part 21)

Benzene including

VOCs

Bladder & Pump

(Charcoal adsorption/ analyzer)

GC 1 ppm IS 5182 (Part 2)

Selected Sampling Stations

The locations for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring were decided based on the guidelines given in the

EIA manual prepared by MoEFCC. For this EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant

concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion was selected to ascertain quality of air at

important human settlements (residential areas).

Nine (9) locations were selected for carrying out ambient air quality monitoring within study area

which are presented in Table 3-10, Photograph 3-3 and Map 3-2.

Table 3-10: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Location Details and Justification

AAQM

Station Location Source

Distance

from

Project Site

in Km

Direction

w. r. t

Project

Site

Justification for selection of

station

AA1 At Project

Site Industrial 0.0 Base Station

To check present AAQ at the proposed site location.





ENVIRONMENT


AAQM

Station Location Source

Distance

from

Project Site

in Km

Direction

w. r. t

Project

Site

Justification for selection of

station

AA2 Zuarinagar Residential 2.26 E To check present AAQ of nearest

habitation at GLC level in the downwind region.

AA3 Bogmalo Residential 3.07 W

To check present AAQ in the 2nd predominant upwind region having

residential colonies, nearby airport, defense installations and a

beach.

AA4 Sancoale Residential 2.48 N

To check present AAQ in the crosswind region having residential

colonies. Vegetation and shipyards.

AA5 Pale Residential 1.34 SE

To check present AAQ in the 1st predominant downwind region, may also be a GLC area, having mostly agriculture fields, rural settlement and beach area.

AA6 Consaulim Residential 3.93 SE

To check present AAQ in the 1st predominant downwind region, far away from project site having rural

settlement and agriculture area.

AA7 Verna Residential 5.94 ESE

To check present AAQ in the downwind region, far away from

project site having rural settlement, industrial area and

agriculture area.

AA8 Nagoa Residential 4.7 ENE


project site having rural settlement, mangroves and

agriculture area.

AA9 Cortalim Residential 4.89 NE


project site having rural settlement and vegetation area.





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-3: AAQ Sampling Stations

Ambient Air Monitoring Station at Site Ambient Air Monitoring at Zuari Nagar

Ambient Air Monitoring at Bogmalo village Ambient air Monitoring at Consaulim Village

Ambient Air Monitoring at Verna village Ambient Air Monitoring at Cortalim village


HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Results of Ambient Air Monitoring

Results of ambient air monitoring at selected locations are given in Table 3-11.

Table 3-11: Ambient Air Monitoring Results

Station

code

All stations are

in Industrial,

Residential,

Rural & Other

Areas (CPCB)

Parameters & Results

Note: All units are in µg/m3 except CO, which is in mg/m3. Figures in brackets indicate CPCB limits. Minimum Reportable Readings

are 8 µg/Nm3 for SO2, 10 µg/Nm3 for NOX, 20 µg/Nm3 for Ammonia, 0.1 µg/Nm3 for HF, 800 µg/m3 for HC, 10 µg/m3 for NMHC

1.145 mg/Nm3 for CO and 1 ppm for VOC.

PM10

(100)

PM2.5

(60)

SO2

(80)

NOX

(80)

NH3

(400) HF

CO

(4 mg/m3) HC NMHC

Benzene including

VOC (5)

[24 Hrs] [24 Hrs] [24 Hrs] [24 Hrs] [24 Hrs] NS [1 Hr] [1 Hr] [1 Hr] [Annual]

AA1 At Project Site Address: At Admin Building of Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd., Zuarinagar, Goa

Maximum 88 36 10.0 16.9 57.2 0.13 1.202 1622 19 < 1 ppm

Minimum 40 22 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1067 10 < 1 ppm

Average 57 27 8.4 13.2 28.4 < 0.1 <1 1344 12 < 1 ppm

98%tile 82 35 9.9 16.7 56.8 0.12 1.198 1600 18 < 1 ppm

AA2 At Zuarinagar Address: At Gate No. 2 of ZACL

Maximum 95 51 14.3 19.9 47.8 < 0.1 1.153 1395 15 < 1 ppm

Minimum 46 23 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1010 10 < 1 ppm

Average 61 33 8.9 13.6 22.9 < 0.1 <1 1239 12 < 1 ppm

98%tile 88 47 13.4 19.8 47.1 < 0.1 1.152 1392 15 < 1 ppm

AA3 Bogmalo Village Address: At Laxman M. Kavlekar's House, Village Panchayat, M: 09960212594

Maximum 73 42 9.9 21.9 < 20 0.11 1.093 1259 14 < 1 ppm

Minimum 45 22 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 985 10 < 1 ppm

Average 58 31 8.5 14.2 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1121 12 < 1 ppm

98%tile 72 42 9.9 20.8 < 20 < 0.1 1.092 1255 14 < 1 ppm

AA4 Sancoale Village Address: At Gopal P. Naik's Home, Resident of Sancoale

Maximum 68 37 10.9 20.0 < 20 0.23 1.251 1185 25 < 1 ppm




Station

code

All stations are

in Industrial,

Residential,

Rural & Other

Areas (CPCB)





PM10

(100)

PM2.5

(60)

SO2

(80)

NOX

(80)

NH3

(400) HF

CO

(4 mg/m3) HC NMHC

Benzene including

VOC (5)


Minimum 40 21 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 970 10 < 1 ppm

Average 54 28 8.8 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1092 15 < 1 ppm

98%tile 66 36 10.9 19.8 < 20 0.20 1.238 1184 24 < 1 ppm

AA5 Pale Village Address: At Henrique D'Mello's Velsao's Home, M: 09657896983

Maximum 82 38 11.9 18.2 < 20 0.14 1.155 1341 15 < 1 ppm

Minimum 42 21 < 8.0 11.3 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1051 10 < 1 ppm

Average 57 29 8.8 15.1 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1200 11 < 1 ppm

98%tile 82 38 11.2 18.0 < 20 0.14 1.137 1337 14 < 1 ppm

AA6 Consaulim

Village Address: At Vidhuv Dadle's Home, V.P. Secretary, Village Panchayat

Maximum 78 41 15.9 18.9 < 20 0.15 1.008 1400 17 < 1 ppm

Minimum 38 22 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 901 10 < 1 ppm

Average 58 30 8.7 13.9 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1141 13 < 1 ppm

98%tile 76 40 14.4 18.3 < 20 0.13 1.001 1391 17 < 1 ppm

AA7 Verna Village Address: At Sachin P. Naik's Home, V.P. Secretary, Village Panchayat

Maximum 68 46 10.0 16.6 < 20 < 0.1 1.041 1181 19 < 1 ppm

Minimum 41 23 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1027 10 < 1 ppm

Average 54 30 8.3 12.9 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1111 14 < 1 ppm

98%tile 68 43 9.8 16.1 < 20 < 0.1 1.022 1177 19 < 1 ppm

AA8 Nagoa Village Address: At Thomas Noroha's Home

Maximum 86 38 9.1 17.7 < 20 0.12 <1 1346 13 < 1 ppm




Station

code

All stations are

in Industrial,

Residential,

Rural & Other

Areas (CPCB)





PM10

(100)

PM2.5

(60)

SO2

(80)

NOX

(80)

NH3

(400) HF

CO

(4 mg/m3) HC NMHC

Benzene including

VOC (5)


Minimum 35 24 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 999 10 < 1 ppm

Average 57 30 8.1 12.9 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1174 11 < 1 ppm

98%tile 80 37 9.0 17.7 < 20 0.11 <1 1337 13 < 1 ppm

AA9 Cortalim Village Address: At Santosh Naik's home, Opp. Post office.

Maximum 77 44 10.9 16.8 < 20 0.14 <1 1196 15 < 1 ppm

Minimum 45 25 < 8.0 < 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1029 10 < 1 ppm

Average 57 30 8.8 13.7 < 20 < 0.1 <1 1110 11 < 1 ppm

98%tile 75 42 10.6 16.6 < 20 0.13 <1 1192 15 < 1 ppm





ENVIRONMENT


The comparison of the results with the value range indicators provided by CPCB (Annexure 10)

and Factories Act indicates & Detailed result of AAQM are given in Annexure 11:

Average concentration of all the parameters are within prescribed limits;

Average concentration of PM10 recorded ranged from minimum 35 µg/m3 (Nagoa village) to

maximum 95 µg/m3 (Zuarinagar);

Average concentration of PM2.5 recorded ranged from minimum 21 µg/m3 (Sancoale & Pale

village) to maximum 51 µg/m3 (Zuarinagar);

The concentration of SO2 (<8.0 – 15.9 µg/m3), NOx (<10 – 21.9 µg/m3), NH3 (<20 – 57.2

µg/m3), HF (<0.1 – 0.23 µg/m3) are within permissible limits as prescribed by CPCB &

Factories act;

The concentration of Hydrocarbons, HC – Methane (<800 -1,622 µg/m3) & NMHC – Non-

Methane (<10 - 19 µg/m3);

The concentration of VOC were recorded to be <1 ppm at all locations.

Stack Monitoring Analysis

Stack monitoring were carried out for existing unit of ZACL.

Stack emissions for the parameters as prescribed in latest Goa State Pollution Control Board’s

consent to operate and authorization were monitored for 6 flue gas stacks (3 not in operation) and

8 stacks attached to vents, reactors and process vessels. Details of these results are given in

Table 3-12.



Table 3-12: Stack Monitoring Analysis Results

S

No.

Stack

No. Stack Attached to Monitoring Agency (Date)

Parameters, GSPCB Limits and Results in mg/Nm3 (unless mentioned)

PM SO2 NOx NMHC (as C) CO NH3

GSPCB

Limit Results

GSPCB

Limit Results

GSPCB

Limit Results

GSPCB

Limit Results GSPCB Limit Results GSPCB Limit Results

Flue Gas Stack attached to Boiler / Furnace

1 S-

BF101CA

Power Station Boilers (Common

Stack)

Data by ZACL (March, May, June 2013)

150 mg/Nm3

82.7

832 Kg/Hr

2239.1 (425.7 Kg/hr)

--

477.33 (253.92 ppmv)

--

--

--

--

--

--

Kadam (12.06.2013) 95.91 2781

(235.16 Kg/hr)

-- -- -- --

2 S-BF 201 6 MW CPP + MP Boiler (Common

Stack) Not in Operation 800 mg/Nm3

--

30.4 Kg/Hr

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

-- -- -- -- -- --

3 E-GT-201 DG Set (Emergency

Generator Set)

Data by ZACL (17.05.2013)

150 mg/Nm3

74.99

105.6 Kg/Hr

242.92 (9.26 Kg/hr)

1100 ppmv (as 15% O2) Dry basis in

ppmv

347.03 (191.95 ppmv) 150 mg/Nm3

(as 15% O2)

6.29 150 mg/Nm3 (as 15% O2)

7.94

--

--

Kadam (17.06.2013) 55.46 201.65

(6.19 Kg/hr) 284.6

(155.84 ppmv) 5.19 6.47 --

4 A-BA 102 Ammonia Plant Feed

Stock Preheater

Data by ZACL for June 2013 --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

--

Kadam (18.06.2013) -- Nil Nil -- -- --

5 A-BA 101 Ammonia Plant Reformer + C.

Chamber Not in Operation --

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

-- -- -- -- -- --

-- Nil Nil -- -- --

Various Other Stacks/Vent of Reactors, Process Vessels

6 U-IA 301 Urea Plant Prilling

Tower

Data by ZACL (19.03.2013) 150 mg/Nm3 or 2 kg per

ton of product

22.5

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Kadam (13.06.2013)

29

(0.15 Kg/T of Product)

-- -- -- -- --

7 U-FD 304 Urea Plant Dust

Separator

Data by ZACL (19.03.2013)

150 mg/Nm3

25.6

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

Kadam (14.06.2013) 41.85 -- -- -- -- --

Kadam (18.06.2013) -- -- -- -- -- Nil

8 N-CB 201 NPK-A Plant Fumes

Stack

Data by ZACL for (17.06.2013) --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- 10 Kg/hr

1.03

Kadam (17.06.2013) -- -- -- -- -- Nil

9 N-CB 301 NPK-A Plant Dryer

Stack

Data by ZACL for (17.06.2013) 150 mg/Nm3

41.21 --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

--

Kadam (17.05.2013) 14 -- -- -- -- --

10 N-CB 403 NPK-A Plant De-dusting (Cooler)

Stack

Data by ZACL for (17.06.2013) 150 mg/Nm3

43.43 --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

--

Kadam (17.06.2013) 33 -- -- -- -- --

11 O5-5 D

101 NPK-B Plant Stack Not in Operation 150 mg/Nm3

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- --

-- 10 Kg/hr

--

-- -- -- -- -- --





ENVIRONMENT


Conclusion

It was found that all the parameters are well within the prescribed standards.

Monitoring results were compared with monthly monitoring reports by ZACL’s data. No abnormal

emissions were reported in secondary data.

3.5.4 Noise

The objective of monitoring background noise level in study area is to establish baseline noise

level to identify impact due to proposed project activities.

Noise Sampling and Monitoring Methodology

Methodology for monitoring of noise levels is given in Table 3-13.

Table 3-13: Methodology of Noise Sampling & Monitoring

Env.

Compo-

nent

Sampling

location

Sampling

Parameter

Sampling

Frequency

Sample collection

Methodology Sampling

equipment

Detection

Limit

Ambient Noise levels

10 Locations

Decibels –

dB (A)

Once during the study (Hourly reading for 24 hours at each

location)

Noise Level Meter

ISLM 100

0.1 dB (A) IS 9989

Noise Sampling Locations

Locations selected for Noise Level Sampling are presented in Table 3-14. Photographs showing

monitoring location is given in Photograph 3-4 and Map showing sampling location is given in

Map 3-2.

Table 3-14: Sampling Locations for Noise

Station

Code

Noise Monitoring

Location

Date of

Monitoring Category of

Area/Zone

Distance from

Project Site in

Km

Direction w.r.t

Project Site

NL 1 At Project Site (lab) 29-Apr-13 Industrial Core 0.0

NL 2 At Project Site (Near

main gate) 29-Apr-13 Industrial Core 0.0

NL 3 At Project Site (Near material entry gate)

30-Apr-13 Industrial Core 0.0


ETP plant) 2-May-13 Industrial Core 0.0

NL 5 At Project Site (Gate

no. 1) 2-May-13 Industrial Core 0.0

NL 6 Zuarinagar 24-Apr-13 Residential E 2.26

NL 7 Bogmalo 3-May-13 Residential W 3.07

NL 8 Sancoale 25-Apr-13 Residential N 2.48

NL 9 Pale 24-Apr-13 Residential SE 1.34

NL 10 Verna 27-Apr-13 Residential ESE 5.94





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-4: Noise Level Sampling Locations

Near Laboratory Near Main Gate

Near ETP Plant At Zuari Nagar

At Bogmalo Village At Sancoale Village

Noise Level Results

Noise readings were taken at Ten (10) different locations within the study area including existing

Fertilizer Complex. The average noise level for study area are tabulated in Table 3-15.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-15: Noise Level Readings

Station

Code

Noise Monitoring

Location

Category

of

Area/Zone

CPCB Limits in dB (A) Average Noise levels in

dB (A) Leq

Day Time

Hours

[06:00 to

22:00]

Night

Time

Hours

[22:00 to

06:00]

Day Time

Hours

[06:00 to

22:00]

Night

Time

Hours

[22:00 to

06:00]

NL 1 At Project Site (Lab) Industrial 75.0 70.0 69.2 57.5


Main Gate) Industrial 75.0 70.0 52.7 49.6

NL 3 At Project Site (Near Material entry gate)

Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.5 49.7


ETP plant) Industrial 75.0 70.0 53.1 50.9

NL 5 At Project Site (Gate

No. 1) Industrial 75.0 70.0 56.8 50.1

NL 6 Zuarinagar Residential 55.0 45.0 62.6 51.9

NL 7 Bogmalo Residential 55.0 45.0 60.4 47.5

NL 8 Sancoale Residential 55.0 45.0 53.2 48.9

NL 9 Pale Residential 55.0 45.0 49.1 41.3

NL 10 Verna Residential 55.0 45.0 54.3 46.6

Standards for Ambient Noise level as per CPCB guidelines are given in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: Ambient Noise Levels as per Noise Regulations

Area

Code

Category of

Area/Zone

Limits in dB (A) Leq.

Day Time

From 6.00 am to 10.00 pm

Night Time

From 10.00 pm. to 6.00 am

A Industrial area 75 70

B Commercial area 65 55

C Residential area 55 45

D Silence Zone 50 45

Observation

Noise monitoring were done at both Industrial and Residential site.

Within Industrial area, Noise level during daytime was observed in range of 52.7 dBA (At

Project Site – near main gate) to 69.2 (At project site near Lab) while during nighttime, 49.6

dBA (At project site – Near main gate) to 57.5 dBA (At project site Lab). Noise level during

day and nighttime was observed within the CPCB standards for industrial area (75 – 70 dBA);

Within Residential area, Noise level during daytime was observed in range of 49.1 dBA (At

Pale Village) to 62.6 dBA (At Zuarinagar village) while during nighttime, 41.3 dBA (At Pale

village) to 51.9 dBA (At Zuarinagar village). Noise level during day and nighttime was

observed higher than the CPCB standards for residential area (55 – 45 dBA).

3.5.5 Vibration

Vibration is a mechanical phenomenon whereby oscillations occur about an equilibrium point. The

oscillations may be periodic such as the motion of a pendulum or random such as the movement

of a tire on a gravel road.





ENVIRONMENT


Major sources of vibration are blasting due to mining activities, vibration caused by motions

of engines, electric motors, or any mechanical device in operation theses are typically unwanted.

Such vibrations can be caused by imbalances in the rotating parts, uneven friction, the meshing

of gear teeth, etc. such vibrations can be reduced by proper designing.

In the study area there are no major sources of vibrations.

3.5.6 Hydrology and Groundwater

Hydrology

Sources of Water

The source of raw water in the study area includes the following:

Pond/Lake

Ground Water

River Water

Analysis Methodology

Surface water was collected from Six (6) locations and Ground water from Ten (10) locations. The

samples were collected as grab samples, from each location, once during the study period and the

analysis methodology is given in Table 3-17.

Table 3-17: Analysis Methodology of Ground Water and Surface Water

S.

No. Parameters Methodology

Minimum

Detection Limit

1 pH APHA: 4500-H+ B (22nd Edition), pH meter 1

2 Temperature APHA: 2550 B (22nd Edition), Standard Thermometer 1OC

3 Turbidity APHA: 2130 B (22nd Edition), Nephelometric 4 NTU

4 TDS APHA: 2540C (22nd Edition), Gravimetric 20 mg/l

5 Electrical conductivity APHA: 2510 B (22nd Edition), Conductivity meter 1 µmoh/cm

6 COD APHA: 5220 B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric Open reflux

method <5 mg/l

7 BOD IS: 3025 (part-44), Iodometric <3 mg/l

8 Chlorides APHA:4500Cl- B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric 1.5 mg/l

9 Sulphates APHA:4500-E as SO4 2-(22nd Edition), Turbid metric <1 mg/l

10 Total Hardness APHA: 2340-C (22nd Edition), Titrimetric (EDTA method) 10 mg/l

11 Ca++ Hardness APHA: 3500-B-Ca (22nd Edition) Titrimetric, (EDTA

method) <4 mg/l

12 Mg++ Hardness APHA: 3500-B-Mg (22nd Edition), By difference 8 mg/l

13 Total Alkalinity APHA: 2320 B (22nd Edition), Titrimetric <10 mg/l

14 Nitrate IS:3025 (part-34),3.3, Colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

15 Fluoride APHA:4500 F-D (22nd Edition), Colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

16 Sodium APHA:3500 Na-B (22nd Edition), Flame emission

Photometric <1 mg/l

17 Potassium APHA: 3500 K-B (22nd Edition), Flame emission

Photometric <1 mg/l

18 Calcium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Ca- B), Titrimetric (EDTA

Method) 1 mg/l

19 Magnesium APHA Edition 22 (3500 Mg- B), by difference 3 mg/l





ENVIRONMENT


S.

No. Parameters Methodology

Minimum

Detection Limit

20 Salinity APHA: 2520 B (22nd Edition), Electrical Conductivity

method -

21 Total Nitrogen APHA: 4500 N Org, Micro Kjeldhal Distillation (22nd

Edition), Titrametic 0.06 mg/l

22 Total Phosphorous APHA: 4500 P-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric <1 mg/l

23 Dissolved Oxygen APHA: 4500O-C (22nd Edition), Iodometric 0.5 mg/l

24 Ammonical Nitrogen APHA: 4170-B (22nd Edition) / IS:3025(part-34), 1988,

Distillation & colorimetric <0.01 mg/l

25 SAR Flamephotmetric & EDTA method -

26 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) APHA: 3500-As-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)

(22nd Edition) <0.002 mg/l

b Cadmium (as Cd) APHA: 3500-Cd-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)


c Chromium (as Cr) APHA: 3500-Cr-B (22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.003 mg/l

d Copper (as Cu) APHA: 3500-Cu-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)

(22nd Edition) IS:3025 (part 42):1992 <0.05 mg/l

e Cyanide (as CN) APHA: 4500 CN- D & E (22nd Edition), colorimetric 0.003 mg/l

f Iron (as Fe) APHA: 3500-Fe-B (22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.1 mg/l

g Lead (as Pb) APHA: 3500-Ld-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)


h Mercury (as Hg) APHA: 3500-Hg-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)


i Manganese (as Mn) APHA: 3500-Mn-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)


j Nickel (as Ni) APHA: 3500-Ni-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)


k Zinc (as Zn) APHA: 3500-Zn-A (22nd Edition)/ APHA: 3111-B (AAS)

(22nd Edition) <0.08 mg/

28 Total Coliform APHA: 4500 B-C (22nd Edition), colorimetric <0.02 mg/l

29 Faecal Coliforms APHA: 9221-B (22nd Edition), Multiple Tube

Fermentation 1.8 MPN/100ml

Surface Water Sampling

Surface water samples were collected from Six (6) different locations within the study area and

they are presented in Table 3-18.

Table 3-18: Surface Water Sampling Location (Pond & River)

Code Location Date of

Sampling Source

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project

Site

Sampling Rational

SW 1 Consaulim 01/05/13 Marine 5.0 SE To check water quality of the flowing water body of

upstream direction

SW 2 Zuari 04/05/13 Estuary 4.0 N To check water quality of the flowing water body

downstream of Project Site

SW 3 Madkai 05/05/13 River 8.0 NE

To check water quality of the flowing water body of

downstream direction (Outside of study area)





ENVIRONMENT



Sampling Source

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project

Site

Sampling Rational

SW 4 Verna 01/05/13 Pond 9.65 E To check water quality of the flowing water body of

Upstream direction

SW 5 Pale 03/05/13 Stream 1.83 SE To check water quality of the flowing water body of

downstream direction

SW 6 Zuari 04/05/13 Dam 1.9 NNE To check water quality of the stagnant water body

Sampling Locations are shown in Map 3-2. Photographs of sampling location is given in

Photograph 3-5.





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-5: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Estuary near Zuari Sea/Marine water near Consoulim village

Stream near Velsao Pale Village Pond Water near Verna Village

Dam Water at Zuari Village River near Madkai Village

Surface water Sample analysis results are given in Table 3-19, Table 3-20 & Table 3-21.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA

GRANULATION UNIT CH-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-19: Analysis Result of Marine water sample

S.

No.

Parameters

Unit

Classification for Costal Water Marine (CPCB)

Sampling

Locations

SW1

Consaulim

SW-I SW-II SW-III SW-IV SW-V Result

1 pH - 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.0 to 9.0 8.06

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 4.3

3 Colour and Odour - No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour No Odour

No Colour

4 Floating Matters mg/l None None None 10 - None

5 Suspended Solids mg/l None from Sewage or Industrial waste Origin

- - - - 196

6 Turbidity NTU - 30 30 - - 1.2

7 BOD mg/l - 3 - 5 - 20

8 Oil and Grease

(including Petroleum Products) mg/l 0.1 - - - - <0.4

9 Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 - - - - <0.001

10 Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.001 - - - - 0.533

11 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.01 - - - - 0.026

12 Dissolved Iron (as Fe) mg/l - - 0.5 - - 1.1

13 Dissolved Manganese (as Mn) mg/l - - 0.5 - - <0.01

14 Faecal Coliform ml (MPN) - 100/100 500/100 500/100 500/100 4300

15 Sludge Deposits, Solid refuse floating Solids, Oil Grease and

Scum - - - - -

None except for treated Sewage and

Industrial waste Effluent

None




Class of Marine water body as per CPCB Guideline:

Class Designated Best Use

SW-I Salt

SW-II Bathing, Contact Water Sports and Commercial Fishing

SW-III Industrial Cooling, Recreation (Non-contact) and Aesthetics

SW-IV Harbor

SW-V Navigation and Controlled Waste Disposal

Table 3-20: Analysis Result of River Water Sample

S.

No.

Parameters

Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water (CPCB)

Sampling Code, Location, Source

SW2 SW3

Zuarinagar Madkai

Estuary River

A B C D E Result

1 pH pH Scale 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 6.0 to 9.0 6.5 to 8.5 6.5 to 8.5 8.4 7.95

2 Total Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 NS 3.6 4.1

3 BOD mg/l 2.0 3.0 3.0 NS NS 27.0 9.0

4 Sodium Absorption Ratio mg/gm NS NS NS NS 26(Max) 48.5 38

5 Electrical Conductivity μmoh/cm NS NS NS NS NS 53360 52380

6 Free NH3 (Ammonical Nitrogen) mg/l NS NS NS 1.2 NS <0.01 4.56

7 Boron as B mg/l - - - - - 6 7

8 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 500 - 1500 - 2100 36008 35608

9 Chlorides(as CL) mg/l 250 - 600 - 600 18434 17983

10 Sulphate mg/l 400 - 400 - 1000 12 58

11 Colour Pt.co - - - - - 3 4

12 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/l 20 - 50 - - 2.32 2.39

13 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 - - <0.001 <0.001

14 Iron mg/l 0.3 - 50 - - 0.34 0.49

15 Fluoride mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - 2.55 2.12




S.

No.

Parameters

Unit

Classification for Inland Surface Water (CPCB)

Sampling Code, Location, Source

SW2 SW3

Zuarinagar Madkai

Estuary River

A B C D E Result

16 Lead mg/l 0.1 - 0.1 - - 0.244 0.01

17 Copper mg/l 1.5 - 1.5 - - 0.086 0.079

18 Zinc mg/l 15 - 15 - - 0.21 0.037

19 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 50 500 5000 - - 54000 24000

Classification of river waters as per their intended use:

A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

B: Outdoor bathing (organized)

C: Drinking water source without conventional treatment followed by disinfection

D: Propagation of wildlife, fisheries

E: Irrigation, industrial cooling, controlled waste disposal

Table 3-21: Analysis Results of Surface Water Samples

S. No. Parameters Unit

IS 10500:2012 Standard Limits

for drinking water (2nd Revision)

Sampling Code, Location & Source

SW4 SW5 SW6

Verna Pale Zuari

Acceptable Limit Pond Stream Dam

1 pH pH scale 6.5 - 8.5 7.97 7.29 6.98

2 Temperature o C - 29.3 29.6 30

3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.1 <0.1 1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 80 15732 48

5 Electrical conductivity µmhos/cm - 109.3 25140 85.6








SW4 SW5 SW6

Verna Pale Zuari


6 COD mg/lit - 48 12 8

7 BOD mg/lit - 12 3 2

8 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit - <0.01 1.99 0.29

9 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

10 Chlorides mg/lit 250 23 8295 14

11 Sulphates mg/lit 200 12 153 3

12 SAR - - 0.3 47.90 1.04

13 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 60 1450 40

14 Ca++ Hardness mg/lit - 20 98 18

15 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - 40 1352 22

16 Total Alkalinity mg/l 200 200 100 40

17 Nitrate mg/l 45 5 0.32 5.81

18 Fluoride mg/l 1 0.32 1.75 0.34

19 Sodium mg/l - 6.1 4223.00 4.10

20 Potassium mg/l - 1.1 127.3 0.95

21 Calcium mg/l 75 8 39.3 7.21

22 Magnesium mg/l 30 9.7 329.00 5.35

23 Salinity mg/l - 41.5 14948 24.91

24 Total Nitrogen mg/l - 1.31 2.24 1.68

25 Total Phosphorous mg/l - <0.11 <0.11 <0.11

26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l - 3.4 3.8 3.2

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (as As) mg/l 0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

b Cadmium (as Cd) mg/l 0.003 0.005 0.100 <0.001








SW4 SW5 SW6

Verna Pale Zuari


c Cromium (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 0.002 <0.001 <0.001

d Copper (as Cu) mg/l 0.05 0.005 0.003 0.004

e Cyanide (as CN) mg/l 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

f Iron (as Fe) mg/l 0.3 1.200 0.900 0.720

g Lead (as Pb) mg/l 0.01 0.580 0.006 0.468

h Mercury (as Hg) mg/l 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (as Mn) mg/l 0.1 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

j Nickel (as Ni) mg/l 0.02 0.024 0.264 0.013

k Zinc (as Zn) mg/l 5 0.365 0.284 0.311

28 Total Coliform MPN/100 ml Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml

sample 35000 12000 9400

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN/100 ml - 17000 6300 4900





ENVIRONMENT


Quality of Surface Water (Physical, Chemical and Bacteriological):

The marine water can be compared with the class SW-II as per the classification for coastal

water standards;

TDS, Chloride and Electrical conductivity is high in river water as there is tidal impact on river

and it meets estuary;

TDS, Chloride, Total Hardness, Fluoride, Calcium, Magnesium are high in stream at Pale;

Heavy metals like Cadmium, Iron and Lead are high at Verna pond water;

Cadmium, Iron and Nickel are found high in stream near the Pale;

Iron and Lead are observed high at Zuari dam water;

Total coliform and faecal coliform which is found high at pond and dam water.

Suggested Mitigation Measure

Treatment of surface water is essential before use for in plant.

Ground Water

Sample was collected from Ten (10) different locations to find ground water quality within study

area which is shown in Table 3-22. Analysis Methodology of Ground Water is given in Table

3-17.

Table 3-22: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Code Location Source Date of

Sampling

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project Site

Sampling Rational

GW 1 At Project

Site Borewell 30/04/13 0.0 Core

To check groundwater quality within study

area.

GW 2 Zuarinagar Dugwell 03/05/13 3.0 ESE To check groundwater

quality within study area.

GW 3 Bogmalo Handpump 30/04/13 4.0 WSW To check groundwater


GW 4 Chicolna Borewell 30/04/13 1.25 WSW To check groundwater


GW 5 Pale Dugwell 30/04/13 1.83 SE To check groundwater


GW 6 Consaulim Dugwell 30/04/13 3.93 SE To check groundwater


GW 7 Sancoale Dugwell 01/05/13 2.48 N To check groundwater


GW 8 Nagoa Dugwell 30/04/13 6.0 ESE To check groundwater


GW 9 Cortalim Dugwell 03/05/13 6.0 NE To check groundwater


GW 10 Verna Borewell 03/05/13 5.94 ESE To check groundwater






ENVIRONMENT


Sampling Location Map is given in Map 3-2. Photographs of Ground water sampling is shown in

Photograph 3-6.

Photograph 3-6: Ground Water Sampling

At Consaulim Village At Cortalim Village

At Sancoale Village At Pale Village

At Project Site At Nagoa Village

Ground water analysis results of collected samples is given vide Table 3-23.



Table 3-23: Analysis Report of Ground Water Samples


IS 10500:2012 Standard

Limits for drinking water

(2nd Revision)


GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 GW9 GW10

At Project Site Zuarinagar Bogmalo Chicolna Pale Consaulim Sancoale Nagoa Cortalim Verna

Acceptable Limit BOREWELL DUGWELL HANDPUMP BOREWELL DUGWELL DUGWELL DUGWELL DUGWELL DUGWELL BOREWELL

1 pH pH scale 6.5 - 8.5 6.95 3.57 6.90 8.27 7.05 7.37 7.29 6.9 7.21 8.01

2 Temperature oC - 30.1 30.3 29.8 30.6 30.2 31.9 29.6 29.8 30.2 30.2

3 Turbidity NTU 1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

4 TDS mg/lit 500 188 52 124 128 1220 128 96 124 52 124

5 EC µmho/cm - 309 71.2 190.7 203.4 2070 204.8 139 172.4 74 178.3

6 COD mg/lit - <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4 <4

7 BOD mg/lit - <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

8 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/lit - 1.37 1.16 1.45 <0.01 <0.01 0.55 0.87 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

9 Phenol mg/lit 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

10 Chlorides mg/lit 250 61 11 38 38 537 48 46 55 18 46

11 Sulphates mg/lit 200 17 16 30 12 95 8 <0.16 <0.16 1 <0.16

12 SAR - - 0.87 1.41 1.22 1.19 4.63 0.90 1.30 1.4 0.6 0.4

13 Total Hardness mg/lit 200 130 30 80 100 330 70 30 40 20 90

14 Ca++ Hardness - - 90 8 40 56 40 40 14 18 6 38

15 Mg++ Hardness mg/lit - 40 22 40 44 290 30 16 22 14 52

16 Total Alkalinity mg/lit 200 30 10 20 300 160 120 100 30 80 240

17 Nitrate mg/lit 45 0.19 0.71 0.06 0.58 31.8 4.84 2.9 35.73 1.81 0.65

18 Fluoride mg/lit 1 <0.006 <0.006 <0.006 <0.006 <0.006 0.21 0.07 0.01 0.09 0.02

19 Sodium mg/lit - 11.50 5.00 14.8 9.6 229.0 17.20 16.50 20.4 6.5 8.7

20 Potassium mg/lit - 5.9 1 5.8 1.05 12.2 2.9 5.4 3.6 1.1 1.8

21 Calcium mg/lit 75 36.07 3.21 16.03 22.44 16.03 16.03 5.6 7.2 2.4 15.2

22 Magnesium mg/lit 30 9.72 5.35 9.72 10.69 70.47 7.29 4.00 5.3 3.4 12.6

23 Salinity mg/lit - 110.45 19.54 67.97 67.97 968.56 86.24 83 99.7 33.2 83

24 Total Nitrogen mg/lit - 1.49 1.31 1.49 0.19 7.47 1.68 1.68 8.21 0.56 0.19

25 Total Phosphorous mg/lit - <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11 <0.11

26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/lit - 3.9 3.8 4.1 3.6 4.3 3.1 3.4 3.8 4.2 3.6

27 Heavy Metals

a Arsenic (As) mg/l 0.01 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

b Cadmium (Cd) mg/l 0.0003 0.011 0.002 0.002 <0.001 <0.001 0.003 0.03 0.005 0.004 0.094

c Chromium (Cr) mg/l 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

d Copper (Cu) mg/l 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 0.015 0.004 0.003 <0.001 0.058 <0.001 <0.001 0.024

e Cyanide (CN) mg/l 0.05 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

f Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.3 0.280 <0.001 0.392 0.083 0.321 0.052 0.014 0.032 <0.001 0.14

g Lead (Pb) mg/l 0.01 0.021 <0.001 0.047 0.012 0.022 0.043 0.011 <0.001 0.002 0.007

h Mercury (Hg) mg/l 0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

i Manganese (Mn) mg/l 0.1 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

j Nickel (Ni) mg/l 0.02 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.023 <0.001 <0.001 0.026 <0.001 0.01

k Zinc (Zn) mg/l 5 0.056 0.046 0.120 0.460 0.095 0.216 0.008 0.099 0.067 0.018

28 Total Coliform MPN Shall not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

<1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8

29 Faecal Coliforms MPN - <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8





ENVIRONMENT


Quality of Ground Water

It was observed from the analysis report that, all the results are below permissible limit except

heavy metals at some places. GW 5 at Pale village is showing higher TDS owing to its close

proximity to sea.

3.5.7 Geology

Geological environment

Regional Topography, Drainage & Geomorphology

Topographically, the area has a coastal plain with marine landforms on western side and high hills

of Western Ghats on eastern side demarcating state boundary. Western Ghats, which extends in

NS to NNW – SSE direction represent a prominent fault zone. The height of the hills decreases as

proceed to sea i.e. toward west.

Most of the river originates from highlands of Western Ghats and drain in the Arabian Sea in the

west under estuarine environment. Primarily the underlying rocks govern the drainage system in

the area. The straight coastline suggests the major fault along the west coast. Drainage map upto

5 km radius is shown in Map 3-4.



Map 3-4: Drainge Map





ENVIRONMENT


Topography at site

The site, Zuari Agro plant and Zuari Nagar, is located on almost flat topped laterite hill. At site

and surrounding, hills are peculiar in shape such as those are flat on the top and mostly circular to

semicircular with moderate slope. These hills constitute of lateritic deposits with harder capping

on the top.

Regional geology

South Goa district is dominantly covered by the formation of Goa Group belonging to Dharwar

Super Group of Archaean to Proterozoic age.The Goa Group of rocks has been intruded by granite

gneiss, feldspathic gneiss, hornblende gneiss and porphyritic granite, followed bybasic intrusive.

The stratigraphic succession of rocks in South Goa district is given as Table 3-24.

Table 3-24: Stratigraphy of South Goa District

AGE GROUP FORMATION ROCK TYPE

Quaternary Beach Sand

Cenozoic Laterites

Upper Cretaceous

to Eocene

Deccan Trap Basalt

Lower Proterozoic

Clospet Granite Granite

Peridotite, Gabbro,

Norite

Pyroxenite, Peridotite,

Serpentinite, Gabbro

Archaean to Lower

Proterozoic

Goa Group Vageri Formation Carbonate-quartz-chlorite schist

with Greywacke

Bicholim Formation

Dolomitic limestone

Quartz- Sericite schist

Banded iron formation

Chert and quartzite

Quartz-chlorite-biotite schist

with layers of chert, iron oxide,

carbonate, metabasalt and

meta gabbro

Sanvordem

Formation

Greywacke with conglomerate

Quartzite

Barcem Formation

Quartz-chlorite schist

Meta-acid volcanics

Metabasalt

Orthoquartzite

Archaean Peninsular

Gneissic complex

Granite Gneiss, Migmatites and

Granites

The disposition of Goa group of rocks is in a general NW – SE direction. The rocktypes indicate

three cycles of folding. The straight coastline suggests the majorfault along the west coast.

Associated with this fault a number of weak planes have developed. Western Ghat, which extends

in NS to NNW – SSE direction represent a prominent fault zone. Even though the rock types of

Goa Group have suffered considerable faulting, all the faults are not exposed on surface owing to

the extensive cover of laterite. (as per CGWA district profile-South Goa).





ENVIRONMENT


Geology at site and surroundings

The site and surrounding area is comprising of laterite. Laterites, mainly of two types have been

observed exposed at various road cut sections. The top few meters of hill is covered by dark

reddish brown colored, dense, compacted laterite underlain by light reddish brown colored,

comparatively loose and un-compact laterite.

The literature available for geology from National authorities as well as our debate with concerned

authorities, during the meetings, tells a common lithological sequence of older rocks of Archean at

the bottom and overlain by clay (lithomarge) laterite or bauxite with soil cover.

3.5.8 Soil

Regional Soil Profile

The project area falls under Western Plains, Ghat Region and Coastal Hilly Sub-Region. It receives

average annual rainfall of 3640 mm. The climate of the region is semi-arid to sub-humid. The soil

is red, laterite, coastal alluvial and having sandy loam to clay loam texture, mainly lateritic (8%),

well drained and highly acidic (5.5 to 6.5 pH), moderate organic carbon and low in available

potassium. The paddy is the principal crop grown in kharif and rabi seasons. Other crops grown

are ragi, maize, area pulses, groundnut and vegetables. The plantation crops like cashew,

coconut, oil palm, pepper, vanilla etc. are also grown in the area.

Soil map of area is given in Figure 3-3 and Soil Analysis Methodology is given in Table 3-25.





ENVIRONMENT


Figure 3-3: Soil map

Table 3-25: Analysis Methodology of Soil

Sampling

Parameters Sample collection

Analytical

Equipment Methodology Remarks

Porosity

Manual sample collection using hammer and container tube for

collecting undisturbed top soil.

- IS: 2720 Part 7

Trial pit method for topsoil sample

collection; disturbed samples

Water holding capacity

Keen Apparatus HMSO, UK

Permeability - IS: 2720 Part 17

Moisture content

Electronic Balance

IS: 2720 Part 2

Texture - IS: 2720 Part 4

Particle size Distribution

Glass wares IS: 2720 Part 4

5% Leachate to be made and analyzed as per APHA, “Standard

Methods”

All method numbers are as per APHA

“Standard Methods” (21st edition, 2005)

Cation Exchange Capacity

Centrifuge IS: 2720 Part 24

(1976)

SAR

F. Photometer (Na, K)

Titration (Ca & Mg)

Calculation

pH pH Meter 4500 H+B

Electrical Conductivity

Conductivity Meter

As per IS 14767 -2000

Calcium Glass wares 3500 Ca B

Magnesium Glass Wares 3500 Mg B

Sodium (Na) F. Photometer 3500 Na B

Potassium F. Photometer 3500 K B





ENVIRONMENT


Soil Sampling Locations

Surface soil sampling was carried out at 10 locations and presented in Table 3-26.

Table 3-26: Soil Sampling Locations


Sampling Source

Distance

from Project

Site in Km

Direction

w.r.t

Project Site

Justification

ST 1 At Project

Site 13/05/13 Industrial 0.0 Base Station

To check surface soil quality at core area.

ST 2 Zuarinagar 13/05/13 Residential 2.26 E To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 3 Chicalim 04/05/13 Residential 1.5 NW To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 4 Bogmalo 01/05/13 Residential 3.07 W To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 5 Sancoale 04/05/13 Residential 2.48 N To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 6 Pale 30/04/13 Residential 1.34 SE To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 7 Consaulim 30/04/13 Residential 3.93 SE To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 8 Verna 01/04/13 Residential 5.94 ESE To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 9 Nagoa 01/04/13 Residential 4.7 ENE To check surface soil quality within study

area.

ST 10 Cortalim 30/04/13 Residential 4.89 NE To check surface soil quality within study

area.

Locations selected for Soil monitoring are shown in Map 3-2 and Photographs of Sampling

Locations are given vide Photograph 3-7.





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-7: Soil Sampling Locations

At Bogmalo Village At Chicalim Village

At Cortalim Village At Nagoa Village

At Pale Village At Verna Village

Soil Sample Analysis Results

Analysis results of Soil samples of different locations are given in Table 3-27.




Table 3-27: Soil Analysis Result

S.

No Parameter Unit

Sampling Location

At Project

Site Zuarinagar Chicalim Bogmalo Sancoale Pale Consaulim Verna Nagoa Cortalim

1 Porosity % 40 38 48 50 41 40 46 53 52 58

2 Water Holding

Capacity % 39.51 40.43 65.63 68.75 46.61 43.05 65.81 64.88 68.01 70.98

3 Permeability cm/sec. 1.07x 10-3 1.66x 10-3 6.81x 10-4 2.07x 10-4 9.22x 10-4 1.66x 10-3 6.96x 10-4 6.96x 10-4 3.61x 10-4 7.72x 10-5

4 Moisture % 8.64 8.79 9.89 10.75 9.5 6.92 9.68 9.84 10.78 12.03

5 Particle Size Distribution

-

a Sand % 88.84 87.84 70.56 41.84 85.84 88.84 70.56 57.56 52.84 14.12

b Clay % 4.16 6.88 4.88 8.76 4.88 4.88 12.16 11.16 14.16 38.60

c Silt % 7.00 5.28 24.56 49.40 9.28 6.28 17.28 31.28 33.00 47.28

6 Texture - Loamy Sand Loamy Sand Sandy Loam Silty Loam Loamy Sand Sand Sandy Loam Sandy Loam

Loam Silty Clay

Loam

7 ESP <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.33 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.01 <0.01

8 Cation Exchange

Capacity mg/100gm 13.60 14.40 21.20 24.40 14.40 16.00 21.60 20.40 15.20 16.20

9 Electrical

Conductivity μmohs/cm 0.707 0.468 0.468 0.283 0.987 0.412 0.378 0.425 0.707 0.996

10 Organic Carbon % -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

11 pH 6.01 6.25 6.83 6.40 7.26 6.71 6.50 6.65 3.51 4.80

12 Calcium 0.37 0.22 0.22 0.06 0.37 0.19 1.12 0.21 0.10 0.40

13 Magnesium - 0.51 0.30 0.25 0.40 0.17 1.44 0.15 0.17 0.09 0.53

14 Sodium gm/kg 0.32 0.18 0.19 0.08 0.45 0.15 0.14 0.17 0.22 0.30

15 Potassium gm/kg 0.11 1.52 0.10 0.02 0.14 0.04 0.60 0.06 0.03 0.02

16 Fluoride gm/kg 0.02 0.03 <0.0001 0.02 <0.0001 0.03 0.03 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001



FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT

CH-3: DESCRIPTION OF THE

ENVIRONMENT


Quality of soil

From the surrounding area of the project ten soil samples were collected. The soil analysis data indicate

that the porosity and water holding capacity are minimum in Pale area but permeability is very high due

to sandy texture of soil. The soil is non-saline and non-sodic as ESP (Exchangeable sodium percentage is

<.01) and EC (Salinity is <0.8) except in Sancoale which is 0.33 and 0.987 μmohs/cm for ESP and EC,

respectively and for Cortalim EC is o.996 μmohs/cm. The soil of Nagoa (pH 3.51) and Cortalim (pH 4.80)

is highly acidic which require lime as an amendment. The values of water soluble cations is low due to

lateritic nature of soil. Also there is need to monitor soil for fluoride concentration as soil of Pale and

Bogmalo contain 30 and 20 mg/kg of fluoride, respectively.

3.5.9 Ecology and Biodiversity

Introduction

Natural flora and fauna are important features of the environment. They are organized into natural

communities and are sensitive to outside influences. Integrating ecological thinking into the planning

process is urgent need in the context of deterioration of natural environments, which is unwanted but

direct consequence of development. Biological communities, being dependent on the condition and

resources of its location may change if there is change in the environment. Hence change in the status

of flora fauna are an elementary requirement of Environment Impact Assessment Studies, in view of the

need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Information on flora fauna was collected

within the study area.

Period of the study and Study area

For the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the terrestrial & aquatic environment study was

carried out within 10 km radius of the proposed Expansion project was conducted during 9th -10th, May

2013.

Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment

Goa is bounded by the Sindhudurg district of Maharashtra in North, Belgaum district of Karnataka in the

East and Uttarkanada districts of Karnataka in South - East. The Arabian Sea and its coastal plain occupy

in the westward direction.

The state of Goa, which lies on the windward side of the Western Ghats, has a characteristic flora, as it

is a part of Northern Western Ghats. Goa is divided into three physiographic zone, 1) Hills and valley

along the Ghat zone, 2) narrow coastal line and 3) main land of plateau between hills and coast. The

project site is situated among the plateaus of the main land, which almost like a projection to Arabian

Sea. The undulating rocky plateau with scanty vegetation dominated the study area. The scrub forest

dominated along the foot of hills and lower elevation, while the deciduous forest confined to upper

elevation.

Methodology

The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal communities within the study

area. Extrapolation and prediction techniques were used to limit the number of sites to be assessed. The

knowledge of species habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation etc. was used to predict species

occurrence. The biological value of an area can be characterized by the species richness, degree of

spices endemism, uniqueness of the ecosystem and magnitude of threats of extinction. This Rapid

biodiversity assessment were undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from satellite imaginary

(Google Earth) and conducting the field survey in the potential habitats.





ENVIRONMENT


For Floral survey, sample plots of 10m x 10m have been randomly distributed across the suitable

stratum in the study area. Tree species were sampled using 10m x 10m or 5m x 5m plots depending

upon the stratum variability on the ground and tree species occurrence. For sampling shrub species two

plots of size of 5m x 5m at two opposite corner of tree plots or the same 5m X 5m plot of tree plots

were taken. For herbaceous plant five plots of 1m x 1m at four corners of tree plots and one at center.

The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable habitats within the 10 km

radius from the project location. The methodology adopted for faunal survey involve; faunal habitat

assessment, random intensive survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search

for reptiles, active search for scats, foot prints and review of previous studies (described in Annexure

12). The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the commencement of

production system activity. Emphasis has been placed on presence of rare, endemic, migratory and

threatened species, if any present in the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to identify

the representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological communities as listed by

IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act, 1972. The status of individual species was

assessed using the revised IUCN category system.

Biodiversity

Not much tree cover is observed in this region, may be due to the unsuitable condition for tree growth.

The predominant vegetation at the end of plateau and at slopes was Anacardium occidentale (Kaju)

plantation and scrub forest. Zuari River is passing through the study area. It merges with the Arabian

Sea between Cortalim and Tiswadi.

The dominant tree species, herbs, shrubs and major crops were documented during this base line study.

The list of floral species documented in the study area is enlisted in Table 3-28 to Table 3-31.

Floral Diversity of the Study Area

The patchy vegetation of the study area was dominated by Holarrhena antidysenterica, Vitex negundo,

Zizyphus sps, Ixora sps., Melastoma malabathricum, Calycopteris floribunda, Dendrocalamus strictus

and climbers like Dregia volubilis, Dioscorea bulbifera, D. oppositifolia, Allamanda cathartica and

Celastrus paniculata. The tall arboreal members include Bombax ceiba, Terminalia crenulata, T. bellirica,

T. chebula, etc. Moderately tall trees comprising the second tier of species include Grewia sp., Plumeria

alba, Erythrina indica, Diospyros melanoxylon, and Caryota urens. The third tire comprises shrubs and

small trees. The ground flora at the top of the plateaus was mainly represented by a few species of

grasses during the survey conducted in May 2013. Patches grassland were observed at many places in

the study area, especially at the top of the undulating plateau. Grasses dominated and practically

suppressed the other herbaceous species in these habitats. These grass land provide habitat of few

economic fodder grasses. The highly palatable forest grasses include; Cynodon dactylon and Hygrorhza

aristata.

Few epiphytic orchids were also observed in the study area mainly in the forest area. Aerides

maculosum, Dendrobium ovatum, Rhynchostylis retusa and Vanda tessellata are the major epiphytic

orchids observed. No ground orchids were observed during this survey conducted in the summer month

(May, 2013).

One Pteridophyte, Drynaria quericifolia was observed on the branches of many Artocarpus heterophyllus

(Jack fruit) in the study area. One more fern known as “mangrove fern”, Acrostichum aureum was

observed in the degraded mangrove forest near Sancoale along with Acanthus illicifolius.





ENVIRONMENT


Wetland Vegetation

Paddy fields

Verna village in the study area is observed with vast paddy fields, which were converted into a vast

wetland during the monsoon period. But during the study period most of them were in dry stage except

few with irrigation facility.

Other water bodies

The vegetation observed along the small streams and in other water bodies were Acanthus illicifolius,

Adhatoda vasica, Calotropis procera, Ipomoea fistulosa, Ipomea alba, Ipomea biloba, Ipomea obscura

Jatropha curcas, Ixora arborea , Colocasia esculenta, Pisita stratiotis, Vitex negundo, Blumea eriantha,

Mimosa pudica, Cassia tora, Cyperus rotundus,. Leucas aspera, Nymphaea pubescens, Aerva lanata Sida

acuta, Sida alba, Jasminum malabaricum, and Pandanus tectorium. One fern Lycopodium flexuosum was

observed in large numbers along the moist places and nalla in the study area.

Trees

The dominant trees in the study area were Anacardium occidentale (Kaju), Bombax cebia (Shimul),

Terminalia arjuna (Holematti), T. bellirica (Tare), T. tomentosa (Asan), Diospyros melanoxylon (Balumi,

Tendu), Acacia auriculiformis (Austrian baval), Acacia leucophloea, Artocarpus heterophyllus (Phannus),

Wrightia tinctoria (Kodumuki), Areca catechu (Supari), Caryota urens (Birlomad), Cocos nucifera,

Haloptelea integrifolia (Vamvlo), and Tectona grandis (Sylo).

Large population of Anacardium occidentale (Kaju) was observed at almost entire study area. The wild

population of Caryota urens (Birlomad) and Bombax cebia (Shimul) are the characteristic of this area.

Acacia auriculiformis is observed to be planted at many places and at some places they developed as

dominant vegetation.

69 species of trees belong to 29 families were document during the present floristic survey conducted

in May 2013.

Table 3-28: List of Trees in Study Area

S. No. Family & Scientific name Vernacular name

1 Anacardiaceae

1/1 Mangifera indica L. Ambao

2/3 Anacardium occidentale L. Kaju

3/3 Lannea coromandelica (Hottut.) Merrill Shimti

2 Annonaceae

4/1 Polylathia longifolia (Sonner.) Thw. Ashok

3 Apocynaceae

5/1 Alstonia scholaris (Linn.) R.Br. Saptparni

6/2 Ervatamia heyneana (Wall.)Cooke Bilikodsalu

7/3 Plumeria rubra L. Khair champo

8/4 Wrightia tinctoria R.Br. Kodumuki

4 Arecaceae

9/1 Areca catechu L. Supari

10/2 Caryota urens L. Birlomad

11/3 Cocos nucifera L. Mad

12/4 Phoenix sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Ramkhajuri

5 Avicenniaceae





ENVIRONMENT



13/1 Avicennia marina Var.acutissima Staf & Moldenke Tivar

14/2 Avicennia officinalis L. Upati

6 Bombacaceae

15/1 Bombax cebia L. Shimul

7 Burseraceae

16/1 Garuga pinnata Roxb. Kakad

8 Caesalpiniaceae

17/1 Bauhinia racemosa L. Shimalo

18/2 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gaulmor

19/3 Cassia fistula L. Garmalo

20/4 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Sonmukhi

21/5 Tamarindus indicum L. Embali

9 Casuarinaceae

22/1 Casuarina equisetifolia J.R. & G. Sura

10 Clusiaceae

23/1 Garcinia indica (Pupetit-Thouara) Choisy Kokam

11 Combretaceae

24/1 Terminalia arjuna (Roxb.ex DC)Wt. Holematti

25/2 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Tare

26/3 Terminalia tomentosa Wt.& Arn. Asan

27/4 Terminalia catappa L. Desi badam

12 Dilleniaceae

28/1 Dillenia pentagyna Roxb. Karmal ,Karamba

13 Ebenaceae

29/1 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Balumi, Tendu

14 Euphorbiaceae

30/1 Phyllanthus emblica L. Amrali

15 Malvaceae

31/1 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol.ex Corr. Bhindi

16 Mimosaceae

32/1 Acacia auriculiformis L. Austrianbaval

33/2 Acacia chundra (Roxb.ex Rottl.) Wild. Lalkhair

34/3 Acacia catechu (Roxb) Wild. Khair

35/4 Acacia leucophloea (Roxb) Wild. -

36/5 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Sirsul

37/6 Albizia procera (Roxb.) Bth. Kilai

38/7 Leucaena leucocephala (Lam.) De Vilayatibaval

39/8 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Bth. Pirangichinch

17 Moraceae

40/1 Artocarpus gomezianus Wall. Vomat

41/2 Artocarpus heterophyllus Lamk. Phannus

42/3 Artocarpus hirstus Lam. Amjeli

43/4 Artocarpus communis

44/5 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad

45/6 Ficus heterophylla L.f. Kharvamtivel





ENVIRONMENT



46/6 Ficus hispida L. Kharoti

47/7 Ficus racemosa L. Rumbad

48/8 Ficus religiosa L. Pimpal

18 Moringaceae Morgingaceae

49/1 Moringa oleifera Lamk. Shevga

19 Myrtaceae

50/1 Syzygium cumini (L.) Skeels. Nerlu

51/2 Eucalyptus citriodora Hk. Nilgari

20 Papilionaceae

52/1 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Phalas

53/2 Erythrina variegata L. Sisam

21 Rhamnaceae

54/1 Zizyphus xylopyra Willd. Ran - bor

22 Rhizophoraceae

55/1 Rizophora mucronata Lomk. Kandale

56/2 Kandelia candel (L) Druce

23 Rutaceae

57/1 Murraya paniculata Willd. Mitholimado

24 Sapindaceae

58/1 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl. Ritha

59/2 Sapindus laurifolius Cahl. Ritha

25 Sapotaceae

60/1 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dub. Bakula

61/2 Manilkara zapota (L.) Chiku

26 Sterculiaceae

62/1 Sterculia urens Roxb. Kadayo

63/2 Sterculia villosa Roxb. Sarda

27 Pandanaceae

64/1 Pandanus fascicularis L. Screw pine

65/2 Pandanus tectorium Soland.ex Parlinson Kegdi

66/3 Pandanus unipapillatus Dennsf. Kegdi

28 Ulmaceae

67/4 Haloptelea integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Vamvlo

29 Verbenaceae

68/1 Gmelina arborea L. Sirni

69/2 Tectona grandis L.f. Sylo

Shrubs

The dominant shrubs observed in the study area were Memecylon umbellatum, Carissa congesta,

Adhatoda vasica, Abelmoschus manihot, Calycopteris floribunda, Zizyphus rugosa, Zizyphus mauritiana,

Kireganelia reticulata, Lantana camara, Ixora arborea, Ixora brachiata, Euphorbia neriifolia and Vitex

negundo. 37 species of shrubs belongs to 17 families were document during the present floristic survey

conducted in May 2013.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-29: List of Shrubs in Study Area


1 Acanthaceae

1/1 Acanthus illicifolius L. Moramdo

2/2 Adhatoda vasica (L.) Nees Adaso

2 Apocynaceae

3/1 Holarrhena antidysenterica (Roth.) A.DC Koodsaloo

4/2 Nerium indicum Mill. Kaneri

5/3 Carissa congesta Wt. Balli, Karvanda

3 Asclepiadaceae

6/1 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br Akado

4 Asteraceae

7/1 Eupatorium grandifolium

5 Caesalpiniaceae

8/1 Cassia occidentalis L. Kasundri

6 Convolvulaceae

9/1 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart.ex Choisy Nasarmo

7 Combretaceae

10/1 Calycopteris floribunda -

8 Euphorbiaceae

11/1 Euphorbia neriifolia L. Nivalkamyem

12/2 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.-Ham. Thorkantolo

13/3 Euphorbia tirucalli L. Portugalinival

14/4 Jatropha curcas L. Ratanjot

15/5 Jatropha gossypifolia L. Pardesidevalo

16/6 Manihot esculenta Tapioca

9 Lythraceae

17/1 Lawsonia inermis L. Garanth

10 Melastomaceae

18/1 Melastoma malabaricum L. Liakeri

19/2 Memecylon umbellatum Burm.f. Harchari

11 Magnoliaceae

20/1 Michelia champaca L. Champa

12 Malvaceae

21/1 Abelmoschus manihot (L.) Medic. Kasturi bhendi, Jangli Bhindi

22/2 Abutilon indicum (L.) Sw. Khansaki

23/3 Hibiscus hirtus Lim var. talbotii Rakshit Baporis

24/4 Hibiscus vitifolius L. Janglibhindo

25/5 Hibicus rosa – sinensis L. Darsum

13 Nyctaginaceae

26/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Bugamvil

14 Papilionaceae

27/1 Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr. Shevari

28/2 Cajanus cajan (Linn.) Millsp. Tur

15 Rhamnaceae

29/1 Zizyphus mauritiana Lam. - Boadi





ENVIRONMENT



30/1 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm.f.) W.& A. Chanibor

16 Rubiaceae

31/1 Ixora arborea Roxb. Hennu,Kurati

32/2 Ixora brachiata Roxb. Gorbale

33/3 Ixora coccinea L. Gudde – dasal

17 Verbenaceae

34/1 Clerodendrum serratum (L.) Moon. Bharangi

35/2 Clerodendrum inermi (L.) Gaertn. Siritmari

36/3 Lantana camara L.var. aculeata (L.) Moldenke Aripu

37/4 Vitex negundo L. Nimgud

Herbs

The herbaceous cover in the study area is very less; it was restricted only in the area where the little

moisture is available. Otherwise the ground cover during the study period was dominated by the dry

grass species, dominated by Cyperus bulbosus, Cyperus rotundus, Cynodon dactylon, Digitaria stricta,

Hygrorhza aristata, Manisuris sp. The dominated herbs near the water bodies and road side ditches

were Colocasia esculenta, Pisita stratiotis, Justicia procumbens, Aerva lanata, Echinops echinatus,

Mimosa pudica and Tridax procumbens. 65 herbaceous species belong to 21 families were document

during the present floristic survey conducted during May 2013.

Table 3-30: List of Herbs in Study Area


1 Araceae

1/1 Colocasia esculenta (L.) Schott Arvi, Champu

2/1 Pisita stratiotis L. Jal Khumbi

2 Acanthaceae Bajradanti, Vajradanti

3/1 Barleria prattensis L. Gulabi Koranti

4/2 Barleria prionitis L. Vajradanti

5/3 Belpharis asperrium Nees. Akada

6/4 Eranthemum roseum (Vahl)R.Br. Dasmuli

7/5 Justicia procumbens L. Karambal

8/6 Justicia simplex D.Don

9/7 Rungia elegans Dalz.

10/8 Rungia pectinata (L.) Nees. Sut

3 Amaranthaceae

11/1 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss. Chhaya, gorakhbuti

4 Asteraceae

12/1 Ageratum conyzoides L. Jangli Phudina

13/2 Blumea eriantha DC. Kukronda

14/3 Blumea virens DC. Jangli Muli

15/4 Eclipta prostrata (L.) L. Bhringaraj, keshraj

16/5 Echinops echinatus Roxb. Utakatira

17/6 Grangea maderaspatana (L.) Poir. Mastaru

18/7 Gomphrena globosa L. Gul-e-Makhmal

19/8 Tridax procumbens L. Khal Muriya

20/9 Vernonia cinerea Less Sahadevi





ENVIRONMENT



5 Cannaceae

21/1 Canna indica. L. Sarvajjaya

6 Caesalpiniaceae

22/2 Cassia occidentalis L. Kasunda

23/3 Cassia tora L. Panwar

7 Cyperaceae

24/1 Cyperus bulbosus Vahl. Silandi

25/2 Cyperus corymbous Rottb.

26/3 Cyperus difformis L. Motha

27/4 Cyperus iria L. Markula

28/5 Cyperus pumilus l.

29/6 Cyperus stoloniferus Retz.

30/7 Cyperus rotundus L. Bada Nagar Motha

8 Euphorbiaceae

31/1 Bridelia retusa (L.) Spreng Kaji

9 Gentianaceae

32/1 Canscora decurrens Dalz.

33/2 Canscora diffusa (Vahl)R.Br. Buin neem

10 Lamiaceae

34/1 Anisomeles malabarica R.Br. Gopoli

35/2 Ocimum gratissimum L. Ram Tulsi

36/3 Ocimum basilicum L. Ram Tulsi

37/4 Ocimum sanctum L. Tulsi

38/5 Leucas aspera Gophaa

11 Nyctaginaceae

39/1 Boerhavia chinensis Druce Pungali

40/2 Boerhavia diffusa L. Satha

12 Nymphaeaceae

41/1 Nymphaea pubescens Willd Kumud

13 Malvaceae

42/1 Sida acuta Burm. Baraira

43/2 Sida alba L.

44/3 Sida cordata (Burm.f.) Bhuinii

45/4 Sida cordifolia L. Karintha

14 Mimosaceae

46/1 Mimosa pudica L. Chui mui

15 Orchidaceae

47/1 Acampe praemorsa (Roxb.)Blatt.& McC Maravasha

48/2 Aerides maculosum L.

49/3 Dendrobium ovatum (Willd.)Kranzl.

50/4 Rhynchostylis retusa (L.)Bl. Dropadi Mala

51/5 Vanda tessellata (Roxb.)Hook.ex.G. Vanda

16 Oxalidaceae

52/1 Oxalis corniculata L Amrul

17 Papaveraceae





ENVIRONMENT



53/1 Argemone mexicana L. Dhatura

18 Papilionaceae

54/1 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC.

55/2 Crotalaria medicaginea Lamk.

19 Poaceae

56/1 Bambusa vulgaris shard. Bamboo

57/2 Cynodon dactylon (L.)Pers. Dhoop Ghas

58/3 Digitaria stricta Roth ex R.& S.Stst

59/4 Digitaria sp.

60/5 Hygrorhza aristata. (Retz.) Nees ex W &A Junglidal

61/6 Dendrocalamus strictus (Roxb.) Nees. Bans

62/7 Oryza sativa L. Rice

20 Polygalaceae

63/1 Polygala arvensis Wild. Mirodi

21 Tiliaceae

64/1 Triumfetta rotundifolia Lamk. Chiki

65/2 Triumfetta rhomboidea Jacq. Thinjhira

Climbers and Twiners

The dominant Climbers and Twiners in the study area were represented by Caesalpinia crista, Ipomea

alba, Ipomea biloba, Cucumis callosus , Dioscorea bulbifera, Dioscorea oppositifolia, Tinospora cordifolia,

Jasminum multiflorum, Jasminum malabaricum and Abrus precatorius.

Table 3-31: List of Climbers and Twiners in Study Area


1 Asclepiadaceae

1/1 Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Utarn

2 Caesalpiniaceae

2/1 Caesalpinia crista L. Kachka

3 Convolvulaceae

3/1 Ipomea alba L. Chamdrimphul

4/2 Ipomea biloba L. Samudraval

5/3 Ipomea obscura (L.) Kor-Gawl Gumbadvel

6/4 Ipomoea pes-tigridis L. Wagpadi

4 Cucurbitaceae

7/1 Cucumis callosus (Rottl.) Cogn. Kadvi

8/2 Cucumis prophetarum L. Kantalan indranam

9/3 Luffa cylindrica (L.) M.J.Roem Galku

5 Dioscoreaceae

10/1 Dioscorea bulbifera L. Karamdo

6 Oleaceae

11/1 Jasminum malabaricum Wt. Tirgal

12/2 Jasminum multiflorum (Burm.f.)Andr. Mogro

13/3 Jasminum rottlerianum Wall.ex DC. Vismorgri

7 Papilionaceae

14/1 Abrus precatorius L. Chanothai





ENVIRONMENT



15/2 Mucuna prurita Hook. Kavanch

16/3 Rhynchosia minima (L.) DC. Nahnikamalval

8 Piperaceae

17/1 Piper nigrum L. Menasinaballi

18/2 Piper betle L. Vidyachim panam

19/3 Piper longum L. Pipli

9 Vitaceae

20/1 Cayratia elongata (Roxb.) Susseng. Khajulgi

21/2 Ampelocissus latifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Jangakidraksh

Cultivated Plants in the Study Area

The agricultural practices in this area are not much developed. The dominant agricultural income of this

region is mainly from orchards of Anacardium occidentale (Cashew). At few places, the rice are

cultivated during monsoon period.

Major Crops

Major Cereal crop practiced in the study area is Rice (Oryza sativa L.). But most of the fields were

already in a harvested condition during the study period.

Minor crops

Minor crops practiced in this region were Makai (Zea mays L), Gahu (Triticum aestivum L.) and Sugar

cane (Saccharum spontaneum L).

Pulses

Mug (Vigna radiata L.) and Tur (Cajanus cajan (Linn.) Mill sp.

Vegetables

The vegetables grown in the study area were, Choli (Vigna unguliculata), Ringan (Solanum melongena.),

and Tomato (Lycopersicon lycopersicum).

Horticultural Practices and Fruits Grown

Horticulture is the major agricultural activity in this region. Orchards of Anacardium occidentale

(Cashew) was observed all along the slopes. Large population Betel nut (Areca catechu), Coconut

(Cocos nucifera), Jack fruit (Artocarpus heterophyllus), Mango (Mangifera indica), were observed in this

locality mostly as homestead plantation. Banana cultivation was also a major agricultural activity at some

part of this region. In addition to this Kokam (Garcinia indica) were also observed growing in large

number in the study area.

Major Horticultural Crops

Cashew (Anacardium occidentale), Betel nut (Areca catechu), Coconut (Cocos nucifera), Jack fruit

(Artocarpus heterophyllus), Kokam (Garcinia indica) and Mango (Mangifera indica) are the major

horticulture crops in the area.

Rare and Endangered Flora in the Study Area

Among the plants recorded from the study area none of them can be assigned in a threat category as

per the RED data book of Indian Plants (Nayar and Sastry, 1990).





ENVIRONMENT


Endemic Plants of the Study Area

Among recorded plant species during this survey conducted in and around the study area; Garcinia

indica (Pupetit-Thouara) Choisy, can be assigned as the endemic plants of Northern and Central western

Ghats (Vaishali, 2000). Artocarpus hirstus Lam. can be included as the endemic plant of Southern

western Ghats (Vaishali, 2000). Ixora brachiata Roxb. is assigned as an endemic plant throughout the

western Ghats. Dendrobium ovatum (Wild.) Kranzl. is an addition to the endemic species of the Western

Ghats (Vaishali, 2000).

Faunal Biodiversity of the Study Area

For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to birds, reptiles,

amphibians, and butterfly species, a detailed survey had been conducted within approachable terrestrial

portion of the study area of 10 km radius from Project site.

Birds of the study area

The avian fauna of the study area observed during the present study is given in the Table 3-32.

Table 3-32: List of Birds in Study Area

Family & Scientific name Common name

Order: Galliformes

Family: Phasianidae

Pavo cristatus Common Peafowl

Callus sonneratii Grey Jungle fowl

Order: Piciformes

Family: Magalaimidae

Megalaima haemacephala Copper smith

Crimson breasted Barbet

Megalaima viridis Small green Barbet

Family: Picidae

Picoides nanus Pigmy wood pecker

Chrysocolaptes festivus Black backed wood pecker

Order: Udupiformes

Family: Upupidae

Upupa epops Hoopoe

Order: Coraciformes

Family: Alcedinidae

Alcedo atthis Small Blue Kingfisher

Family: Dacelonidae

Halcyon smyrnensis White Breasted Kingfisher

Family: Meropidae

Merops philippinus Blue Tailed Bea eater

Merops leschenaulti Chestnut headed bee eater

Order: Cuculiformes

Family: Cuculidae

Surniculus lugubris Indian Drongo Cuckoo

Eudynamys scolopaceae Koel

Family: Centropodidae

Centropus sinensis Crow Pheasant





ENVIRONMENT



Order: Apodiformes

Family: Apodidae

Apus affinis House swift

Apus melba Palm swift

Order: Psittaciformes

Family: Psittacidae

Psittacula karmeri Rose Ringed Parakeet

Order: Columbiformes

Family: Columbidae

Ducula badia Maroon Backed Imperial pigeon

Columba livia Blue Rock Pigeon

Streptopelia orientalis Rufous turtle dove

Order: Gruiformes

Family: Rallidae

Gallinula chloropus Indian moor hen

Amaurornis phoenicurus White breasted water hen

Order: Ciconiformes

Family: Accipitridae

Elanus caeruleus Black winged kite

Accipiter badius Shikra

Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite

Milvus migrans Common Pariah kite

Accipiter nisus Sparrow hawk

Circus aeruginosus Marsh harrier

Circus pygargus Montagu’s harrier

Family: Ardeidae

Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret

Egretta intermedia Small Egret

Nycticorax nycticorax Night heron

Ardeola grayii Pond Heron

Family: Ciconidae

Leptoptilos javanicus Lesser adjutant

Family: Phalacrocoracidae

Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant

Order: Passeriformes

Family: Lanidae

Coracina novaehollandiae Large Cuckoo-Shrike

Family: Corvidae

Dendrocitta vagabunda Tree Pie

Corvus splendens House crow

Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle Crow

Oriolus oriolus Golden oriole

Dicrurus adsimilis Black drongo

Aegithina tiphia Iora

Family: Paridae





ENVIRONMENT



Parus major Grey tits

Family: Muscicapidae

Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin

Copsychus saularis Magpie- Robin

* Family: Sturnidae

Acridotheres tristis Indian Myna

Acridotheres fuscus Jungle Myna

* Family: Pycnonotidae

Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul

Pycnonotus leucogenys White cheeked Bulbul

Chloropsis cochinchinensis Gold mantled Chloropsis

Family: Silvidae

Turdoides caudatus Common babbler

Turdoides earlei Striated babbler

Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler

Orthotomus sutorius Tailor bird

Acrocephalus agricola Paddy field warbler

Family: Passeridae

Passer domesticus House sparrow

Family: Nectarinidae

Nectarinia minima Small sun bird

Nectarinia zeylanica Purple rumped sun bird

Nectarinia asiatica Purple sun bird

Butterflies from the study area

Butterflies observed during the present study are documented Table 3-33.

Table 3-33: List of Butterflies in Study Area


Family: Papilionidae

Pachliopta aristolochiae Common rose

Pachliopta hector Crimson rose

Graphium doson Common Jay

Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly

Graphium agamemnon Tailed Jay

Papilio polytes Common Marmon

Papilio polymnestor Blue Marmon

Family: Pieridae

Eurema hecabe Common Grass yellow

Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant

Delias eucharis Common Jezebel

Family: Nymphalidae

Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger

Danaus genutia Cramer Stripped Tiger

Hypolimanas misippus Danaid egg fly

Mycalesis perseus Common bush brown





ENVIRONMENT


Ypthima baldus Common three rings

Neptis hylas Common sailor

Tirumala limniace Blue tiger

Euploea core Common Indian crow

Family: Lycaenidae

Zizula hylax Tiny Grass blue

Euchrysops cnejus Gram blue

Herpetofauna

The reptiles observe during the survey is documented in the Table 3-34.

Table 3-34: List of Herpetofauna in Study Area

S. No. Common Name Scientific name

1 Common garden lizard Calotes versicolors (Daudin)

2 Brahminy skink Mabuya carinata

3 House Gecko Hemidactylus flaviviridis

4 Indian chameleon Chamaeleon zeylanicus

5 Indian Cobra Naja naja

6 Common rat snake Ptyas mucosus (Linn)

Mammals

Mammal population at the study area is represented by the domesticated species of cows, buffalos,

Sheep, and Goats. The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from the study area is

documented in the Table 3-35.

Table 3-35: List of Mammals in Study Area

S. No. Common Name Scientific name

1 Five striped Palm squirrel Funambulus pennanii ( roughton)

2 Indian field mouse Mus booduga

3 Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsi

4 Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis

5 Indian flying Fox Pteropus giganteus

6 Indian Pipstrelle Pipistrellus coromondra

7 Indian Mole rat Bandicota bengalensis

8 Bandicoot Rat Bandicota indica

9 Black napped hare Lepus nigricollis nigricollis

10 Indian wild Boar Sus scrofa

Rare and Endangered Fauna of the Study Area

Among the birds in the study area, Common peafowl is included in Schedule-I of the Wild life protection

act, 1972 amended till date. Grey Jungle fowl (Callus sonneratii) is schedule -II bird and many other

birds are included in schedule IV of the Wild life protection act, 1972 amended till date.

Two of the butterfly species Danaid Egg fly (Hypolimanas misippus) and Crimson rose (Pachliopta

hector) belongs to the Schedule-I of Wild life protection Act, 1972 amended till date.

Among mammals, Indian fox (Vulpes bengalensis) and Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi) are

protected by including in schedule – II of WLS act (1972). Indian Cobra (Naja naja) and Common rat





ENVIRONMENT


snake (Ptyas mucosus) are provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, 1972

amended till date.

Endemic Fauna of the Study Area

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.

Biodiversity of Marine Environment

The biological parameters considered for the present study were phytoplankton cell count, zooplankton

standing stock, population and macro benthic biomass and population. Phyto and zooplankton reflects

the productivity of a water column at the primary and secondary levels. Benthic organisms being

sedentary animals associated with the bed, provide information regarding the integrated effects of

stress, if any, and hence are good indicators of early warning of potential damage.

Methodology

Sampling was done according to the parameters considered for the present study of above referred

communities. They are Phytoplankton cell count, Zooplankton standing stock and Macro benthic biomass

and population status.

Normally collection of samples in open sea from this environment is made from a research vessel of 45

feet and above. There will be basic facilities like echo sounder for sounding depth and mechanical

winches with sufficient length of wire rope of 0.6mm or more thickness.

Niskin sampler, phytoplankton net (mesh size: 51µm), zooplankton net (mesh size: 200 µm) and van-

veen grab is used for collecting phytoplankton, zooplankton and benthos respectively. These samples

were preserved by 5% neutralized formaldehyde. Additionally 5% rose bengal strain added for benthic

sample.

Mangrove vegetation structures were studied by laying total 5 plots (10m × 10 m) within a radius of 10

km from the proposed locations. Vegetation analysis was carried out during low tide by the method of

line transects and quadrates (Mueller-Dombois and Ellenberg, 1967; Kershaw, 1973). Perpendicular to

the waterfront, plots of 10m x10m were laid at every 50 m interval. In each plot the total numbers of

trees were counted. For all trees in the plot, tree height, girth at breast height (GBH), were measured.

Phytoplankton

Phytoplankton is the essential component in the marine ecosystem as primary producers at the very

beginning of food web. Phytoplankton long has been used as indicators of water quality. Some species

flourish in high eutrophic waters while others are very sensitive to organic or chemical waste. Because of

their short life-cycles, plankton respond quickly to environmental changes and hence their standing crop

in terms of cell count and species composition are more likely to indicate the quality of the water mass

in which they are found.

Table 3-36: Distribution of Phytoplankton population at different stations of Zuary, Goa

Station Date of

Sampling

Cell Count

(no.x103/lit) Genera

Z1 Surface 12.05.2013 141.5 Chaetoceros, Nitzschia, Leptocylindrus, Rhyzosolenia,

Z1 Bottom 12.05.2013 127.3 Biddulphia sp., Nitzschia, Rhizosolenia

Z2 Surface 12.05.2013 112.8 Nitzschia, Coscinodiscus sp., Chaetoceros, Thalassiosira,

Thalassionema

Z2 Bottom 12.05.2013 99.2 Nitzschia, Thalassiosira, Pleurosigma, Thalassiosira,

Z3 Surface 12.05.2013 121.5 Melosira, Thalassiosira, Thalassionema, Chaetoceros





ENVIRONMENT


Station Date of

Sampling

Cell Count

(no.x103/lit) Genera

Z3 Bottom 12.05.2013 101.0 Nitzschia, Melosira Chaetoceros, Coscinodiscus sp.,

Z4 Surface 12.05.2013 82.4 Coscinodiscus sp., Nitzschia, Thalassiosira, Melosira

Z4 Bottom 12.05.2013 64.0 Nitzschia, Melosira, Nitzschia, Biddulphia sp.

Zooplankton

Zooplanktons inhabit all depth of the water column and constitute the largest ecological group of

organism in the sea and play an important role in marine food chain. The zooplankton can be used as

the indicator organisms for the physical, chemical and biological processes in the aquatic body.

Abundance of zooplankton practically acts as an ideal index to assess the fertility of water mass.

Table 3-37: Distribution of zooplankton in the coastal waters of Zuary, Goa

Station Date of

Sampling

Biomass

(ml/100m3)

Population

(no.x103/100m3) Major Groups

Z1 12.05.2013 4.11 25.2 Copepod, Fish larva, Foraminifera, Amphipod

Z2 12.05.2013 3.2 21.0 Amphipod, Chaetognathus, Copepod, Cumacea

Z3 12.05.2013 1.1 15.3 Copepod, Lucifers, Medusae

Z4 12.05.2013 4.28 20.15 Copepod, Decapods Larva, Fish egg, Amphipod

Benthos

Macrobenthos such as polychaeta, decapoda and mollusca are important sea-bed fauna. Some species

of this group are considered to be useful biological indicators for aquatic ecosystems. The macro

benthos are mostly non-migrant inhabitants, and can be used as indices of ecological changes in the

benthic and pelagic environment. Assessing the impact of pollution source generally involves comparison

of benthic communities and their physical habitats at sites influenced by pollution with those from

adjacent unaffected sites. The benthic communities can be characterized and compared according to

community structure, biomass or other analyses.

Table 3-38: Range and Average of sub-tidal macrobenthos at different stations in the coastal waters of Zuari, Goa.

Station Date of

Sampling Biomass (gm/m2) Population (no./m2) Major Groups

Z1 12.05.2013 4.5 – 18.5 (11.2) 210 – 874 (496) Polychaetes, Amphipods, Cumaceans

Z2 12.05.2013 5.2 – 11.5 (7.8) 325 – 1150 (596) Amphipods, Polychaetes

Z3 12.05.2013 1.1 – 4.6 (1.8) 115 – 950 (682) Polychaetes, Amphipods, Cumaceans

Z4 12.05.2013 0.9 – 3.7 (1.3) 225 – 650 (195) Polychaetes, Tanaids

Table 3-39: Distribution of subtidal macrobenthos at Zuari, Goa

Faunal Groups Station 1 Station 2 Station 3 Station 4

Polychaetes

Nereis sp. + - + +

Prionospio sp. - + + -

Glycera sp. + - + -

Nephtys sp. + - + +

Crustaceans

Amphipods + - + +

Tanaids + + + -

Cumaceans - - - +





ENVIRONMENT


Species Diversity

The Shannon index was used to describe the faunal diversity, richness and evenness. These indices were

calculated using PRIMER (Plymouth Routines in Multivariate Ecological Research) Permanova+.

Diversity, richness and evenness values are presented in . Benthic faunal diversity (H') values ranged

between 1.5 and 2.3 at all the four stations. From overall observation benthic diversity was higher at

Station Z3 (2.3) followed by Station Z1 (2.0), Station Z4 (1.6) and Station Z2 (1.5). The evenness (J')

values ranged between 0.8 and 1.0 at the entire sampling stations. Station Z2 and Station Z3 were

comparatively higher than rest of the stations. The richness (d) values ranged between 0.4 and 0.8 at all

the four stations. From overall observation richness was higher at both stations Z3 and Z4 (0.6) and

minimum was recorded in Z2 (0.4).

Table 3-40: Species Diversity, Richness and Evenness indices of benthic fauna

Stations Species Richness (d) Species Evenness (J') Species Diversity H'(log2)

Z1 0.8 0.9 2.0

Z2 0.4 1.0 1.5

Z3 0.6 1.0 2.3

Z4 0.6 0.8 1.6

Mangroves

Mangrove patches has been observed north-east side (~5.5 km) of the proposed location. This is in

intertidal belt of Zuary estuary and very near to Cortalim (15024’06.9”N; 73054’27.4”E). The density of

mangroves along the creek ranges between 750 to ~ 1420 trees per ha. Tree height in all the plots

showed perceptible variation and ranged from 1 m to 3.5 m with an overall average mature tree height

of 1.5 m. Mangroves had lowest GBH was 45 cm where highest GBH was recorded 150 cm. In general

mangrove formations at Zuary estuary had the best structural attributes as the mature forest with higher

vegetation structure. About 60% are Avicennia marina with a few Rhizophora mucronata (~15%) and

Avicennia officinalis (~25%).

3.5.10 Socio-Economics

Methodology

A socio-economic study was conducted to know about the demographic structure, health & economic

status, religious & cultural attributes and intended to create awareness about the upcoming project and

get the opinion of the people living within the study area at an aerial distance of 10 Km radius from the

core area of the proposed site, as specified in the Terms of Reference (TOR).

Primary data was largely gathered by site Visual observation and interaction with Interviews of the key-

informants like Village Panchayat Sarpanch, Fisherman Communities and local resident. In addition to

this, focus-group discussions and random interaction with the local people of the villages were also

conducted. The secondary data was extracted from Census 2001 CD of the state of Goa1 and Provisional

Census Data-20112. Supplementary information was generated from various Census records and Official

Documents.

This report is a synthesis of input from the primary and the secondary data. The synthesized records and

facts were compiled, collated and analyzed for use in this report.

1

1Obtained from Office of Registrar General India, New Delhi 2 Available online from the official website of Census of India http://censusindia.gov.in/





ENVIRONMENT


Photograph 3-8: Interviewing key-informants within the study area

Baseline Status

Social Profile

Population Distribution

The villages, total number of households and population of study area is shown in Table 3-41.

Table 3-41: List of villages, households and population within the study area

S.

No. Taluka Habitation Distance

Households

(2001)

Population

(2001)

Households

(2011)

Population

(2011)

1 Mormugao Dabolim 0-3 Km 826 3698 1433 6027

2 Mormugao Velsao 0-3 Km 323 1431 335 1520

3 Mormugao Pale 0-3 Km 351 1606 473 1990

4 Mormugao Issorcim 0-3 Km 120 547 189 841

5 Mormugao Sancoale (CT) 0-3 Km 3418 15604 5035 21923

6 Mormugao Cansaulim 3-5 Km 545 2333 563 2219

7 Mormugao Cuelim 3-5 Km 357 1672 430 1777

8 Mormugao Chicalim (CT) 3-5 Km 1640 7604 1483 6933

9 Mormugao Chicolna 3-5 Km 442 1903 669 2680

10 Mormugao Cortalim (CT) 3-5 Km 1594 6970 2319 9080

11 Salcete Utorda 5-7 Km 459 2096 516 2018

12 Salcete Majorda 5-7 Km 709 2968 742 2813

13 Salcete Verna (CT) 5-7 Km 1255 6000 1668 6632

14 Salcete Nagoa 5-7 Km 609 2944 995 3873

15 Mormugao Arossim 5-7 Km 408 1708 426 1721

16 Mormugao Quelossim 5-7 Km 528 2556 775 3262

17 Tiswadi Mercurim(CT) 5-7 Km 1268 5950 1233 4970

18 Tiswadi Siridao 5-7 Km 619 2872 578 2417

19 Tiswadi Tiswadi 5-7 Km 35492 160091 42241 177219

20 Salcete Gandaulim 7-10 Km 62 265 114 438

21 Salcete Betalbatim 7-10 Km 722 3206 945 3551

22 Salcete Gonsua 7-10 Km 52 217 50 222

23 Salcete Calata 7-10 Km 398 1686 445 1739

24 Salcete Nuvem (CT) 7-10 Km 1754 8162 2248 9288

25 Quepem Maina 7-10 Km 68 297 109 505

26 Mormugao Mormugao

(M Cl) 7-10 Km 21714 97154 21524 94393





ENVIRONMENT


S.

No. Taluka Habitation Distance

Households

(2001)

Population

(2001)

Households

(2011)

Population

(2011)

27 Quepem Curchorem-

Cacora (M Cl) 7-10 Km 4851 21407 5667 22730

28 Satari Dongurli 7-10 Km 301 1513 339 1534

29 Tiswadi Neura-O-Pequeno

7-10 Km 89 428 131 563

30 Tiswadi Neura-O-Grande

7-10 Km 319 1478 330 1440

31 Tiswadi Mandur 7-10 Km 607 3017 726 3113

32 Tiswadi Goa Velha

(CT) 7-10 Km 1185 5395 1055 4322

33 Tiswadi Batim 7-10 Km 368 1626 356 1489

34 Satari Pale 7-10 Km 226 1061 251 1157

35 Tiswadi Curca 7-10 Km 424 2106 560 2518

36 Tiswadi Bambolim (CT) 7-10 Km 1118 5785 1165 6885

Total 85,221 3,85,356 98,118 4,15,802

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001 & 2011

*Note:- In Census Data 2001 & 2011 settlement/habitations Zuarinagar, Zuari, Tanpam, Sankwal,

Pansusialam, Vasco De Gama (Within 0-3 Km); Konsua, Chikhli, Bhogmalo (Within 3-5 Km); Kesarvale,

Kortaji, Agasim, Dandl, Malwada, Karwiwada, Waden, Maimollem, Sasmolem, Baina (Within 5-7 Km);

Bimwada, Fatehpur, Mongarupoy, Ambalor, Umorem, Raydor, Udo, Madkai, Adanwada, Aksanwada,,

Sula Bhat, Juari, Morgadu, Bombalin,, Aldeia De Goa, Navshi, Kankara, Sada, Alto Destemo (Within 7-10

Km) were not available.

The table above shows there are 36 villages in the study area of which Dabolim, Velsao, Pale, Issorcim

and Sancoale (CT) falls in the core zone (0-3 Km) and the rest of the 31 villages fall within the buffer

zone (3-10 Km). According to the Census data 2001, there are 85,221 households in the study area. It

can be estimated that each household within the study area consists of ~ 5 persons.

According to the Census Data 2011, the population of the study area is 4,15,802 and there are 98,118

households within the study area. The core area has a population of 22,886 with 5,038 households. It

can be seen that the study area population has increased by around 8% between 2001 to 2011.

Population in the core area has increased by 41% between 2001 to 2011.

The stratification of male-female population in each impact zone is given in Table 3-42.

Table 3-42: Number of households and male-female population within the study area

Distance

2001 2011

No. of

house-

holds

Population No. of

house-

holds

Population

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0-3 Km 5038 22886 12198 10688 7465 32301 16986 15315

3-5 Km 4578 20482 10685 9797 5464 22689 11964 10725

5-8 Km 41347 187185 94438 92747 49174 204925 103528 101397

8-10 Km 34258 154803 81162 73641 36015 155887 81566 74321

Total 85,221 3,85,356 1,98,483 1,86,873 98,118 4,15,802 2,14,044 2,01,758

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001 & 2011.





ENVIRONMENT


According to the Census Data 2001, the total population within the study area is 3,85,356 of which there

are 1,98,483 males and 1,86,873 females. The zone of immediate impact (0-3 Km) consists of a

population of only around 6% of the total study area population. Sex ratio (number of females per 1000

males) within the study area is 942.

According to the Census data 2011, the total population within the study area is 4,15,802 of which male

population is 2,14,044 and female population is 2,01,758. The zone of immediate impact (0-3 Km)

consists of a population of only 8% of the total study area population. Sex ration within the study area,

as per Census data 2011, is 943. It can be seen that the sex ratio in the study area has remained almost

the same between 2001 and 2011.

Social Characteristics

Goa, a tiny emerald land on the west coast of India, the 25th State of the Union States of India, was

liberated from Portuguese rule in 1961. It was a part of Union Territory of Goa, Daman & Diu till 30th

May, 1987 when it was carved out to form a separate state.

The SC/ST population within the study area is given in Table 3-43.

Table 3-43: Number of SC/ST population within the study area

Dist.

2001 2011

% Scheduled Caste % Scheduled Tribe % Scheduled Caste % Scheduled Tribe

T M F T M F T M F T M F

0-3 Km 0.26 57.63 42.37 0 0 0 0.59 47.92 52.08 3.04 47.21 52.79

3-5 Km 0.69 57.45 42.55 0 0 0 0.84 55.21 44.79 16.48 46.66 53.24

5-8 Km 1.65 51.18 48.82 0.02 38.10 61.90 1.62 50.50 49.50 12.50 48.60 51.40

8-10 Km 1.59 51.73 48.27 0.07 58.42 41.58 1.94 50.56 49.44 4.76 48.35 51.65

Total 1.49 51.63 48.37 0.04 52.45 47.55 1.62 50.59 49.41 9.08 48.32 51.68

T: Total, M: Male, F: Female


According to Census 2001, it can be inferred that the study area consists of 1.49% of scheduled caste

population and 0.04% of scheduled tribe population. However, according to Census 2011, it can be

inferred that the study area consists of 1.62% of scheduled caste population and 9.08% scheduled tribe

population.

Educational Facilities

The statistics regarding the educational facilities within the study area is given in Table 3-44.

Table 3-44: Number of villages having educational facilities within the study area

Distance Primary

School

Secondary

School

Senior

Secondary

School

College

Industrial

Training

School

0-3 Km 12 2 1 1 0

3-5 Km 18 2 0 0 0

5-8 Km 28 9 2 0 1

8-10 Km 35 7 2 1 0

Total 93 20 5 2 1

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001.





ENVIRONMENT


The study area has adequate facilities for education. There are 93 primary schools, 20 secondary schools

and 5 senior secondary schools within the study area. There is only 2 college and 1industrial training

school.

The literacy rate within the study area is given in Table 3-45.

Table 3-45: Literacy rate within the study area

Distance

2001 2011

% Literacy rate % Literacy rate

Total Male Female Total Male Female

0-3 Km 67.00 73.47 59.61 77.08 81.41 72.28

3-5 Km 74.49 80.58 67.85 80.45 85.11 75.24

5-8 Km 75.04 92.94 69.96 81.40 84.16 78.58

8-10 Km 74.08 79.41 68.21 80.47 83.90 76.70

Total 74.15 79.40 68.57 80.66 83.90 77.23


As per Census 2001, the average literacy rate within the study area is 74% approximately. Male literacy

rate is 79% and female literacy rate 69%. However, according to Census 2011, average literacy rate

within the study area is 81% approximately. Male literacy rate is 84% while female literacy rate is 77%.

Literacy rate within the core area is 77% of which male literacy rate is 81% and female literacy rate is

72% approximately (Census 2011).

Health Facilities

The health facilities within the study area is given in Table 3-46.

Table 3-46: Number of villages having health facilities within the study area

Distance Allopathic

Dispensary

Maternity

Home

Primary

Health

Center

Primary

Health

Sub-

center

Family

Welfare

Center

TB Clinic

Registered

Medical

Practitioner

0-3 Km 0 0 0 1 1 0 4

3-5 Km 1 1 2 1 1 2 15

5-8 Km 0 1 0 5 5 0 7

8-10 Km 1 0 1 4 5 1 7

Total 2 2 3 11 12 3 33


Note:- Number denotes the number of villages where the following amenities were present except for

RMP that shows actual number.

There are 3 primary health center, 11 primary health sub-centers and Registered medical practitioners

function within the study area. However, there is only 2 each of allopathic dispensary & maternity home.

During the survey it was observed that, common fever, cold-cough and malaria are the common

diseases affecting the health of people. The average life expectancy of the people is 70 years. PHC were

less in comparison to the population it was supporting and in few villages it was altogether absent like in

Sancoale village in South Goa.

Drinking Water Facilities

The drinking water facilities within the study area is given in Table 3-47.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-47: Number of villages having drinking water facilities within the study area

Distance Tap Well Tank Tube Well Hand Pump Spring

0-3 Km 4 4 0 0 0 0

3-5 Km 4 4 2 1 0 1

5-8 Km 8 8 0 0 0 3

8-10 Km 13 13 3 1 1 2

Total 29 29 5 2 1 6


Note:- Number denotes number of villages were the following amenities are present.

Public Works Department ensures potable water supply to the public for domestic, commercial, industrial

and institutional purposes in allover Goa. It looks after maintenance and repairs of the public water

supply network up to the meter box of consumers & issues. No Objection Certificates (NOCs) in respect

of water supply facilities for development of land for non-agricultural purpose, provides treated water,

looks after assessment, billing and collection of water supply tariff. In a nutshell, the water supply

department provides and maintains total infrastructure for public water supply in Goa.

Social Welfare

Gram panchayats and their allied bodies work for the up-liftment of the people living in the villages.

Women and child development programs are efficiently run by the Anganwadi workers under various

schemes like Sarva Shiksha Abhiyaan, Integrated Child Development Services scheme (ICDS scheme),

National Rural Health Mission (NRHM). Employment is provided to local people through Mahatma Gandhi

National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MNREGS). Housing facilities are provided under Indira

Awas Yojana (IAY). Hygiene and sanitation are maintained under the Nirmal Bharat Abhiyaan. Special

reservation schemes are run for the people belonging to the socially and economically backward classes,

scheduled caste and scheduled tribe.

Economic Profile

Agriculture

Agriculture, while of shrinking importance to the economy over the past four decades, offers part-time

employment to a sizeable portion of the populace. Rice is the main agricultural crop, followed

by areca, cashew and coconut. The plantation of mango and pomegranate is also found. The main

markets for trade and commerce is in Vasco-da-gama.

Industries/Factories

Tourism is Goa's primary industry, handling 12% of all foreign tourist arrivals in India.

The land away from the coast is rich in minerals, ores and mining forms is the second largest industry.

Mining in Goa focuses on ores of iron, bauxite, manganese, clays, limestone and silica.

Medium scale industries include the manufacturing of pesticides, fertilizers, tires, tubes, footwear,

chemicals, pharmaceuticals, wheat products, steel rolling, fruits and fish canning, cashew nuts, textiles,

brewery products.

Employment Status

The occupational status within the study area is given in Table 3-48.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-48: Occupational status of the study area

Distance

% Occupational Status (2001) % Occupational Status (2011)

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

rers

Ho

useh

old

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Marg

ina

l

Wo

rke

rs

Cu

ltiv

ato

rs

Ag

ricu

ltu

ral

La

bo

rers

Ho

useh

old

Wo

rke

rs

Oth

ers

Marg

ina

l

Wo

rke

rs

0-3 Km 0.22 0.27 0.64 84.13 14.74 2.44 0.54 0.88 82.72 13.42

3-5 Km 0.73 4.72 1.34 83.81 9.40 2.46 1.77 1.37 79.84 14.56

5-8 Km 2.13 1.28 1.77 81.75 13.07 2.72 0.88 1.85 83.04 11.51

8-10 Km 1.39 1.00 1.14 82.33 14.14 1.75 0.72 1.44 82.71 13.39

Total 1.64 1.31 1.43 82.24 13.38 2.32 0.85 1.59 82.70 12.53


According to the Census data 2001, there is around 2% workers are cultivators, around 1% are

agricultural laborers, around 1% are household workers and 13% are approximately marginal workers.

Remain 82% people fall in other workers category.

However, according to the Census data 2011, the study area has 2.32% cultivators, 0.85% agricultural

laborers, 1.59% household workers and 12.53% marginal workers. Remain 83% people fall in other

workers category.

The fishing industry provides employment for about forty thousand people, though recent official

figures indicate a decline of the importance of this sector and also fall in catch, perhaps coupled with the

fact that traditional fishing has given way to large-scale mechanized trawling.

Infrastructure and Accessibility of Roads and Means of Transportation

The transportation facilities is given in Table 3-49.

Table 3-49: Number of villages having Transportation facilities within the study area

Distance Bus Service Railway Service Navigable Water

0-3 Km 4 1 0

3-5 Km 4 1 1

5-8 Km 8 2 0

8-10 Km 13 0 0

Total 29 4 1

Source: Primary Census Abstract, 2001

The study area is well connected by bus services. Railway line passes through Dabolim, Verna and

Majorda. Navigable water is in Cortalim.

Availability of Power Supply

The Electricity Department was created as a Govt. Department in the year 1963. The Electricity

Department is the only licensee in the state of Goa for transmission and distribution of Electrical Energy.

The Department does not have its own generation and purchases power from the Central Sector Power

Stations of the National Thermal Power Corporation as per the allocation made by the Central

Government. The Total allocation of power from the NTPC is 332 MW.

Means of Communication

The communication facilities within the study area is given in Table 3-50.





ENVIRONMENT


Table 3-50: Number of villages having communication facilities within the study area

Distance Post Office Post & Telegraph Office Phone

0-3 Km 2 0 16

3-5 Km 3 2 18

5-8 Km 5 3 46

8-10 Km 5 1 24

Total 15 6 104


The study area has good communication facilities. Almost all villages have post offices. Post & telegraph

offices are present in Cansaulim, Cortalim, Mercurim, Verna, Majorda and Neura-o-Grande. Many villages

have telephonic connections. However, nowadays people own mobile phones, which has become a

necessity for quick and easy communication.

Cultural Profile

Places of Religious Importance/ Archeological sites

The state of Goa is famous for its excellent beaches, churches and temples.

The Basilica of Bom Jesus or Borea Jezuchi Bajilika also a UNESCO World Heritage Site is located in

Goa. The church is located in Old Goa, which was the capital of Goa in the early days of Portugese rule.

Other famous World Heritage sites in Goa are Se Cathedral, Church of St. Cajetan, Church and Convent

of St. Francis of Assisi, Chapel of St. Catherine, Church of Our Lady of Rosary and Church of St.

Augustine.

Fontainhas in Panaji has been declared a cultural quarter, showcasing the life, architecture and culture

of Goa.

Photograph 3-9: Places of religious importance within the study area

Catholic Church within the study area Basilica of Bom Jesus, Goa

Lifestyle

The festival of music and dance, Shigmo Mel or the Holi and Spring celebrations, signify unity in

diversity. The Goan Carnival and new year celebration is known to attract a large number of tourists.

Traditional Goan art forms are Dekhnni, Fugdi, Corridinho, Mando, Dulpod and Fado.

Rice with fish curry (xitkodi in Konkani) is the staple diet in Goa. Coconut and coconut oil are widely

used in Goan cooking along with chilli peppers, spices and vinegar giving the food a unique flavor.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS

LTD.



CH-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND

MITIGATION MEASURES

In this chapter, we:

Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment;

Predict and assess the environmental impacts of such activities;

Examine each environmental aspect;

impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance;

Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most

appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and

practicality in implementation.

4.1 INVESTIGATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS DUE TO THE PROPOSED

PROJECT

Details of investigated environmental impacts due to project location, possible accidents, project

design, project construction, regular operations and final decommissioning are discussed in this

section.

4.1.1 Assessment of Significance of Impacts

Key Definitions, identification of impacts, methodology of component wise risk assessment is

described in Annexure 13. This methodology is used in this chapter for preparing impacts and

their listing evaluation. Mitigation measures are formulated based on the significance of the

impact.

A program to implement all mitigation measures is then prepared and presented as an

Environmental Management Program, presented in Chapter 10.

Impact Assessment for operation of existing and proposed plants at ZACL, based on the

methodology described here, is given in the next section.

Environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects

associated with the project. Environmental impacts based on project activities have been

identified. The symbol ‘●’ indicates a negative impact & ‘o’ indicates a beneficial (positive) impact.

While Impact indicates (Type One Time: O Normal: N, Abnormal: AN Emergency: E Duration

Temporary: T Long-Term/ Permanent: P) (Type, Duration) Summary of these activities and

significant aspect due to such activities are listed in Table 4-1.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-1: Aspect – Impact Identification from Proposed Project

S. No. Project Activity Identified Aspect

O/ N

/ A

N /

E/

T/ P

Potential Impacts

AIR WATER LAND ECOLOGY AND

BIODIVERSITY

RESOURCE

DEPLETION SOCIAL

AP/AQ NV SW GW LU/LC S TER. AQUA. RD Infrastructure Economic OH

(H&S)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15 C16

1 Project Location

1.1 Selection of Site Densely populated area near project site O & N, P o •

Nearby State/ National Highway O & N, P • o

2 Project Design

2.1 Selection of Technology

Non - compliance of Environmental Standards N, P • • • • • • • • Designs of plant components

3 Project Construction

A Pre-Construction

3.A.1 Site Preparation like Clearing of scrub cover, removal of top soil, levelling & filling of earth

material

Generation of Dust, Solid waste & Noise O & N, T • • • • • •

Labor requirement O & N, T o

B Construction

3.B.1 Demolition of unused plant/tank farm

Dust generation O & N, T • •

Generation of scraps O & N, T • o

Noise generation O & N, T • •

3.B.2 Excavation and paving of site

Generation of Debris & Noise O & N, T • • o •

Dust generation O & N, T • • •

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls O & AN, T • • • •

3.B.3 Heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant equipment including operation of equipment like

concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.

Generation of scraps O & N, T • o

Emission of Heat Radiation O & N, T • •

Noise generation O & N, T • •

Breaking of pulley, chains of cranes during lifting of equipment

O & AN, T •

Work force requirement O & N, T o

3.B.4 Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials and equipment

Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N, T • • • •

Noise generation N, T • •

Hiring of vehicles and transport equipment N, T o

Potential damage to roads N, T •

C Commissioning

3.C.1

Startup activities like operation of equipment for all the proposed plants (Customized Blending

Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT & HRSG, Urea Granulation Unit)

Emissions due to unburnt fuel, unreacted ammonia, NOx, CO etc. which can deposit on soil and contaminate

N, T • • • •


Leakage of chemicals and fuel. Waste water generation from vessels & chemical cleaning

N, T • • • • •

Generation of discarded packing material N, T • o

4 Project Operation

A Customized Blending Plant

4.A.1 Crushing activities Noise generation N, P • •

4.A.2 Operation of Rotary dryer/ Co-current dryer Generation of hot air, PM, SO2, NOx and NH3 emissions N, P • • •

4.A.3 Packing of finished products Generation of waste torn bags. Solid waste generation of

finished products N, P • o




O/ N

/ A

N /

E/

T/ P

Potential Impacts


BIODIVERSITY

RESOURCE

DEPLETION SOCIAL


(H&S)


4.A.4 Equipment washing Wastewater generation N, P • •

B Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

4.B.1 Operation of Compressors Leakage of Lube Oil N, P • • • • •

4.B.2 Pumping, loading & unloading activities in

storage area Fugitive emissions of Ammonia N, P • • •

4.B.3

Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning & heat exchanger chemical cleaning

Gas venting when flare is off AN, T • •

Wastewater generation AN, T • • • •

4.B.4 Delivery and transfer of ammonia in ammonia

storage tank/ failure of compressor and blowers or poor insulation

Heavy leakage or explosion E, T • • • • • • • • • • • •

4.B.5 Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia

storage tank Liquid ammonia leakages from storage tank E, T • • • • • • • •

C GT & HRSG

4.C.1 Fuel firing in Boilers during line charging for

HRSG and Gas turbine & huge quantity of gas combustion

Unburnt NG emission N, T • • •

Consumption / over consumption of Natural Gas & Steam N, T •

NOx & SO2 emissions N, P • • •

4.C.2 Operation of block and bleed valves at GAIL NG

supply Unburnt NG Emissions/ NG leakages from gland of valves

and fittings N, T • • •

4.C.3 Cold flaring of NG due to safety valve popping Unburnt NG Emissions N, T • • •

4.C.4 Operation of EBD Valve (Boilers and HRSG) Noise generation N, P • •

Effluent generation due to draining of boiler water N, P • •

4.C.5 Handling of Lube oil Cotton waste, discarded drums, metal waste N, T • • • • o

D Urea Granulation Unit

4.D.1 Operation of Granulation Section Emission of PM (Urea dust) & Ammonia N, P • • • •

Generation of Noise N, P • •

4.D.2 Packing of finished product Generation of waste (Torn bags) N, P •

Urea spillage on floor N, P •

5 General & Utilities

5.1 Workforce during operation of plants

Generation of sewage N, P •

Solid & Kitchen waste generation N, P •

Workforce requirement for proposed plants N, P o

5.2 Raw water intake Consumption of surface water N, P • •

5.3 Operation of waste water treatment facilities

Discharge of treated waste water in emergency situation AN, T • • •

High quantum of waste water generation N, T • •

Soil contamination due to improper handling of hazardous material from ETP & storage area

N, T • •

Sludge generation N, P • •

5.4 Overflow with contaminated water during rainy

season Surface water contamination due to overflow of storm

water drainage line AN, T • • •

5.5 Equipment maintenance and washing during

analysis in laboratory

Generation of used or waste oil, lubricants, etc. N, T •

Generation of scraps and used spares, etc. N, T • o




O/ N

/ A

N /

E/

T/ P

Potential Impacts


BIODIVERSITY

RESOURCE

DEPLETION SOCIAL


(H&S)


Occupational risk during maintenance work AN, T •

5.6 Housekeeping and packing/unpacking activities Solid waste generation N, P •

Temporary job creation for such activities N, P o

5.7 Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials

Increase in traffic on NH N, P •

Emission of HC & CO N, T • • •



LTD.



UREA GRANULATION UNIT

CH-4: ANTICIPATED

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Based on this preliminary identification, due to the proposed project various aspects and activities

having potential to affect environment are discussed in further detail.

4.2 AIR ENVIRONMENT

A number of sources in production of Customized Blending plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage

Tank, GT, HRSG & Urea Granulation Unit cause potential impacts on air quality, which include

emissions:

During Pre-construction phase;

During Construction phase;

During Commissioning phase;

During Operation phase.

For the purpose of impact predictions on air environment, emission sources can be classified into

point and area sources. Whilst no area sources have been identified as part of the project, point

sources have been identified and these include stacks attached to various units.

Based on the identified aspects from project activities, impact scores and operational controls/

mitigation measures on air environment are tabulated in Table 4-2.



Table 4-2: Impact Scoring for Air Environment

S No. Project Activity Identified Aspect

O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance

/

Consequence

Operational Controls/ Mitigation

Measures

EMP

Required Severity, S Probability, P Final Score, S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design


Non - compliance of Environmental Standards N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Approved designs of Air pollution control equipment & process equipment shall be

implemented to meet environmental standards No

Designs of plant components


A Pre-Construction

2.A.1 Site Preparation activities like Clearing of scrub cover,

removal of top soil, leveling and filling of earth material

Dust generation O & N, T No 1 5 5 Low Water Sprinkling shall be done. Quantification of cut and fill will be recorded to minimize the

losses No

B Construction / Demolition

2.B.1 Demolition of unused plant/tank farm Dust generation O & N, T No 1 3 3 Minor Water Sprinkling shall be done No

2.B.2 Excavation and paving of site Dust generation O & N, T No 1 3 3 Minor Barricading will be done wherever required No


concrete mixtures, vibrators etc. Emission of Heat Radiation O & N, T No 1 3 3 Minor

Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used

No

2.B.4 Vehicular movement for transportation of materials

and equipment Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N, T No 2 4 8 Moderate

PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic management will be ensured

No

C Commissioning

2.C.1

Startup activities like operation of equipment for all the proposed plants (Customized Blending Plant,

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT, HRSG & Urea Granulation Unit)

Emissions due to unburnt fuel, unreacted ammonia, NOx, CO etc.

N, T No 3 3 9 Moderate

SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup. APC will be provided. Firefighting & emergency response team will be at place

during startups

No

3 Project Operation


3.A.1 Operation of Rotary dryer/ Co-current dryer Generation of Hot air, PM, SO2, NOx and NH3

emissions N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant

SOP's will be followed during operation. APC will be provided like scurbbers and adequate

height of 30 m Yes


3.B.1 Pumping, loading & unloading activities in storage area Fugitive emissions of Ammonia N, P No 1 5 5 Low Timely maintenance of pumps, glands, seals,

valves will be carried out. Workplace monitoring shall be carried out regularly

No

3.B.2 Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning & heat

exchanger chemical cleaning Gas venting when flare is off AN, T No 3 1 3 Minor

SOP's will be followed during startup and shutdown

No

3.B.3 Delivery and transfer of ammonia in ammonia storage

tank/ failure of compressor and blowers or poor insulation

Heavy leakage or explosion E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Emergency plans and OCP will be made and

followed. Dyke wall will be provided Yes

3.B.4 Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia storage Liquid ammonia leakages from storage tank E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Emergency plans and OCP will be made and

followed Yes

C GT & HRSG

3.C.1 Fuel firing in Boilers during line charging for HRSG and

Gas turbine & huge quantity of gas combustion

Unburnt NG emission N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Dry Low NOx Combustors will be provided. Flue gas Stack with height 30 m will be provided.

SOP Manual shall be followed, training shall be given to competent person

Yes

NOx & SO2 emissions. N, P

3.C.2 Operation of block and bleed valves at GAIL NG supply

Unburnt NG emission. N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Flue gas Stack with height 30 m will be provided. SOP Manual shall be followed,

training shall be given to competent person No

Cold flaring of NG due to safety valve popping





O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance

/

Consequence

Operational Controls/ Mitigation

Measures

EMP


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

3.D.1 Operation of Granulation Section Emission of PM (Urea dust) & Ammonia N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant SOP's will be followed during operation. APC will be provided like scurbbers and adequate

height of 30 m Yes


4.1 Vehicular movement for transportation of materials Emission of HC & CO N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic

management will be ensured Yes


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2.1 Sources of Emissions and Emission rates

Point Source Emissions

Based on these assumptions as mentioned below and assumptions mentioned in Table 4-3,

emissions rates from proposed stacks are calculated.

Assumptions

The dispersion modeling assumptions considered are as follows:

Quantity of fuel, Fuel analysis;

Stack: Height, Internal diameter, Exit gas velocity; Exit temperature & Pollutant’s emission

rate;

The stack emission concentrations used for dispersion modeling were taken as per fuel used

and as per recent consent given to ZACL;

PM, NOx & NH3 emission limits from various stack are assumed as per Table 2-17;

The terrain of the study area was considered as FLAT;

Stability class and mixing height are evaluated based on solar insulation and cloud cover from

software’s database.

Table 4-3: Assumptions for Calculating Emission Estimate for Point Source

S No. Fuel Source S Content,% Ash Content, % Source

1 Natural Gas 0.01 0.001 Secondary Data, CPCB

2 S. Gravity of NG 0.58 Secondary Data, Union Gas3.

Summary of emission estimates from various proposed stacks are given in Table 4-4 .

1

3 https://www.uniongas.com/about-us/about-natural-gas/chemical-composition-of-natural-gas



Table 4-4: Emission Estimate (Point Source) from Proposed Plants

Stack No. Stack Attached to Stack

Ht., m

Stack Dia.

(Top), m

Stack Exit

Velocity, m/sec

Stack Exit

Temp, °K

Stack Exhaust,

m3/sec

Stack Exhaust,

Nm3/sec Fuel Used Fuel Consumption

SO2 Emitted,

after APCM,

gm/sec

PM10 Emitted

after APCM,

gm/sec

NOx Emitted

after APCM,

gm/sec

NH3 Emitted

after APCM,

gm/sec

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14

Proposed Flue Gas Stack attached to Boiler / Furnace

1 GT+ HRSG stack 30 3.00 15.00 458 106.04 69.00 NG 0.17 MMSCMD 0.228 0.011 3.450 --

2 Hot Air Generator for Cust. Plant 30 1.00 14.44 338 11.34 10.00 NG 2,000.0 SCMD 0.003 1.000 0.500 0.250

Proposed Various Other Stacks/vent of reactors, process, vessel

1 Rotary Cooler Stack 30 1.00 12.65 333 9.94 8.89 -- -- -- -- 0.534 -- --

2 Urea Granulation Plant 40 2.50 3.10 318 15.22 14.26 -- -- -- -- 0.713 -- 0.357





CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Dispersion Modeling

The emission rates are calculated based on the parameters given in above tables. Emissions from

all the stacks were analyzed for their impacts on the GLC for various distances using the dispersion

modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and AERMOD,

developed by the AERMIC (American Meteorological Society (AMS)/United States Environmental

Protection Agency (USEPA).

Surface meteorological data at project site for Summer Season of year 2013 (March 2013 – May

2013) was considered for modeling. The hourly meteorological data considered were wind speed,

wind direction, ambient atmospheric temperature, cloud cover, humidity & rainfall.

Results

Air dispersion modeling results with predicted GLC (Isopleths) from proposed activity of all

parameters are provided in Annexure 14. Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10, SO2 &

NOx, & hourly for Ammonia are tabulated in Table 4-5.

Based on ambient air monitoring at various villages and air dispersion modeling for air pollutants

generated from proposed project, incremental GLC’s at these villages are given in Table 4-6.

Table 4-5: Summary of Air Dispersion Modeling for Proposed Stacks

S

No. Parameters Number of Sources

Maximum GLC

Concentration, µg/m3 Distance, m Direction

1 PM10 4 2.57 500 E

2 NOx 2 1.39 500 N

3 SO2 2 0.08 500 N

4 Ammonia 2 0.851 500 E

Table 4-6: 24 Hr. Average Incremental Increase in GLC from Proposed Project

S No.

Name of Village

(Distance in km/Direction)

Pollutant

CPCB Limit (24 Hr basis

unless mentioned)

Concentration (µg/m3)

Average Monitored Baseline


Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive GLC from proposed project (µg/m3)

1 At Project Site

( 0.0 / --)

PM10 100 57 2.57 59.57

NOx 80 12.7 1.39 14.09

SO2 80 <8.0 0.08 ~ 8.08

NH3 400 28.4 0.851 29.251

2 At Zuarinagar

(2.26 / E)

PM10 100 61 0.1 61.1

NOx 80 12.9 0.05 12.95

SO2 80 <8.0 0 ~ 8.0

NH3 400 22.9 0.035 22.935

3 Bagmalo Village

(3.07 / W)

PM10 100 58 0.14 58.14

NOx 80 14 0.18 14.18

SO2 80 <8.0 0.01 ~ 8.01

NH3 400 < 20 0.042 ~ 20.042

4 Sancoale (2.48 / N)

PM10 100 54 0.44 54.44

NOx 80 14.2 0.21 14.41

SO2 80 <8.0 0.01 ~ 8.01

NH3 400 < 20 0.137 ~ 20.137





CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


S No.

Name of Village

(Distance in km/Direction)

Pollutant

CPCB Limit (24 Hr basis

unless mentioned)


Average Monitored Baseline


Incremental GLC

(µg/m3)

Total Predictive GLC from proposed project (µg/m3)

5 Pale

(1.34 / SE)

PM10 100 57 0.41 57.41

NOx 80 15.1 0.56 15.66

SO2 80 <8.0 0.02 ~ 8.02

NH3 400 < 20 0.347 ~ 21.347

6 Consaulim (3.93 / SE)

PM10 100 58 0.77 58.77

NOx 80 13.7 0.23 13.93

SO2 80 <8.0 0.02 ~ 8.02

NH3 400 < 20 0.248 ~ 21.248

7 Verna

(5.94 / ESE)

PM10 100 54 0.01 54.01

NOx 80 12.4 0.02 12.42

SO2 80 <8.0 0 ~ 8.0

NH3 400 < 20 0.005 ~ 20.005

8 Nagoa

(4.7 / ENE)

PM10 100 43 0.29 43.29

NOx 80 12.3 0.2 12.5

SO2 80 <8.0 0 ~ 8.0

NH3 400 < 20 0.083 ~ 20.083

9 Cortalim

(4.89 / NE)

PM10 100 58 0.72 58.72

NOx 80 13.5 0.26 13.76

SO2 80 8.2 0 8.2

NH3 400 < 20 0.228 ~ 20.228

Conclusion

Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the CPCB limits and

allowable limits as per factories act, it can be concluded that proposed activities are not expected

to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity of the project site.

Mitigation Measures for Proposed Plants

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

Stacks with adequate height will be provided as per the statutory requirements;

Proper periodic maintenance of scrubbers will be done to ensure its efficient operation;

Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;

Plant load will be maintained so as to be well with air emission norms;

Well-designed air pollution control equipment’s with latest technology will be installed,

To control uncontrolled NOx emission, dry low NOx Combustors shall be installed;

Monitoring will be done on regular basis;

Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers;

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as

such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned

vehicle/equipment type.





CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.2.2 Traffic Survey

Traffic survey was carried out at Zuari Nagar crossing on 24th April, 2013 to study the impacts of

proposed vehicular movement on the existing traffic on the approach road. The road width of this

road is 6 meters, which is a 2 Lane – (Two Way) Collectors Road4.

ZACL’s existing road traffic load and expected incremental increase after implementation of

proposed plant are 150 trucks and 100 trucks per day respectively.

Action plan for transportation of raw material and finished product is given in Table 4-7.

Summary of traffic survey is given in Table 4-8 & Table 4-9.

Table 4-7: Action Plan for Transportation of Raw Material & Finished Product

S.

No.

Proposed

Project Chemicals/Items

Quantity

(MT/M)

Approx. Number

of Trucks/

Tankers Per Day

Destination

from / to

KM to

travel

RAW MATERIAL

1 Customized

NPK Fertilizers

Urea 2200 4

From Districts (Markets)

within 300 KM

Ammonium Sulphate 3960 7

Di Ammonium Phosphate

3280 6

Mono Ammonium Phosphate

2070 4

Single Super Phosphate

830 1

Murate of Potash 3730 7

Silica 220

10-15 Trucks per Month

Bentonite Sulphur 290

Magnesium Sulphate 340

Ferrous Sulphate 300

Zinc Sulphate 415

Disodium Tetraborate

250

Neem cake 100

Attapulgite 35

Calcined Magnesia 35

Sulphuric acid (98%) 20 1 Tanker per Month Tamil Nadu

Natural Gas 2000

Sm3/day Existing Pipeline Not Applicable

2


Liquid Ammonia (to storage)

7500 17 From MPT 13

3 GT & HRSG Natural Gas 0.17

MMSCMD Existing Pipeline Not Applicable

1

4 As per The Indian Road Congress - Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:106-1990), Table-2,

Recommended Design Service Volumes, page – 11.





CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


S.

No.

Proposed

Project Chemicals/Items

Quantity

(MT/M)

Approx. Number

of Trucks/

Tankers Per Day

Destination

from / to

KM to

travel

4 Urea

Granulation Unit

Urea Prills (Seed Material)/Urea Melt

80/520 MTPD

Existing Urea Prilling Tower / Synthesis Plant

Not Applicable

FINISHED PRODUCT

1 Customized

NPK Fertilizers

NPK 18,000 40 Maharashtra

2 Urea

Granulation Unit

Urea 900 2 Maharashtra,

Karnataka

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION

UNIT CH-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Table 4-8: Hourly Average Traffic on Approach Road (Old NH 17) – Zuarinagar to Vasco

Type of Vehicle From Zuarinagar

to Vasco

% of Total

Stream

Equivalent PCU

Factor (%) Converted PCUs

Additional

Vehicles

Additional

PCUs

Total PCUs After

Expansion

Two wheeler 17 13.9 0.75 13 0 0 13

Three wheeler 6 4.9 1.20 7 0 0 7

Car/Jeeps 34 27.9 1.00 34 0 0 34

Truck/Buses/Tractors 62 50.8 3.70 229 2 8 237

Non Motorable vehicles 3 2.5 2.00 6 0 0 6

Total 122 100 289 8 297

Table 4-9: Hourly Average Traffic on Approach Road (Old NH 17) – Vasco to Zuarinagar

Type of Vehicle From Vasco to

Zuarinagar

% of Total

Stream

Equivalent PCU

Factor (%) Converted PCUs

Additional

Vehicles Additional PCUs

Total PCUs After

Expansion

Two wheeler 27 20.3 0.75 20 0 0 20.25

Three wheeler 9 6.8 1.2 11 0 0 11

Car/Jeeps 34 25.6 1 34 0 0 34

Truck/Buses/Tractors 58 43.6 3.7 215 2 8 222

Non Motorable vehicles 5 3.8 2 10 0 0 10

Total 133 100 290 8 297


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Observation

Based on the traffic survey conducted, it is observed:

Average hourly traffic on approach road heading Zuarinagar to Vasco and Vasco to

Zuarinagar route is 289 & 290 PCU respectively.

Evaluation

From the proposed project, additional approximate 100 trucks per day will be required for

carrying raw materials and finished products;

Thus, maximum incremental traffic will be 297 PCU;

Carrying capacity of the approach road, connecting site from Zuarinagar to Vasco is 900

PCU5.

Thus, the road is capable of carrying the additional traffic from the proposed traffic.

Impacts

Increase in transportation will lead to increase in road traffic;

Dispersion of dust and particulate matters from open truck transporting goods;

Emission of pollutants like HC, SO2, CO, CO2;

Noise generation from vehicular movement;

Spillage or leak of raw materials during transportation.

Mitigation measures

The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered;

It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified;

Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers will be

instructed to control leakages and collection of spilled material;

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles

used on site & Traffic management plan shall be made and implemented.

4.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

The proposed plant operations and related activities will generate noise that may have significant

impact on the human beings living in surrounding areas in terms of increase in noise levels and

associated disturbances. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

During construction activities like heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant equipment

including operation of equipment like concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.;

Due to vehicular movement during transportation of raw material and finished products;

During operation of various equipment like Centrifugal Pumps, Blowers, Compressors, Boiler,

Crusher, Gas turbine, Cyclone separator, Scrubber and due to popping up of safety valves;

Due to vehicle movement during site preparation and movement of around additional 100

trucks per day will occur for transportation of raw material and finished products;

Due to operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders, and bulldozers etc.;

Due to process equipment – safety valves of Steam Pressure Lines, compressors;

Due to turbulence in Ducts and vents etc.;

1

5 As per The Indian Road Congress - Guideline for capacity of roads in urban Area. (IRC:106-1990), Table-2,

Recommended Design Service Volumes, page – 11.


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Above are the Noise sources involved in proposed project. Moreover, as production is a

continuous activity, such noise will be emitted during both daytime and night time leading to a

significant impact on local communities if located near to the project site. Continuous exposure to

high noise level in workplace environment may cause Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) and

other discomforts like headaches and increase in stress levels amongst workers.

Out of the above listed sources of noise, it is important to conduct noise modeling study and

implement mitigation measures for which the Noise Levels are exceeding 85 dBA for a continuous

dosage of 8 hours a day.

4.3.1 Noise Modeling Study

Methodology

Noise modeling study was done using the Software tool called “Sound Plan” which predicts the

Noise Map generated due to the sources present at the project site, and predicts the Noise Levels

at various receiver points due to the sources present at the project site. To analyze the Noise

Map of the project site, first, the geometrically coordinated Google Earth images of the Project

site were imported into the software. Various Sources of noise were added with their

approximate Sound Pressure Levels and the “Receiver points” were added at various locations

where Noise Monitoring was conducted.

“Sound Plan” generates the Noise Map with colored pattern Isopleth, which indicate whether or

not the SPL in that particular region is above the limits mentioned by CPCB or not. If the Limit for

Sound Pressure Level indicated by CPCB for that particular area is 75 dB during the day, and if

the predicted SPL is below that, the Noise Map will show Green color for that area. But if the SPL

is above the “user set” allowable limit, the same will be shown in Red color depending upon the

Difference between then Predicted SPL and the Allowable SPL, and the “Conflict” in SPL is

mentioned in the table if any conflict is predicted.

Consideration during the analysis

The sources considered at the project site for the analysis with their approximate Sound Pressure

Levels are considered slightly on the higher side for more critical analysis. The sources of noise

considered are as Table 4-10.

Table 4-10: Sources of noise with their sound pressure levels

S. No. Sources Levels dB(A)

Day Night

1. Rotary Dryer 86 86

2. Rotary Cooler 87 87

3. Best Screw Conveyors 75 75

4. Crusher 100 100

5. Cyclone Separator 90 90

6. Bag Filter 80 80

7. Scrubber 90 90

8. Bucket elevator 80 80

9. Blowers 93 93

10. Compressor 100 100

11. Centrifugal Pump 85 85

Using above consideration the Isopleth generated during daytime and nighttime are given in

Figure 4-1 & Figure 4-2.


AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Figure 4-1: Isopleth generated during daytime


AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-4: ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES


Figure 4-2: Isopleth generated during nighttime


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Observation

The sound pressure levels were predicted at different sources as mentioned above. The

observations are:

The project site is located in a designated industrial area, where the CPCB limits defined for Noise

Levels are 75 dB during the day and 70 dB during the night. For conducting the SoundPlan Noise-

mapping analysis, the sound pressure levels of the sources were assumed to be on the higher

side as a measure of considering some safety factor. Therefore, the predicted results at the

respective noise receptor locations would be lesser than the ones predicted in this analysis.

This analysis assumes that all of the sources of noise would be placed at the ground level and

does not consider the effect of the machinery being installed inside the buildings. The concrete

walls of the building would provide a Transmission Loss Rating of 20 dB and hence the observed

sound pressure levels would be much lower than the ones predicted in this analysis and increase

beyond the allowable level of 75 dB limit during the day would not be possible.

From Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2, it can be observed that within the project boundary limits,

noise is predicted in the range of 60 dB(A) – 70 dB(A) which is within the permissible limit for

industrial area.

The predicted noise levels along with the conflict are as given in Table 4-11.

Table 4-11: Noise level at receptor locations

S.

No. Receiver Name

Assumed Limit dB(A) Level dB(A) Conflict dB(A)

Day Night Day Night Day Night

1. Receiver 1 – 100 m 75 70 41.7 41.7 - -

2. Receiver 1 – 150 m 75 70 40.4 40.4 - -

3. Receiver 1 – 250 m 75 70 33.4 33.4 - -

4. Receiver 2 – 100 m 75 70 35.0 35.0 - -

5. Receiver 2 – 150 m 75 70 34.2 34.2 - -

6. Receiver 3 – 100 m 75 70 42.2 42.2 - -

7. Receiver 3 – 150 m 75 70 41.1 41.1 - -

8. Receiver 4 – 100 m 75 70 43.7 43.7 - -

9. Receiver 4 – 150 m 75 70 42.1 42.1 - -

Conclusion

From above analysis, it can be concluded that there would not be any increase at the noise

monitoring locations beyond the distance of 100 meters from the project boundary. The SPL

predicted due to the contribution of sources at the project site, predicted at a distance of 100

meters from the project boundary is in the range of 40~42 dB. Whereas, the background noise

level measured at the project site, was measured in the range of 52~57 dB. Addition of the

component of 42 dB due to the added machinery at the project site is not likely to make an

impact beyond 0.5 dB of addition in the current measured Noise levels, and hence they are within

the acceptable limits as well.

Mitigation Measures

Although there was no increase beyond the allowable limit predicted at any of the noise

monitoring locations outside the project site, the noise environment also includes the people who

are working within the project site, and who may face permanent hearing damage in case they

face the Noise Dosage beyond the allowable level of Noise. Therefore, it is important to


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


implement the following mitigations in order to avoid any permanent hearing damage to the

people working inside the project site.

Other Mitigation measures for noise and vibration impacts will include:

Procurement of equipment meeting prescribed noise standards will be done;

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries is to be

ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss rating are strongly recommended for

Gas turbines. Minimum Transmission Loss rating should be at least 30 dB for Gas turbine

Acoustical Enclosures;

Removable acoustical blankets can be effective and economical in reducing the noise level of

the pumps;

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at

site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift;

Duct silencers incorporated in-line to reduce the duct and vent noise;

Temporary new approach road can be constructed, if required, for smooth and hassle free

movement of personnel;

Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to

be adopted.

Considering the above mitigation measures as well as the operating and other conditions

mentioned in Sections 4.3.1, the impact scores on noise environment are likely to be as

mentioned in Table 4-12.



Table 4-12: Impact Scoring for Noise Environment


O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance /

Consequence Operational Controls/ Mitigation Measures

EMP

Required Severity, S Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design

1.1 Selection of Technology Non - compliance of

Environmental Standards N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant

Approved designs of Noise pollution control equipment & process equipment shall be implemented to meet

environmental standards No

Designs of plant components


A Pre-Construction

2.A.1 Site Preparation like Clearing of scrub cover, removal of top soil,

levelling & filling of earth material Noise generation O & N, T No 2 3 6 Low Barricading will be done wherever required No

B Construction / Demolition

2.B.1 Demolition of unused plant/tank farm Noise generation O & N, T No 2 3 6 Low Barricading will be done wherever required No

2.B.2 Excavation and paving of site Noise generation O & N, T No 2 3 6 Low Barricading will be done wherever required No

2.B.3 Heavy fabrication work for erecting major plant equipment including operation of equipment like concrete mixtures,

vibrators etc. Noise generation O & N, T No 2 3 6 Low

Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used. Ear muffs and ear plugs will be provided to

workers No

2.B.4 Vehicular movement for transportation of materials and

equipment Noise generation N, T No 2 3 6 Low

Preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted. Traffic management will be ensured

No

C Commissioning

2.C.1 Startup activities like operation of equipment for all the

proposed plants (Customized Blending Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT, HRSG & Urea Granulation Unit)

Noise generation N, T No 3 3 9 Moderate SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup. Acoustical Enclosures & Room Acoustical Treatment

will be done Yes

3 Project Operation


3.A.1 Crushing activities Noise generation N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant PPE like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the

workers & in-built acoustical enclosre & canopy will be done

Yes


3.B.3 Delivery and transfer of ammonia in ammonia storage tank/

failure of compressor and blowers or poor insulation Explosion (Noise Generation) E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Emergency plans and OCP will be made and followed No

C GT & HRSG

3.C.1 Operation of EBD Valve (Boilers and HRSG) Noise generation N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Acoustical Enclosures with transmission loss Rating & axial fans with Insertion Loss Rating will be provided

Yes

3.C.2 Operation of gas turbine & duct bellows Noise generation N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss rating & Ducts to be treated with Acoustical lining from

the inside, with Duct silencers Yes


3.D.1 Operation of Granulation Section Generation of Noise N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant PPE like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the

workers & in-built acoustical enclosre & canopy will be done

Yes


4.1 Vehicular movement for transportation of materials Noise generation N, T No 2 2 4 Low Preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted.

Traffic management will be ensured No


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Ground Water

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the ground water quality monitoring within

the study area is presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6.

4.4.2 Impact on Ground Water

In project water requirement is sufficed from existing source of Water Resource department

(WRD), Govt. of Goa & existing Rainwater harvesting captive dam site; also waste water is

recycled in process after treatment hence there is no impact on ground water.

4.4.3 Mitigation measure

At some place the TDS is high; hence water shall be used after proper treatment.

4.4.4 Surface / River/ Marine Water

The baseline quality of water based on the results of the surface / river water quality monitoring

within the study area is presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6.

4.4.5 Impact on Surface Water

Due to the proposed project various activities as mentioned below can impact surface water:

Source of raw water for proposed expansion is Surface as well as rain water harvesting dam

at site. Thus, depletion of surface water is envisaged in lean season;

Due to overflow of effluent/ storm water in coastal;

Due to improper handling of waste water from ETP and STP.

4.4.6 Mitigation measure

To reduce water consumption & waste water generation, reuse & recycle of waste water practice

will be adopted & to control contamination of water bodies proper storm water management

system will be maintained.


mentioned in Sections 4.4.1-4.4.5, the impact scores on water environment are likely to be as

mentioned in Table 4-13.



Table 4-13: Impact Scoring for Water Environment

S

No. Project Activityl Identified Aspect

O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Legal

Impact Scoring

Significance /

Consequence Operation Controls / Mitigation Measures

EMP


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design

1.1 Selection of Technology Non - compliance of Environmental

Standards N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant

Proper adequate ETP, STP system & maintainance of equipments to meet the environmental standards

Yes Designs of plant components


A Commissioning

2.A.1




N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Properly designed dyke walls will be provided.

SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup.

Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will be reused in process

Yes

3 Project Operation


3.A.1 Equipment washing Waste water generation N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will

be reused in process Yes


3.B.1 Operation of Compressors Leakage of Lube Oil N, P No 2 2 4 Low Ensure proper handling of all spillages by

introducing spill control procedures. Strictly follow the appropriate spill control procedures

No

3.B.2 Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning &

heat exchanger chemical cleaning

Wastewater generation &

draining of acidic water AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will be reused in process

Yes



Heavy leakage or explosion E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Emergency plans and OCP will be made and

followed. Dyke wall will be provided. No

3.B.4 Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia

storage tank Liquid ammonia leakages from storage tank E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Emergency plans and OCP will be made and followed. Dyke wall will be provided

No

C GT & HRSG

3.C.1 Operation of EBD Valve (Boilers and HRSG) Effluent generation due to draining of boiler

water N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Effluent will be diverted to ETP via properly

designed channel Yes

3.C.2 Operation of gas turbine & duct bellows Oil leakage from various joints, bearings,

etc. N, T No 2 2 4 low Competent person, training No

3.C.3 Handling of Lube oil Chemical spills N, T No 2 2 4 low Competent person, training No


4.1 Workforce during operation of plants Generation of sewage N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Generated Sewage will be treated in STP & will be

reused after treatment Yes

4.2 Raw water intake Consumption of surface water N, P No 2 5 10 Moderate Reuse & recycle methods will be adopted No

4.3 Operation of waste water treatment facilities

Discharge of treated waste water in emergency situation

AN, T Yes

-- -- -- Significant

Initial rain water will be treated & consumed. Records will be maintained of treated effluent

quality and quantity. Performance evaluation of Effluent Treatments will be carried out on regular

basis.

Yes High quantum of waste water generation N, T Yes


season Surface water contamination due to overflow

of storm water drainage line AN, T Yes


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.5 LAND USE AND LAND COVER

The existing land and land use pattern of the project site will get affected from various activities

like selection of site, clearance of shrubs, preparation of internal roads, excavation and paving of

site for installing plant equipment and machineries.

Impacts regarding these activities will be in terms of permanent change in land use and land

cover for industrial use is envisaged.

Potential impacts on land use and land cover are described in following section:

4.5.1 Site Preparation

Clearance of Vegetation and Preparation of Approach Roads

The land use and land cover pattern of the project site will get affected due to activities like

installation of machineries, temporary storage of raw material, domestic waste and handling of

other kind of waste material etc. This is perhaps unavoidable considering the setup of the

fertilizer plant. The impact may happen in terms of clearing of scrubs.

Excavation and Paving of Site

Excavation and paving of site is to allow for the impact loads due to construction activities will

lead to minor impacts on land use. This may change the ground level and affect the topography.

The excavated soil will be used for leveling the premises and care should be taken for disposal of

the remaining.

4.5.2 Green Belt Development

Due to the developed and maintenance of green belt, a positive impact is envisaged during

operation phase. Aesthetic looks of project site will be enhanced.

4.5.3 Mitigation Measures for Impact on Land Use / Land Cover

Mitigation measures for conserving land use and land cover will include the following:

The vegetation cover clearing should only be done on which construction is to take place and

less disturbing the vegetation in adjacent areas;

Methods to be adopted for reuse of earth material generated during excavation;

Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be a basic criteria at

the design phase.

Considering the above impacts and mitigation measures as well as the operating and other

conditions mentioned in Sections 4.5.1-4.5.3, the impact scores on land environment are likely

to be as mentioned in Table 4-14.



Table 4-14: Impact Scoring Land Use / Land Cover

S

No. Project Activity Identified Aspect

O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Le

ga

l

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11


A Pre-Construction

1.A.1 Site Preparation like Clearing of scrub cover, removal

of top soil, levelling & filling of earth material Generation of Dust & Solid waste O & N, T No 1 2 2 Minor Only scrubs will be removed. No

B Construction

1.B.1 Demolition of unused plant/tank farm Generation of scraps O & N, T No 1 2 2 Minor SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed. Generated Scraps & Debris will be sent to recyclers/ vendors

as per Rules. No

1.B.2 Excavation and paving of site Generation of Debris O & N, T No 1 2 2 Minor

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls O & AN, T No 1 2 2 Minor Emergency safety norms will be followed No


concrete mixtures, vibrators etc. Generation of scraps O & N, T No 1 2 2 Minor

SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed. Generated Scraps will be sent to recyclers/ vendors as per

Rules No

C Commissioning

1.C.1


Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT & HRSG, Urea Granulation Unit).

Generation of discarded packing material N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Will be sent to recyclers/ vendors as per criteria No

2 Project Operation


2.A.1 Packing of finished products Generation of waste torn bags. Solid waste generation of finished products

N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Will be sent for the disposal as per criteria No




Heavy leakage or explosion E, T No 4 1 4 Low Emergency safety norms will be followed No

C GT & HRSG

2.C.1 Handling of Lube oil Cotton waste, discarded drums, metal

waste N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Will be sent to authorized dealers as per criteria No


2.D.1 Packing of finished product Generation of waste (Torn bags) N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Will be sent for the disposal as per criteria No


3.1 Workforce during operation of plants Solid & Kitchen waste generation N, P No 2 4 8 Moderate Will be used for Vermicompost No

3.2 Operation of waste water treatment facilities Sludge generation N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Disposal site followed by Sludge drying beds No

3.3 Equipment maintenance and washing during analysis

in laboratory Generation of scraps and used spares,

etc. N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Generated Scraps will be sent to recyclers/ vendors as per Rules

No

3.4 Housekeeping and packing/unpacking activities Solid waste generation N, P No 1 3 3 Minor Generated waste will be handled/ disposed as per

Rules No


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.6 SOIL CONSERVATION

Potential impacts on land environment due to production activities are given below:

Clearance of scrub cover and top soil during site preparation;

Fuel leakages on soil during vehicular activities;

Leakages due to storage and handling of fuel, raw materials, solid hazardous waste;

Spillages from process operations during emergency situations.

The hazardous solid waste detail is listed in Chapter 2, Section 2.7. There will be no disposal

of treated effluent or sewage on land. No hazardous waste will be generated due to proposed

project. Storage areas will be impervious to water and will be designed to prevent Leachate

penetration. Consequently impacts on land / soil will be negligible.

4.6.1 Mitigation Measures for Soil Conservation

Mitigation measures for soil conservation will include the following:

On completion of works (in phases), all temporary structures, surplus materials and wastes

to be completely removed;

After completion of construction the surrounding area where the extra soil and remaining

construction material needs to be cleared. The leveling to be done so that the original

condition is restored so that it does not disturbs natural drainage;

The special care needs to be taken during deliveries and to be supervised by a responsible

person;

Proper care will be taken that there is no spill that would cause soil contamination;

The used oil spillage to be cleaned up using cotton and separate storage of the cotton waste

will be made within the premises;

The filling and packaging operation of the product will be fully mechanized to ensure no

spillage is taking place;

Records will be maintained.


mentioned in Section 4.6.1, the impact scores on soil environment are likely to be as mentioned

in Table 4-15.



Table 4-15: Impact Scoring Soil Conservation

S


O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Le

ga

l

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP

Required Severity,

S

Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Design


Non - compliance of Environmental Standards N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Contract will be given to well established firm. Pre-

validation, adequacy of DPR will be done with vendors frequently before commencement

No Designs of plant components


A Pre-Construction

2.A.1 Site Preparation like Clearing of scrub cover, removal

of top soil, levelling & filling of earth material Generation of Dust, Solid waste O & N, T No 1 3 3 Minor Boundary wall should be prepare No

B Construction

2.B.1 Excavation and paving of site Dust generation O & N, T No 1 3 3 Minor Boundary wall should be prepare No

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls O & AN, T No 2 2 4 Low Emergency safety norms will be followed No


and equipment Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N, T No 1 4 4 Low

PUC Certified vehicles & maintenance of vehicles. Proper training will be given to driver

No

C Commissioning

2.C.1


Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT & HRSG, Urea Granulation Unit)

Emissions due to unburnt fuel, unreacted ammonia, NOx, CO etc. which can deposit on soil and

contaminate N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Pollution Control Equipment will be provided Yes


N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Proper handling, storage facility with dyke will be

maintained Yes

3 Project Operation

A Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank

3.A.1 Operation of Compressors Leakage of Lube Oil N, P No 2 2 4 Low

Emergency plans and OCP will be made and followed. Proper flooring, Dyke wall will be provided

No

3.A.2 Delivery and transfer of ammonia in ammonia


Heavy leakage or explosion E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes

3.A.3 Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia storage

tank Liquid ammonia leakages from storage tank E, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Yes

B GT & HRSG

3.B.1 Operation of steam turbine/gas turbine & duct

bellows. Oil leakage from various joints, bearings, etc. N, T No 2 2 4 Low Proper flooring, Dyke wall will be provided No

3.B.2 Handling of Lube oil Cotton waste, discarded drums, metal waste N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Proper storage facility with impervious flooring & will be sent to authorized dealers as per criteria

No

C Urea Granulation Unit

3.C.1 Operation of Granulation Section Emission of PM (Urea dust) & Ammonia N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Pollution Control Equipment will be provided Yes


4.1 Operation of waste water treatment facilities Soil contamination due to improper handling of hazardous material/ Sludge from ETP & storage

area N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Proper flooring will be provided. Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination

during the storage of solid raw materials No


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.7 ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

Based on study conducted for ecology in the study area, no rare or endangered terrestrial &

aquatic flora & fauna were observed.

Impact

During construction phase, increase in deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation

may alter or limit plant’s abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce;

Clearance of existing scrub cover during site preparation, due to such activities habitation

fragmentation;

Emission during operation phase.

Mitigation Measures to Conserve Ecology and Biodiversity

Mitigation measures for conserving ecology and biodiversity will include the following:

The developed greenbelt and green cover in the project area as discussed in Section 4.5.2,

would increase the flora and fauna density in the area at the project site.

Considering the above mitigation measures the impact scores on biological environment are likely

to be as mentioned in Table 4-16.



Table 4-16: Impact Scoring Ecology and Biodiversity

S


O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Le

ga

l

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP

Require

d Severity, S Probability,

P

Final Score,

S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11


A Pre-Construction


material Generation of Dust O & N, T No 1 2 2 Minor Boundary wall should be prepare No

B Construction


and equipment Dust generation and emission of HC & CO N, T No 1 4 4 Low

PUC Certified vehicles will be used done regularly & maintenance of vehicle will be

No

C Commissioning

1.C.1


Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT & HRSG, Urea Granulation Unit)

Emissions due to unburnt fuel, unreacted ammonia, NOx, CO etc. which can deposit on soil

and contaminate N, T No 2 3 6 Low Pollution Control Equipment will be provided No

2 Project Operation


2.A.1 Operation of Rotary dryer/ Co-current dryer Generation of hot air, PM, SO2, NOx and NH3

emissions N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant

Adequate Stack height with Pollution Control Equipment will be provided. Existing greenbelt will be maintained

Yes


2.B.2 Pumping, loading & unloading activities in storage

area Fugitive emissions of Ammonia N, P No 2 4 8 Moderate Existing greenbelt will be maintained No

2.B.3 Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning & heat

exchanger chemical cleaning Wastewater generation AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Proper storm water drainage line & treatment system will be provided, reuse of treated waste water will be

highly recommended Yes



Heavy leakage or explosion E, T No 5 1 5 Low Emergency plans and OCP will be made and followed.

Dyke wall will be provided. No

2.B.5 Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia storage

tank Liquid ammonia leakages from storage tank E, T No 4 1 4 Low

OCP will be made and followed. Dyke wall will be provided.

No

C GT & HRSG

2.C.1 Fuel firing in Boilers during line charging for HRSG and Gas turbine & huge quantity of gas combustion

NOx & SO2 emissions N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Adequate Stack height with Pollution Control Equipment will be provided. Existing greenbelt will be maintained.

Yes


2.D.1

Operation of Granulation Section Emission of PM (Urea dust) & Ammonia N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Adequate Stack height with Pollution Control Equipment will be provided. Existing greenbelt will be maintained.

Yes


3.1 Operation of waste water treatment facilities Discharge of treated waste water in emergency

situation AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Initial rain water will be treated & consumed. Records

will be maintained of treated effluent quality and quantity. Performance evaluation of Effluent Treatments

will be carried out on regular basis.

No


season Surface water contamination due to overflow of

storm water drainage line AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant No

3.3 Vehicular movement for transportation of materials Emission of HC & CO N, T No 1 4 4 Low PUC Certified vehicles will be used done regularly &

maintenance of vehicle will be No


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC

While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact it has been noticed that the

upcoming project will bring job opportunities for the local people, during the construction &

operation phase. Since the expansion is being carried out within the premises of the project

proponent, hence there will not be any displacement of people/property/land.

4.9 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RISK

4.9.1 General Safety Measures


There are two Horton spheres each 3000 MT capacity at ZACL plant. It is proposed to replace the

Horton spheres with a single double wall double integrity type atmospheric tank of 5000 MT

capacity & one existing tank will be used as a standby. Thus, there will be no increase in total

storage capacity.

Horton sphere is semi-refrigerated type storage in which liquid ammonia is stored at about 5

kg/cm2g pressure and 10C temperature. Atmospheric tank is fully refrigerated type storage in

which liquid ammonia is stored close to atmospheric pressure at (-)33 C temperature.

In case of release of liquid ammonia by leak from atmospheric tank there will be very little

flashing of vapor. The dispersion will be mainly due to vaporization of liquid ammonia falling on

the ground close to the tank. In contrast, release of liquid ammonia under pressure by leak from

Horton sphere will cause much flashing of vapor due to depressurization and formation of liquid

droplets which will be carried over in the air. This will result in ammonia vapor dispersion over

long distance.

In the double wall double integrity tank, the inner tank and outer tank each can contain the liquid

ammonia inventory safely. Therefore In comparison to horton sphere, the likelihood of failure of

double wall double integrity tank is negligible. According to the best industry practice, double wall

double integrity tank has proven to be the safest mode of storage of liquid ammonia.

Based on the above factors, it is concluded that double wall double integrity type atmospheric

tank of 5000 MT capacity will result in considerable reduction of risk and enhancement of safety.

General Safety Measures

Requisite personnel protective equipment shall be provided to the workers. Instruction/Notice

to wear the same will be displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the same while at work;

Provision of water shower with Eye washer and display of Notice accordingly;

MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will available at Office and responsible persons;

Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be kept ready at the site Booklet on

“Disclosure of Information on Hazardous Chemicals to the workers” will be prepared and

educated them;

Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid;

Prohibition on eating or drinking at work-area;

Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended and provision of urgent

cleaning;

Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any dust/ chemicals

fumes/ vapors and keep with in below permissible limit;


LTD.




CH-4: ANTICIPATED


MITIGATION MEASURES


Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the workers

also;

Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately;

Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site;

Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation;

Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed;

Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places;

Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers/operatives, supervisors;

Work permit systems will be strictly followed;

Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental matters/issues

will be discussed in the meeting and enlighten the participants in these respect.

4.9.2 Mitigation Measures

As per ZACL policy periodic medical checkup would be carried out in two stages which

include clinical examination and laboratory test if required;

During site preparation proper care would be taken by ZACL, proper PPE will be provided to

site workers and staff members;

Appropriate personnel protective clothing of nitrile rubber viton, barricade, chemrel, teflon,

polyvinyl alcohol will be wear to prevent skin contact;

Safety Goggles will be used to prevent eye contact;

Hand gloves of natural rubber, neoprene and polyvinyl chloride will be used;

Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment;

ZACL will develop and implement a spill management plan to prevent risk of spill which may

cause health problem.

The impact scores on socio-economic environment are likely to be as mentioned in Table 4-17.

The impact scoring of risk and hazards involved due to the proposed project are presented in

Table 4-18.



Table 4-17: Impact Scoring for Socio-Economic Environment

S


O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Le

ga

l

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

1 Project Location

1.1 Selection of Site Densely populated area near project site O & N, P

No 2 2 4 Low Ancillary developments in nearby areas. No Nearby State/ National Highway O & N, P


A Pre-Construction .


material Labor requirement O & N, T No 2 4 (+8) Moderate Employment opportunities for locals No

B Construction

3.B.1 Demolition of unused plant/tank farm Generation of scraps O & N, T

No 3 3 (+9) Moderate

Will send to local recyclers/ Vendors No

3.B.2 Excavation and paving of site Generation of Debris O & N, T

Will be reutilize for refilling or will send it to local contractors

No

Fall in pit, land sliding from sidewalls O & AN, T No 2 2 4 Low Emergency preparedness will be followed No


concrete mixtures, vibrators etc.

Generation of scraps O & N, T No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Will send to local recyclers/ Vendors No

Work force requirement O & N, T No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Employment opportunities for locals No

3.B.4 Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials and equipment

Hiring of vehicles and transport equipment N, T No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Employment opportunities for locals No

Potential damage to roads N, T No 2 2 4 Low Proper precaution will be followed No

C Commissioning

3.C.1



Generation of discarded packing material N, T No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Will send to local recyclers/ Vendors No

4 Project Operation


4.A.1 Packing of finished products Generation of waste torn bags. Solid waste

generation of finished products N, P Yes -- -- -- Significant Will be sent for disposal as per criteria No


4.B.1

Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning &

heat exchanger chemical cleaning

Wastewater generation &

draining of acidic water AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant

Proper Storm water drainage system & regular treatment of effluent will be done

No



Heavy leakage or explosion E, T No 5 1 5 Low Emergency preparedness & safety measures like

double integritywall tank will be provided No

C GT & HRSG

4.C.1 Handling of Lube oil Cotton waste, discarded drums, metal waste N, T Yes -- -- -- Significant Will send to authorized dealers No


5.1 Workforce during operation of plants Workforce requirement for proposed plants N, P No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Employment opportunities for locals No

5.3 Operation of waste water treatment facilities Discharge of treated waste water in

emergency situation AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant


No


season Surface water contamination due to

overflow of storm water drainage line AN, T Yes -- -- -- Significant


No

5.6 Equipment maintenance and washing during

analysis in laboratory Generation of scraps and used spares, etc. N, T No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Will send to local recyclers/ Vendors No



S


O/ N

/ A

N /

E/ T

/ P

Le

ga

l

Impact Scoring

Significance /


EMP


C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11

5.7 Housekeeping and packing/unpacking activities Temporary job creation for such activities N, P No 3 3 (+9) Moderate Employment opportunities for locals No

5.8 Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials Increase in traffic on NH N, P No 2 2 4 Low Traffic Management will be followed No

Table 4-18: Impact Scoring for Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community


Impact Scoring

Basis for Scoring Mitigation Measures Severity, S Probability, P Final Score, S x P

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8

1 Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank Leak 4 2 8

The tank is double wall double integrity type

Installation of ammonia leak detector, remote operated isolation valve, water curtains, water sprinkling

system etc. Catastrophic Rupture 5 1 5




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-5: ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES


5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1 SITE ALTERNATIVE

Four alternative sites were considered along with option at existing site for site selection for the

proposed project.

5.1.1 Alternative Site-1

Village- Shirapur, Taluka- Mohol, District-Solapur

Connectivity

Well connected with road and rail, 3 km from Mumbai Goa Highway (NH-9) & 6 km from

Mohol Railway Station;

JNPT port located at a distance of 315 km is well connected with road network and can be

used to transport raw materials.

Land

Availability of 5.43 hectare land nearby Lokmangal Industries.

Fuel

Shall be arranged from the nearby market.

Steam

The steam required for the granulation would be generated from the new package boiler of 4

MT/hr.

Power

Power requirement of 2 MW (max.) would be obtained from the MAHADISCOM.

Water

Shall be met from the nearby river water source or bore well supply. If not available from the

bore well then alternative arrangement shall be done to bring water from the nearby canal.


Jaigad in Ratnagiri District was considered as an alternative site for the setup of this project.

ZACL has studied various aspects of project requirements & were to proceed further. However

due to the moratorium #J.21011/58/2010-IA-I issued by MoEFCC for the consideration of new

project in Ratnagiri and Sindhudurg districts ZACL has finalized the current existing location &

this site consideration was dropped.


Karwar in Uttar Kannad district was studied by ZACL for the setup of this plant, however due

to the difficulty in raw materials logistics & other issues, the site was not considered.






5.1.4 At Existing Site

Availability of existing facility

The entire fertilizer facility is set up on land area of 1013 acres and required land for the

proposed blending plant is easily available;

The existing fertilizer production facility is in operation since last 38 years. The land is for

industrial use only;

A Captive Power Plant of 7.5 MW, DG Set of capacity 6.05 MW and Electrical sub-stations;

Utilities like Fuel, steam, Laboratory, First aid;

Water Storage;

Workshops;

Truck parking area;

Weigh bridge area;

Manpower including Security;

Workers Rest room;

The Social infrastructure such as Hospitals, Schools, Colleges, Clubs, Shopping area, Post

Office, Banks and township are also there for healthy living of employees.

Connectivity

Very good connectivity to the road and railway network. This makes the site feasible for the

setting up of this project;

Port as presently available for the existing plant;

Owned existing railway siding is available for transportation of finished goods.

Storage

Storage requirement for raw water, raw materials and finished product shall be met from the

existing facilities.

Liquid treatment disposal facility

Well designed and maintained existing Effluent treatment section;

Zero liquid discharge.

Disaster management Centre & Risk controls

Disaster management Centre nearby proposed project;

Fire-fighting systems at existing site;

Fire hydrant network etc.

Habitants

Not surrounded by human settlements;

This Project does not require R&R since there is no inhabitant on site.

Others

Customized Fertilizer Project

Even though it is possible to locate such a facility outside ZACL Complex in Goa, or for that matter

outside Goa, the unique opportunity to source all of the Utilities and most of the Raw Materials






from within the existing Factory emerged as the ideal fit to locate this Facility. Thus ZACL Complex

was selected.


As both Imported as well Captive Ammonia has to be Stored and Handled within the Factory, this

Installation has to be in the vicinity of the Ammonia-Urea Plants as well as the Ammonia Tanker

Unloading Station. With the demolition of the erstwhile Naphtha Storage Tank Farm, sufficient

Area is available to locate the Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank.

Cogeneration Plant (GT + HRSG)

As the Power and Steam Generated in the Cogeneration Plant is primarily consumed in the

Ammonia and Urea Plants, this facility has to be located in the vicinity of these manufacturing

facilities. Accordingly, with the demolition of the Naphtha HDS Section as well as demolition of the

mothballed Argon Recovery Unit, sufficient and appropriate location has been identified for the

Cogeneration Facility.

Urea Granulation Facility

Due to the rigid requirement of shortest possible piping route to be adopted for the Urea Melt

going to the Granulation Unit as well as shortest distance possible for conveying the Urea Prill

Seed material became necessary, the Urea Granulation Facility is to be located in the area

available opposite to the Ure Prilling Tower.

5.2 TECHNOLOGY ALTERNATIVES

5.2.1 Customized Fertilizer Project

The alternative technologies available to the adopted technology of Steam Granulation are:

1. Bulk Blending;

2. Slurry Granulation;

Please see Figure 5-1 the Financial Assessment/ Comparison (Cost of Production) of the three

competing technologies (as developed by IFDC).

It is very evident that the most economical way of production of various grades of NPK Fertilizers

customized to the Soil and Crop needs is undoubtedly the Steam Granulation Technology. Besides

the economics factor, in the case of Bulk/Dry Blending process, the Granulometry of the various

solid Raw Materials will have to be necessarily “uniform”. If this is not the case, there is a risk of

segregation/separation of various Raw Materials in Bags/Storage. In the case of Chemical (Slurry

Granulation), due to Stoichiometric (Chemistry) reasons, a variety of NPKs cannot be produced

and only fixed ‘recipes’ are possible. For these reasons, Steam Granulation Process is adopted. The

other technology indicated in the figure viz. Compaction has reliability issues and thus not

considered.






Figure 5-1: Production Cost Comparison of Customized Fertilizer


There are three modes of Liquid Ammonia Storage. They are:

1. Full Pressure Storage;

2. Partially Refrigerated/ Semi-Pressure Storage;

3. Fully Refrigerated Storage (Atmospheric Pressure Storage);

The Full Pressure Storage is not in commercial use anymore. The Semi-Pressure Storage is

practiced in form of Horton Spheres. ZACL, Goa currently has Horton Spheres wherein the

Operating Pressure and Temperature is 4 Kg/cm2g and 4 °C respectively. In the Fully Refrigerated

Storage mode, the Liquid Ammonia is stored at a pressure a few mmWC above the Atmospheric

Pressure. Thus it makes abundance sense to “de-risk” the Ammonia Storage wherein the Storage

Tank does not operate under pressure (unlike Semi-Pressure Storage). Moreover, the “State of

Art” Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tanks are in Double Wall- Double Integrity configuration thus

ensuring Safety. Thus this mode of Ammonia Storage is considered appropriate.

5.2.3 Cogeneration Plant (GT + HRSG)

The CHP (Combined Heat, Power) Facility can be any of the below mentioned configuration:

1. Boilers + Steam Turbine – Rankine Cycle;

2. Gas Turbine + HRSG – Brayton Cycle;






3. Gas Engine + HRSG – Otto Cycle;

The Heat Rate/ Power Generation Efficiency is the following descending order:

Otto Cycle > Brayton Cycle > Rankine Cycle

However, the selection of the most optimal CHP/Cogeneration configuration is solely dependent on

the Heat to Power Ratio. As part of the Integrated Revamp of our Ammonia-Urea-SGP Facility, the

endeavour has been to maximize the replacement of “inefficient” Condensing Turbines with

Electric Motors. Thus the Heat to Power Ratio requirements imposed by the Integrated Revamp

tilts the balance in favour of the GT + HRSG configuration of the Cogeneration facility. This

configuration also, to very great extent, helps in substantially reduce the Water Consumption in

the entire factory complex. Thus the GT + HRSG Cogeneration Technology has been selected over

the others.

5.2.4 Urea Granulation Facility

The options for Urea Granulation are:

1. Fluid Bed Technology;

2. Rotating Fluid Bed with Spray Nozzles;

The Rotating Fluid Bed (Vortex Granulation) Technology has been selected for the following

reasons:

No necessity of Recycle System (Once through Process);

Lower Energy Consumption;

Possibility to use 96% Urea Solution;

Uniform Product Size Distribution;

Shorter Start-up Time;

Higher Reliability.

Figure 5-2: Rotating Fluid Bed (Vortex Granulation) Technology

Energy Conservation in Ammonia Synthesis for Urea Production and comparison with

Best Technology

Revamp of the Reformer Convection Section Coils to increase the Thermal Efficiency

(reduction in fuel firing);

Retrofit of HTS and LTS Converters with Axial-Radial Basket Concept (reduction in pressure

drop, improved Front-end hydraulics);

Revamp of CO2 Removal System with M/s GV’s Low Energy Process (reduction in CO2

Regeneration Energy and thus reduction in S/C in the Reformer);

Replacement of Process Air Compressor Train with Integrally Geared Compressor driven by

Motor (Higher Polytrophic Efficiency and significantly higher overall system efficiency);






Replacement of Syngas Compressor Train with “State of Art” Compressor and Extraction-

Condensing Drive Turbine (Higher Polytrophic Efficiency and significantly higher overall system

efficiency);

Installation of a new vertical, three catalytical bed Ammonia Synthesis Converter (reduction in

specific energy consumption);

Installation of Synloop Boiler to generate HP Steam and decommissioning of Auxiliary Boiler

(reduction in fuel firing);

Recovery of low grade heat and conversion of the same to Chill which is used for Compressor;

Suction Stream’s Chilling as well as in the Synthesis Loop to substantially debottleneck the

Refrigeration System;

Replacement of Cryogenic PGRU to PRISM Membrane type PGRU (Higher Hydrogen

Recovery);

Installation of MP Process Condensate Stripper Package (reduction in specific energy

consumption and availability of BFW quality Treated Condensate);

Installation of Hydraulic Turbine in the CO2 Removal System ( Generation of Power within the

Plant Battery Limit);

Optimization of Steam Network converting the Ammonia Plant from Net Steam Importer to

Net Steam Exporter (to Urea Plant);

All of the aforementioned interventions are “State of Art”.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-6: ENVIRONMENT MONITORING

PROGRAM


6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1 INTRODUCTION

The regular monitoring of environmental parameters is of immense importance to assess the

status of environment during project operations. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, the

monitoring program will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions

due to operation of the project. This shall enable taking up timely suitable mitigation steps.

Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures

can only be determined by monitoring.

6.2 THE OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING

Main objective of environmental monitoring program is to:

Measure effectiveness of operational procedures;

Confirm statutory and mandatory compliance;

Identify unexpected changes.

6.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMS

Details of Environmental Monitoring Program for air, noise, water, land and ecological and

biodiversity environment are discussed in this section.

6.3.1 Air Environment

Detailed Environmental monitoring program for air environment with budget is given in Table

6-1.

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-6: ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAM


Table 6-1: Environmental Monitoring Program for Air Environment

Objective To identify technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measure for air environment

Benefit of EMP Reduced air pollution and protection of health of workers and local community

Impacting Activity Mitigation

Measures

Implementation and Management

Remark Data Analysis

Measurement

Methodology Frequency Location

Reporting

Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure - (in

Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

– (in Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Customized Blending Plant

Operation of Rotary dryer/ Co-current

dryer

SOP's will be followed during

operation. APC like Cyclone separators, Bag filters and Dilute Acid Scrubbers shall

be provided.

PM, SO2, NOx and NH3 in stack.

Stack monitoring by Isokinetic sampling IS:

11255

Once in three months

Stack attached to Rotary Dryer and Hot Air

Generator

Third Party/ Contractors

Plant Load will be lowered

120 20.74 During operation

phase.

Cost of Cyclone separators, Bag filters and Dilute Acid Scrubbers

to be considered as Capital Cost.

Cost of maintaining the

same & monitoring etc. is to be included in recurring cost.

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & NH3 in Ambient air and

within site premise.

PM10 - Gravimetric IS: 5182 (Part 23) 2006

Online One location within site

(Online Ambient Air Monitoring System)

ZACL PM2.5 - Gravimetric IS:

5182

SO2 - Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part II) 2001

NOx - Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part VI) 2006 Once every month

(Excluding rainy season)

4 locations Third

Party/Contractors NH3 - Indophenol Blue method


Delivery and transfer of ammonia in

ammonia storage tank/ failure of compressor and blowers or poor

insulation.

Emergency plans and OCP will be made

and followed. Dyke wall will be provided.

To carry out regular mock drills at Ammonia

Storage Area.

Manual Operation by following OCP & Emergency Plans

Once in six months Ammonia Storage Area ZACL Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plans to be followed.

-- -- During operation

phase.

To be included in EMP – Risk &

Hazard

Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia

storage.

Emergency plans and OCP will be made

and followed.

GT & HRSG

Fuel firing in Boilers during line charging for HRSG and Gas

turbine.

Dry Low NOx combustors will be provided. Flue gas

Stack with height 30 m will be provided. SOP Manual shall be

followed, training shall be given to

competent person.

SO2, NOx in stack. Stack monitoring by

Isokinetic sampling IS: 11255.


GT/HRSG Stack Third Party/ Contractors



phase.

Cost of APC for GT/HRSG,

system is to be included as

capital cost. Cost of maintaining the same &

monitoring etc. is to be included in recurring cost.

SO2 & NOx in Ambient air and within site premise.

SO2 - Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part II) 2001.



ZACL

NOx - Colorimetric IS: 5182: (Part VI) 2006.

Once every month (Excluding rainy

season) 4 locations

Third Party/Contractors


Operation of Granulation Section

SOP's will be followed during

operation. APC will be provided like scurbbers and

adequate height of 30 m

PM & Ammonia in stack Stack monitoring by

Isokinetic sampling IS: 11255


Urea Granulation Stack Third Party/ Contractors



phase

Cost of APC for Urea Granulation unit, system is to be included as

capital cost. Cost of maintaining the same &

monitoring etc.

PM10, PM2.5 & NH3 in Ambient air and within

site premise

PM10 - Gravimetric IS: 5182 (Part 23) 2006



ZACL PM2.5 - Gravimetric IS:

5182



Objective To identify technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measure for air environment

Benefit of EMP Reduced air pollution and protection of health of workers and local community

Impacting Activity Mitigation

Measures



Measurement


Reporting

Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure - (in

Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

– (in Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

NH3 - Indophenol Blue method

Once every month (Excluding rainy

season) 4 locations

Third Party/Contractors

is to be included in recurring cost

General & Utilities

Vehicular movement for transportation of

materials.

PUCC Certified vehicles will be used. Traffic management

will be ensured.

CO & HC at exhaust. Valid PUCC certified

vehicles will be ensured.

Once in project lifecycle, Case to-

case-if considerable emissions observed during operations

At Exhaust Health & Safety

Department.

Vehicles without PUCC certificates will not be used.

-- -- During

Construction and Operation phase.

Such activity will occur during

development of approach road, site & during

operation phase

Capital Cost (in Lacs) 920 During Commissioning Phase

Recurring Cost (in Lacs) 80.98 During Operation Phase

Total Cost for EMP (in Lacs) 1000.89 --





PROGRAM


6.3.2 Noise Environment

Detailed Environmental monitoring program for noise environment with budget is given in Table

6-2.



Table 6-2: Environmental Monitoring Program for Noise Environment

Objective To ensure that Noise level due to the site preparation, construction of facilities and operation phase is within prescribed norms for industry

Benefit of EMP Reduced Noise pollution

Impacting Activity Mitigation Measures


Remark Data

Analysis

Measurement


Reporting

Schedule/Responsibility Emergency Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure (in

Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring

Cost – (in

Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project Construction

Commissioning

Startup activities like operation of equipment for all the

proposed plants (Customized Blending Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT,

HRSG & Urea Granulation Unit)

SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup.

Acoustical Enclosures & Room Acoustical Treatment

will be done

Noise levels ISLM 100 During

Commissioning Within Plant Plant in charge

Regular Maintenance of equipment to be done

-- -- During

Commissioning phase

-

Project Operation


Crushing activities

PPE like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers & in-built acoustical enclosure &

canopy will be done

Noise Levels ISLM 100

Once during month (Hourly reading for 24 hours at each

location)

At Plant Plant in charge & Third

Party/Contractor Regular Maintenance of equipment to be done

5.0 0.5 During

Operation phase

Proper personal protective equipment

to be worn by workers at all times

GT & HRSG

Operation of EBD Valve in Boiler and GT, HRSG of SPG Unit.

Acoustical Enclosures with transmission loss Rating &

axial fans with Insertion Loss Rating will be provided



location)

SPG Unit Plant in charge & Third

Party/Contractor Regular Maintenance of equipment to be done.

100 5.0

During Operation

phase



Operation of Steam Turbine/Gas Turbine & duct bellows

Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss

rating & Ducts to be treated with Acoustical lining from

the inside, with Duct silencers



location)

SPG Unit Plant in charge & Third


During Operation

phase





PPE like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers & in-built acoustical enclosure &

canopy will be done



location)

At Plant Plant in charge & Third


5.0 0.1 During

Operation phase



Capital Cost (in Lacs) 110 During Commissioning phase.

Recurring Cost (in Lacs) 5.6 During operation phase.






PROGRAM


6.3.3 Water Environment

Detailed Environmental monitoring program for water environment with budget is given in Table

6-3.



Table 6-3: Environmental Monitoring Program for Water Quality

Objective To identify technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measure for Water Environment

Benefit of EMP Reduced water pollution load and protection of health of workers and local community



Remark Data

Analysis

Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure (in Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

(in Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project Construction

Commissioning

Startup activities like operation of equipment for

all the proposed plants (Customized Blending Plant,

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank, GT & HRSG,

Urea Granulation Unit)

Properly designed dyke walls will be provided. SOP's, OCP and OEP will be followed during startup. Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will be reused in

process.

Parameters and Methodology will be as mentioned in Table

3-17. During Startup Outlet point

Plant In charge / Third Party

OEP will be followed

-- -- During

operation phase

Effluent will be treated in Existing ETP. Records of

waste water generation will be maintained.

Project Operation


Equipment washing Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will be reused in

process


3-17

During Washing

Outlet point Plant In charge / Third

Party OEP will be followed

-- 1.0 During

operation phase




Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning & heat

exchanger chemical cleaning

Effluent will be treated in ETP & treated water will be reused in

process


3-17

During Startup & Shutdown

Outlet point Plant In charge / Third

Party OEP will be followed

-- 1.0 During

operation phase



GT & HRSG

Operation of SPG Unit Effluent will be diverted to ETP via

properly designed channel


3-17. Daily

Outlet point of SPG Unit

Plant In charge / Third Party


-- 1.0 During

operation phase



General & Utilities

Workforce during operation of plants

Generated Sewage will be treated in STP & will be reused after

treatment

Parameters as mentioned in Table 3-17 and consent

copy. Once a month STP outlet

ETP In charge / Third Party


--

0.5

During operation phase

--

Operation of waste water treatment facilities

Initial rain water will be treated & consumed. Records will be

maintained of treated effluent quality and quantity. Performance evaluation of Effluent Treatments will be carried out on regular basis


3-17. As required

Final Discharge point from ZACL boundary limit

ETP In charge / Third Party

Plant load will be

lowered --


--

Overflow with contaminated water during rainy season

Capital Cost (in Lacs) -- During Commissioning phase.

Recurring Cost (in Lacs) 3.5 During Operation phase.






PROGRAM


6.3.4 Land Environment

Detailed Environmental monitoring program for soil environment with budget is given in Table

6-4.



Table 6-4: Environmental Monitoring and Management Program for Soil Environment

Objective To identify technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measure for soil environment

Benefit of EMP Soil quality will not be adversely impacted by the project




Measurement


Reporting

Schedule/Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure (in Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

(in Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project Commissioning

Startup activities like operation of equipment for

all the proposed plants (Customized Blending

Plant, Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank,

GT & HRSG, Urea Granulation Unit)

Pollution Control Equipment will be provided & Proper handling,

storage facility with dyke wall will be maintained.

Parameters and Methodology will be as mentioned in Table 3-25

As required Adjoining area Plant In charge OEP will be

followed 5.0 --

During Commissioning

phase --

Project Operation


Delivery and transfer of ammonia in ammonia

storage tank. Emergency plans and OCP will be

made and followed. Proper flooring, Dyke wall will be

provided

Parameters and Methodology will be as mentioned in Table 3-25

As required Affected area Ammonia Plant In charge OEP will be

followed -- 0.1


Soil Amelioration procedure

should be follow Unforeseen situation damaging ammonia

storage tank.

Capital Cost (in lacs) 5.0 --

Recurring Cost (in lacs) 0.1 During operation phase

Total Cost for EMP (in lacs) 5.1 --





PROGRAM



Environment Management and Monitoring program for Ecological and Biodiversity environment is

given in Table 6-5 includes maintenance of green belt area in more than 33% of project area.



Table 6-5: Environmental Management Program for Ecological and Biodiversity Environment

Objective To identify technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measure for ecology and biodiversity around project site

Benefit of EMP Ecology and Biodiversity will be beneficiated by developing green belt in and around project site and maintaining existing green belt.




Measurement


Reporting Schedule/

Responsibility

Emergency

Procedure

Budget for

Mitigation

Measure (in Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring Cost

(in Lacs)

Procurement

Schedule

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12

Project Operation


Operation of Rotary dryer/ Co-current dryer


Inspection of system/ operation

Manually Once in a month At Plant Site Incharge/ Operator -- -- 0.25 During Operation

Phase

Existing more than 33% Green

Belt.

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage

Tank

Plant Shutdown and Start up, Floor cleaning

& heat exchanger chemical cleaning

Proper storm water drainage line & treatment system will be provided, reuse of treated waste water will be

highly recommended


Manually As required At Plant Site Incharge/ Operator -- -- 0.25 During Operation

Phase --

GT & HRSG

Fuel firing in Boilers during line charging for HRSG and Gas turbine & huge quantity of gas

combustion




Phase --



Adequate Stack height with Pollution Control Equipment will be provided. Existing greenbelt will be maintaied



Phase --

Capital Cost (in Lacs) -- During Commissioning phase.

Recurring Cost (in Lacs) 1.0 During operation phase.






PROGRAM


6.4 PROJECTED EXPENDITURE ON ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Total cost for the proposed project is ~ INR 788.60 Crore. Expenditure to be incurred by ZACL on

environmental matters are tabulated in Table 6-6.

Table 6-6: Expenditure on Environmental Matters

S

No. Head

Approximate

Capital cost

(INR in

Lacs)

Approximate

Recurring

cost per

Annum (INR

in Lacs)

Basis for Cost Estimates

1 Air Pollution Monitoring

920 80.98

Capital cost: Cost of air pollution control equipment for all the proposed plants.

Recurring cost: Annual Cost for repairs/maintenance of all air pollution control

equipment. Annual Cost of monitoring of ambient air environment at the project site season wise for parameters or as per CCA at different 4 locations in every month except monsoon & stack monitoring once in three months by hiring of consultants and payment of various statutory fees to regulatory

agencies.

2 Noise

Pollution Control

110 5.6

Capital cost: Installation of acoustic enclosures by technology provided. Cost of sound level meter

Recurring cost: Monitoring cost of regular Noise measurements.

3 Water

Pollution Control

-- 3.5 Recurring cost: Monitoring cost of effluent and

waste water.

4 Soil Pollution

Control 5.0 0.1

Capital cost: Proper flooring & Dyke wall construction.

Recurring cost: Maintenance cost & Monitoring cost

5 Green Belt -- 1.0 Recurring cost: Maintenance of existing green belt

Total 1,035 91.1

In Crore 10.35 0.91

It is expected that ZACL shall incur approximate capital expenditure of about INR 10.35 Crore and

an annual recurring expenditure of about INR 0.91 Crore, at current price on environmental

matters.

Environmental Monitoring Program can be summarized and tabulated as shown in Table 6-7.

Table 6-7: Summary of Environmental Monitoring Program

S No. Activity Schedule/Frequency

C1 C2 C3

Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, SO2, NOx, NH3 from time to time within the

site area. Online AAQM within site.

2 Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, SO2, NOx, NH3 from time to time at nearby

project area.

Once every month (except monsoon) at 4 locations by authorized third party

3 Stack monitoring as given in air consent from

time to time

Once in 3 month for all stacks by authorized third party. Other monitoring schedule as per

Table 6-1, Column C5.





PROGRAM



C1 C2 C3

4 Workplace monitoring Once in 3 months by authorized third party.

Noise Pollution Monitoring

5 Workplace monitoring Once during month (Hourly reading for 24 hours

at each location)

Water Pollution Monitoring

6 Monitoring of water consumed in various

activities from raw water intake and waste water generated from various areas of plants

Parameters like pH and flow will be monitored continuous

7

Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP & STP plants for the principal parameters

(such as pH, COD, BOD, SS, TDS, color, Ammonical nitrogen) as specified by GSPCB in

their water consent from time to time.

Daily

8 Monitoring of other specific parameters as per

GSPCB consent conditions. Weekly

Soil Pollution Monitoring

9 Soil Monitoring within Site As required

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping

10 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste from process and ETP/STP and preparation of

compilation of records of daily generation. Quarterly

11 Records of daily generation of Solid /

Hazardous Waste. As required

12 Record of treatment, storage and dispatch, transportation of solid / hazardous waste to

recyclers, re-processors, etc. As required

Environmental Statement

13 Environmental statement under the EP (Act),

1986. Once a year




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES


7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

7.1.1 Introduction

ZACL propose to implement a modernization project for revamping of liquid ammonia storage by

replacement of the existing Horton spheres by a double wall type atmospheric pressure storage

tank with superior safety features.

7.1.2 Scope & Methodology

Scope of this Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) study of 1X5000 MT capacity is to assess the

risk due to the proposed double wall type atmospheric pressure ammonia tank in place of existing

Horton spheres have capacity of 2X 3000 MT (One will be used as stand by) and suggest

measures to reduce the risk to levels as low as reasonably practicable.

This QRA study is carried out using the renowned DNV Phast Risk (also known as Safeti) software

package.

Risk due to a hazard is measured by considering severity level of the consequence as well as

likelihood of its occurrence. The general criteria for risk acceptance are as follows:

Individual risk exceeding 1 x 10(-)4 per year is not tolerable;

Individual risk below 1 x 10(-)6 per year is broadly acceptable;

Individual risk between the above two levels is tolerable if it is demonstrated to be as low as

reasonably practicable (ALARP).

7.1.3 Facility Description

The details of liquid ammonia storage are summarized in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1: Details of Existing and Proposed Liquid Ammonia Tanks

Description No. of Tanks &

Capacity of Each (MT)

Total Capacity

(MT)

Temperature

(C)

Pressure

(kg/cm2g)

Existing

Horton Spheres 2 x 3,000 (1 no. Working

and 1 no. Stand-by) 6,000 5 4

Proposed

Double Wall Type Atmospheric Pressure Tank

1 x 5,000 5,000 (-)33 450- 900 mm WCg

7.1.4 Details of Proposed Atmospheric Pressure Liquid Ammonia Storage

Liquid Ammonia received from road tankers & from Ammonia Plant will be stored in an


Ammonia excluding vapor space. The outer tank is designed for full containment of vapors and

liquid in the event of failure of inner tank.

The tank is equipped with two pressure relief valves to safeguard against overpressure. (Isolation

valves will be provided with suitable mechanical interlock).

The tank shall rest on elevated foundation. Tank pressure is maintained between 450-900 mm

WCg and adequate alarms and interlocks are provided to safeguard the tank against pressure

excursions on either side of the operating range.







Liquid Ammonia, at a maximum rate of 90 MT/hr, is received from the tanker unloading line

through a 8” line and at a rate of 45 MT/hr through 6” line from existing Ammonia plant line with

suitable tapping taken at Battery limit (B/L) near the tank. Vapors from flashing and boil off are

withdrawn by two Ammonia Refrigeration Screw Compressors. The gas is compressed and

condensed in water cooled condensers and sent to the Ammonia Receiver.

Liquid is withdrawn from the Receiver under level control. A part of this liquid is flashed in the

Economizer, which operates at a pressure of approximately 1.5 Kg/cm2g. Flashed Ammonia vapors

at about -15°C are admitted into the Economizer port of the Screw Compressors. The balance

liquid Ammonia from the Receiver gets cooled to about – 10°C in the Economizer by the resultant

chill from the above described flashing and is returned back to the storage tank.


Liquid ammonia from tank will be transferred at the rate of 46 m3/h to NPK A/B plants by using

the ammonia transfer pumps and existing ammonia preheater.

Flare System

A Hot Flare system shall be provided for the Ammonia tank (for emergency purposes). Thermal

relief valves are provided in sections of pipelines where liquid Ammonia can get blocked in.

Site map showing location of the existing Horton spheres and proposed atmospheric pressure tank

is presented in Figure 7-1.

Figure 7-1: Site Map Showing Existing and Proposed Liquid Ammonia Tanks

7.1.5 Input Data for QRA

Weather data

Weather data for site used in risk analysis is listed in Table 7-2.

Table 7-2: Weather Data for Goa

Month Temperature (C) Relative Humidity (%)

January 31.2 21.5 69 61

Existing Horton

Spheres

Proposed Atmospheric

Pressure Ammonia

Tank






Month Temperature (C) Relative Humidity (%)

February 30.7 22.2 72 65

March 31.5 24.3 75 69

April 32.4 26.3 74 70

May 32.6 26.9 75 72

June 30.2 24.9 86 83

July 28.9 24.2 86 86

August 28.6 24.1 89 86

September 29.5 24.1 87 83

October 31.4 24.5 80 76

November 32.7 23.5 66 65

December 32.4 22.5 63 61

Wind rose diagram showing annual distribution of wind direction and wind velocity is shown in

Figure 3-2, Chapter 3.

Generic Failure Rate Data

This QRA study is based on generic failure rate data as available in the following publications.

OGP Risk Assessment Data Directory Report No. 434-3: Storage Incident Frequencies published by

International Association of Oil & Gas Producers.

Guidelines for Quantitative Risk Assessment “Purple Book” – Doc. No. CPR 18E.

The input data for QRA including the estimated failure rates is shown in Table 7-3.

Table 7-3: Failure case data for QRA

S.

No. Description Leak Size

Material

& Phase

Temperature

(C)

Pressure

(kg/cm2g)

Leak

Frequency

(per year)

A Existing Horton Spheres for Ammonia Storage (2 Nos.)

1 Ammonia

Tank failure Catastrophic

Failure Liquid

Ammonia 5 4

1.0E-06 (each tank)

2 Liquid outlet pipe failure

Line Rupture Liquid

Ammonia 5

4 (+ Liquid head in tank)

1.0E-05 (each tank)

B Proposed Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank (1 No.)

1 Ammonia

Tank failure Catastrophic

Failure Liquid

Ammonia (-)33 450-900 mm WCg 2.5E-08

2 Liquid outlet pipe failure

Line Rupture Liquid

Ammonia (-)33

400 mm WG (+ Liquid head in tank)

1.0E-05

Note: 1.0E-06 per year denotes 1.0 x 10(-)6 per year

7.1.6 Study Results

Consequence Analysis Results

Results of consequence analysis by Phast software for leak from 100 mm diameter hole are

summarized in Table 7-4.






Table 7-4: Consequence Analysis Results

Description

Down Wind Distance (Meters)

Weather 2 m/s; E 3 m/s; D 5 m/s; D

Parameter

Horton Sphere:

Liquid ammonia leak – 100 mm size

IDLH: 300 ppm ammonia 4439 3101 2709

ERPG-3: 750 ppm ammonia 1959 1629 1424

Atmospheric Pressure Tank:

Liquid ammonia leak – 100 mm size

IDLH: 300 ppm ammonia 1705 890 753

ERPG-3: 750 ppm ammonia 860 422 380

It is seen that the downwind distances for toxic dispersion of ammonia in case of leak are much

less in case of atmospheric ammonia tank compared to Horton sphere.

Horton sphere is semi-refrigerated type storage in which liquid ammonia is stored at about 4

kg/cm2g pressure and 5C temperature. Release of liquid ammonia under pressure by leak from

Horton sphere will cause much flashing of vapor due to depressurization and formation of liquid

droplets which will be carried over in the air. This will result in ammonia vapor dispersion over

long distance.

In contrast atmospheric tank is fully refrigerated type storage in which liquid ammonia is stored

close to atmospheric pressure at (-)33C temperature. In case of release of liquid ammonia by

leak from atmospheric tank there will be very little flashing of vapor. The dispersion will be mainly

due to vaporization of liquid ammonia falling on the ground close to the tank.

QRA Results

Results of QRA are presented in the form of iso-risk contours for individual risk.

The iso-risk contours for location-specific individual risk due to the two horton spheres in the

existing facility are shown in Figure 7-2.

Figure 7-2: Is-Risk Contours – Existing Horton Spheres (2 Nos.)

1E-06/year






The location-specific individual risk at eastern boundary of the plant near the Horton Sphere area

is found to be 3E-06 per year.

The iso-risk contours for location-specific individual risk due to the proposed atmospheric ammonia

tank are shown in Figure 7-3.

Figure 7-3: Is-Risk Contours – Proposed Atmospheric Ammonia Tank (1 No.)

The location-specific individual risk at the plant boundary near the proposed atmospheric ammonia

tank area is found to be within 1E-07 per year.

Conclusions

The conclusions of QRA study for ammonia storage at ZACL, Goa comparing the existing Horton

spheres and proposed double wall double integrity type atmospheric tank are as follows.


ammonia inventory safely. Therefore In comparison to Horton sphere, the likelihood of failure of

double wall double integrity tank is negligible. According to the best industry practice, double wall

double integrity tank has proven to be the safest mode of storage of liquid ammonia.

Results of QRA clearly indicate that the individual risk at plant boundary is very much reduced by

replacing the Horton spheres by atmospheric ammonia storage tanks.

Individual risk at plant boundary in case of Horton spheres: 3E-06 per year

Individual risk at plant boundary due to atmospheric tank: 1E-07 per year

Based on the above factors, it is concluded that replacement of the two Horton spheres each 3000

MT capacity with one double wall double integrity type atmospheric tank of 5000 MT capacity will

result in considerable reduction of risk and enhancement of safety. This also conforms to the best

industry practice for liquid ammonia storage.

Recommendations

While implementing the installation of double wall double integrity type atmospheric ammonia tank

the following points need attention.

1E-07/year

1E-06/year






1. Liquid ammonia product stored in the atmospheric ammonia tank should contain not less than

0.2% water to prevent stress corrosion cracking in low temperature carbon steel (LTCS)

plates of the tank.

2. Proper quality assurance/ quality control programme including positive material identification

(PMI) should be followed to ensure that only the material (plates, pipes, fittings, welding etc.)

conforming to the specifications are installed.

3. Safety instrumented system with adequate reliability/ redundancy should be provided for tank

overfill and overpressure protection based on safety integrity level (SIL) analysis.

4. While commissioning the tank due care should be taken for removal of air from the system by

purging with adequate quantity of nitrogen to prevent stress corrosion cracking due to

presence of oxygen.

7.2 ONSITE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PLAN

Name and Address of the Person Furnishing the Information

Particulars Telephone nos.

Office Residence

Factory Manager

Mr. Ranjit Singh Chugh

Chief Manufacturing Officer Zurinagar, Goa- 403726

0832 2592418 0832 2592501

In charge Fire & Safety

Mr. G. S. Lotlikar

Chief Manager-Fire & Safety Zuarinagar, Goa- 403726

0832-2592549 0832-2592537

In charge of Occupational Health

Dr. A.G. Vaidya

Deputy General Manager-Medical Zuarinagar, Goa- 403726

0832-2592602 0832-2592517

Contact nos. In case of any emergency

FIRE STATION: 3992101, 3992622 SECURITY : 3992100, 3992603

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH CENTRE : 3992102 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE : 3992111, 8805060002

7.2.1 Introduction

Disaster is a major emergency which has the potential to cause serious injury or loss of life and /

or which tends to cause disruption inside or outside the works and requires the use of outside

resources. The emergency is termed "on-site" when it confines itself within the factory even

though it may require external help and "off-site" when the emergency extends outside the factory

premises. It is to be understood that if emergency occurs inside the plant and could not be

controlled, it may lead to an "off-site emergency". It is imperative that plant emergencies like fire,

explosions are by nature fast acting and the control system would normally be of prevention from

spreading, rescue and relief work. The planning for emergency will thus incorporate resources and

action for concentrating on evacuation, containment and relief work. On the other hand in case of

disaster due to toxic gases, the measures will be on long-term basis and will depend upon the

distance and weather condition. We have adopted an "ON-SITE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT

PLAN" to instill confidence in employees and public to tackle any situation that may arise.






The plan complies with the legal responsibility of the Occupier of the Factory as per Section-41B

(4), 1948 and Rule 13 of the Goa Control of Industrial Major Accident Rules, 1991 and also under

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 (MSIHC). It also complies

with the elements of the On-site Emergency Plan suggested in the Guidelines on the Chemical

(industrial) Disasters issued in May 2007 by National Disaster Management Authority, set up under

the Disaster Management Act, 2005.

The recommendations made by National Disaster Management Authority during mock drill

conducted on November 13, 2009 have also been implemented in this revision.

7.2.2 Key Personnel and their responsibilities

The Emergency Management Plan spells the transition from normal operation to emergency

operations and effective delegation of the authority from operations personnel to emergency

response personnel. An emergency response organization has been identified with appropriate

lines of authority and how the response management will take over. Each responder’s position in

the emergency organization, line of reporting, responsibilities and duties have been identified and

clearly defined.

7.2.3 Concept of Emergency Response Operation

During any emergency in the factory, the effectiveness of the plan depends upon how fast and

effective is the communication system among the responders and the other agencies involved in

handling emergency.

We have developed a communication system for 24-hour notification of the first responders and

other coordinators who will provide necessary direction and control. An “alternate” person is also

identified for each key position of the designated authority. The plan also includes a list of

alternate personnel for each emergency response and their contact number.

A procedure of a call to one person/agency who in turn calls one or more key individuals during

emergency is used so that all the levels in the organization are communicated.

7.2.4 Emergency organization

Command and control of an emergency condition encompasses the key management functions

necessary to ensure the health and safety of workers, as well as community living in the vicinity,.

In addition, the implementation of an Emergency Response Plan relies on a number of response

functions, which deals with different aspects of the emergency, with the most important ones

being:

Communication and coordination between coordinators;

Emergency Control system at Incident site & Emergency Control Centre;

Firefighting and Rescue;

Medical Services;

Security & traffic control;

Liaison with Govt. as well as external support agencies;

Administration (Transport, welfare).






Figure 7-4: Emergency Management Organization

7.2.5 List of Key Persons

S.

No. Role Location

1. Overall in charge: (Chief Manufacturing Officer )

Alternate –CGM-CS /CGM-O ECC

2 Chief Coordinator :Chief GM-Operations/GM-Manufacturing

Alternate –DGM-Concerned Plant Site

3. Maintenance Coordinator: DGM-Maintenance & Civil

Alternate – SM-Mechanical (Nitrogen) Site

4. Environment & Technical Coordinator: Head-Projects & TS

Alternate –CM-TS/ Dy.GM.-Prod (unaffected) Site

5. Medical Coordinator: SM-Medical

Alternate – Nurse on duty Health Centre

6. Site Coordinator: DGM- concerned Plant

Alternate – CM-concerned Plant Site

7.

Fire & Safety Coordinator: CM-Fire & Safety

Alternate – M-FS

One of the Officer from F&S will report to ECC depending upon availability.

Site/ECC

8. Security Coordinator: CM-HR&S

Alternate – Manager-Security (NISA) Site






9. Welfare Coordinator : Manager-HR

Alternate : SM-CSR&PR ECC

10. Communication Coordinator: Sr. Manager-PH

Alternate: Manager-Stores ECC

11. Incident Controller*: CM/SM/Mgr (concerned Plant)

Alternate – In charge (Concerned Plant) Site

12.

Other Key personnel’s

DGM’s from Unaffected Plants

& CM’S from Unaffected Plants

DGM’s - ECC;

CM’s - as per the instructions from Chief Coordinator

* In charge of the concerned plant, shall rush to the site along with his team and take charge till

arrival of Site Coordinator. (Concerned Plant DGM).

7.2.6 Duties and responsibilities of key personnel

Overall In-charge

The Overall-in-charge has an overall responsibility for directing operations and calling outside help.

Chief Manufacturing Officer (CMO) will take charge as Overall in-Charge. During his absence, Chief

General Manager-CS (CGM-CS) /Chief General Manager-Operations (CGM-O)or will act as Overall

In-Charge. He will decide upon the activation of Emergency Control Centre (ECC) depending upon

the prevailing wind direction. If required, he can activate the Mobile Emergency Control Centre.

The ECC is allocated next to Fire Station while alternate ECC is located at DAP gate. Overall in-

Charge will rush to ECC and perform roles/responsibilities as under.

1. Continually review and assess existing & possible developments to determine the most

probable course of events and effective methods to deal with them;

2. Ensure that casualties are receiving adequate attention;

3. Decide in consultation with Chief Coordinator & key persons whether an off-site emergency

exists or is likely to take place. If an off-site emergency exists;

o To alert evacuate the public living in the vicinity of the plant;

o Call the outside emergency services;

o Inform district emergency authorities;

o Coordinate with district emergency authorities to mitigate the consequences outside the

factory;

o Coordinate with District Emergency Authorities for evacuation, shelter, rescue &

rehabilitation of general public in the vicinity of affected area.

4. Issue authorized statements to the press or the media;

5. Inform MD regarding the status and action taken;

6. Rehabilitate the affected area after the emergency is over;

7. In case of strike by the plant personnel, identify critical areas of the plant in advance. If

emergency occurs during the strike, following arrangements required to be made in advance;

o Keep the list of technical records needed to run the factory in an emergency and train the

team.

o Keep the records of Personnel (Non-executive) likely to be available during the strike and

keep the same in safe custody.

o Identify the alternate arrangements for meeting any emergency, ie by mutual aid with

other factories, etc.






Chief Coordinator

Chief General Manager-Operations (CGM-O)/General Manager- Manufacturing (GM-M) will act as

Chief Coordinator. Deputy General Manager (DGM)-of the Concerned Plant will act as alternate in

case of absence of CGM-O/GM-M. The senior most available i.e. Plant in charge (Chief

Manager/Sr. Manager) or Shift In-charge for that shift will work as Site Coordinator till the arrival

of seniors in case the emergency occurs after Office hours or on holidays,.

After getting information about the emergency from the shift-in-charge/CM-concerned or on

hearing emergency, he will inform Chief General Manager-Operations who in turn will inform Chief

Manufacturing Officer (CMO). Chief Coordinator will report to the incident site and will operate

from the location nearest to the site.

The responsibilities are as follows:

1. To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether a major emergency exists or it is

likely to convert into a major emergency, requiring external assistance. He will instruct to

sound the coded emergency siren;

2. To exercise direct operational control over the areas other than those affected;

3. To communicate to Asst. Manager–Environment to monitor the environment for toxic gases

and effluent;

4. After assessing the magnitude of the situation, he will decide whether the persons inside the

factory are to be evacuated to pre-identified safe places;

5. To have a constant liaison with the authorized coordinators for ensuring that the casualties

are receiving adequate attention and traffic control movements within the works is well

regulated;

6. To communicate about the emergency to higher ups;

7. To arrange to inform Chief Inspector of Factories, District Collector, Police, Village Sarpanch,

Goa State Pollution Control Board, Fire Brigade, (Vasco-da-Gama) if required through

Communication Coordinator;

8. To arrange for collecting and preservations of evidences to facilitate any enquiry into the

causes and circumstances which cause or escalated the emergency. He shall arrange for the

photographs, video filming, logbooks, operating charts etc.;

9. To make assessment of total no. of casualties, damage incurred to plant, Property and

machinery and damage to environment during emergency;

10. After establishing normalcy from Emergency, Health Centre and other plants, he will authorise

to sound ALL-CLEAR SIREN.

Site Coordinator

Deputy General Manager of the concerned Plant would be Site Coordinator. In his absence Chief

Manager/Sr. Manager of the concerned plant will take charge as Site Coordinator.

1. After getting information about the emergency from the shift-in-charge/CM-concerned or on

hearing emergency he will inform:

o GM-M;

o DGM’s unaffected plant;

o CM’s of other plants reporting to him.

2. He will report to the incident site and take over charge from the shift-in-charge and work

under Chief Coordinator;






3. He will assess the extent of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists or is likely to

develop and also to decide to summon help if so required in consultation with Chief

Coordinator;

4. To take the command of the emergency at site, and co-ordinate all activities to bring situation

under control within shortest possible time. He will coordinate with the concerned Chief

Manager’s regarding shutting down of the plant, if required;

5. To coordinate with Maintenance Coordinator, Fire & Safety Coordinator for the help;

6. To ensure that the emergency is curtailed to cause minimum loss to the persons, machine and

environment;

7. To decide evacuation of plant personnel of the areas likely to be affected;

8. Make sure that all hot jobs have been stopped and assist Manager/Shift-in-charges in

normalizing the emergency.

Maintenance Coordinator

Dy. General Manager-Maintenance & Civil will act as Maintenance Coordinator. In his absence, Sr.

Manager-Mechanical (Nitrogen) will act as Maintenance Coordinator.

1. After getting information from the concerned ECC or Chief Manager/Sr. Manager or on hearing

siren he will inform:

o Sr. Manager’s-Mechanical;

o Sr. Manager-Central Maintenance (Mech);

o Manager-Civil;

o Centralised Shift Office.

2. To rush to the site, assess the situation and facilitate maintenance support to Chief

coordinator, needed to tackle the emergency;

3. To mobilise and coordinate the teams from Maintenance Department for isolation,

disconnection of equipment making bunds, repair activities, to control / mitigate effects of the

emergency;

4. To arrange for isolation of electrical lines (if required), facilitate lighting arrangements at

affected locations, assembly points. Chief Manager-Electrical and his team will assist

Maintenance Coordinator;

5. To arrange earth moving equipments like Cranes etc. (if required) for handling the

emergency;

6. To arrange workshop facilities with adequate manpower (if required);

7. To arrange for emergency procurement of material from local dealers or from other industries,

additional manpower (contract) through Purchase.

Environment and Technical Coordinator

Head- Projects & Technical Services (H-P&TS) will act as Environmental and Technical

Coordinator. His Alternate will be Chief Manager -Technical Services (CM-TS). After General Shift

hours and/or Holidays, one of the Dy. GM- Plant of unaffected plant will take the charge of

Environment and Technical Coordinator in absence of H-P&TS/CM-TS.

After getting information from Emergency Control Centre or on hearing Emergency Siren, he will

inform;

o CM-TS

o CM-Projects

o CM-Inspection

o Stores in charge






1. Rush to the incident site and identify the hazards.

2. Facilitate monitoring/analysis of the area inside and outside the factory premises (if required)

through laboratory in charge and keep Chief Coordinator informed about the results;

3. Remain in touch with the site coordinator and shift-in-charge for taking samples and rendering

help for plant personnel;

4. Inform the concentration of toxic gases to Overall in Charge and Chief coordinator and

Medical Coordinator;

5. Arrange for analysis of liquid effluent discharge from the factory if any;

6. Maintain record of base data and the conditions prevailing during emergency.

Fire & Safety Coordinator

Chief Manager-Fire & Safety (CM-F&S) will act as Fire & Safety Coordinator. In his absence,

Manager-Fire & Safety (M-FS) will act as Safety Coordinator.

After getting information from ECC or on hearing Emergency Siren, he will inform Manager-Fire &

Safety

He will report to the scene of emergency and perform the duties and responsibilities as follows:

1. To take charge of fire fighting responsibility under the guidance of Chief Coordinator;

2. To arrange for additional firefighting equipment/material like hoses, branch pipes, fire

extinguishers, foam compound, fire suits, breathing apparatus etc;

3. To advise Chief Coordinator regarding external help and direct outside fire fighting services

whenever called for;

4. To assist the employees in the rescue operation & use of safety appliances;

5. To brief Chief Coordinator about overall emergency and safety procedures followed during the

emergency.

Security Coordinator

Chief Manager-HR & S (CM-HR&S) will act as Security Coordinator. In his absence, Manager-

Security (NISA) will act as Security Coordinator.

After getting information from Main Gate House or on hearing Emergency Siren, he will inform;

o CGM-CS

o M-HR

1. Rush to the Incident Site and report to Chief Coordinator;

2. Control the traffic movement in and out of the factory. This involves both movements of

vehicles and the persons;

3. Maintain Law and Order and to avoid gathering of personnel at the scene of emergency.

Cordon off the affected area;

4. Provide assistance to Fire & Safety Coordinator for firefighting or for removing the casualties

or supply of safety appliances etc.;

5. Keep liaison with Police;

6. Direct external help from local authorities to respective coordinators;

7. He will be responsible for public announcement of the hazards and action to be taken on

Public Address System;

8. Arrange for vehicles from outside local transport agencies in case of need;

9. Assist Site Coordinator, Medical Coordinator, Fire & Safety Coordinator for the transportation

of victims from the affected area to safe places.






Medical Coordinator

Sr. Manager-Medical (SM-M) will act as Medical Coordinator. In his absence, the Male Nurse on

duty at the Health Centre will act as Medical Coordinator.

On getting information from Health Centre, he will rush to the Health Centre and perform the

duties and responsibilities as follows:

1. Call the trained First Aiders from the unaffected plants/township;

2. Arrange for additional doctor (if required) and ambulances;

3. Have liaison with local medical authorities and hospitals in case the casualties are more and

situation demands treatment from additional Medical Centres;

4. Ensure the up-keep of medical supplies, antidotes for treating victims for burns and hazardous

chemicals;

5. Remain in touch with Overall-In charge and Chief Coordinator for any help required;

6. Liaison with Security Coordinator for the transportation of the injured to the Hospitals.

Communication Coordinator

Sr. Manager-Product Handling (SM-PH) will act as Communication Coordinator. In his absence

Manager-Stores (M-S) will work as Communication Coordinator.

After getting information from ECC or on hearing Emergency Siren, he will rush to Emergency

Control Centre and report to Overall In-charge;

1. Take charge of communication through telephones, messengers, Walkie-talkie sets etc.;

2. Arrange for announcements on public address system and maintain contacts with Canteen,

Main Gate, Control Room, Fire Station etc;

3. Maintain a log of major emergency with timings about the various communications received /

passed from the Emergency Control Centre;

4. Seek help/assistance from the other coordinators reporting to ECC in case of need.

Welfare Coordinator

Manager-HR will act as Welfare Coordinator. In his absence Sr. Manager-CSR & PR will act as

Welfare Coordinator.

After getting information from Security Coordinator or on hearing Emergency Siren, he will inform;

o CGM-HR

o SM- CSR & PR

He will rush to Emergency Control Centre and report to Overall In-charge;

1. Arrange for supply of food and beverages to emergency fighting crew both from inside and

outside agencies as and when required;

2. Arrange for supply of food and other necessary items to injured and affected persons;

3. Intimate about the casualties to the relatives of the injured persons;

4. Keeps record of attendance of emergency fighting crews and exact number of people inside

the factory;

5. Assess the situation in the surrounding areas;

6. Evacuate colony and affected areas and make arrangement for shifting them to alternate safe

places, if required.






7.2.7 Responsibilities of the key persons during emergency

Shift-in-charge (Concerned Plant)

1. Proceed to the emergency site, assess the situation and inform;

o Fire Station /Emergency Control Centre (101, 2622, 111) giving the details, type of

emergency;

o Inform Chief Manager/GM-M.

2. Till the arrival of the designated Chief Coordinator act as Chief Coordinator;

3. Initiate the control operations for controlling the hazards;

4. Do not allow any person to enter the area without required PPE’s;

5. Direct rescue operations with the help of fire, Safety & Security staff;

Civil Coordinator: (Sr. Manager-Civil/Manager -Civil)

1. Rush to the scene of the emergency after getting information from Maintenance Coordinator

or on hearing emergency siren;

2. Mobilize contractors, contract workers and heavy earth moving equipment to carry out civil

jobs like making bunds, closing drains, filling sand bags, excavation as per the requirements

during the emergency;

3. Be available at the incident site and constant in touch with Maintenance Coordinator and Site

Coordinator.

Public Relations Coordinator: (Sr. Manager-CSR & PR)

1. On getting information from Welfare Coordinator or on hearing emergency siren, he will report

to Emergency Control Centre. He will work directly under Overall In-Charge;

2. He will also carry out the role of Welfare Coordinator in absence of M-HR;

3. He will release the authorized information, statements from CMO to the media & Press.

Essential Staff

Plant Technicians and plant staff shall remain in the plant and take the corrective action,

safe shutdown action depending upon the instructions/directions from the concerned sectional

heads and superiors. The maintenance staff of respective plants will be available at the plant

and will work under instructions from shift-in-charge/plant in charge/maintenance in charge;

Trained First Aiders of the respective plant/sections shall reach the incident Site and render

First Aid till assistance from Health Centre arrives and thereafter assist the Medical Team. The

trained first Aiders from non plant areas should report on hearing emergency siren or on call

from Medical coordinator and follow instructions from him;

Trained Fire Fighters of the effected site (including those of service Dept) shall reach the

incident site to help the Fire Fighting and mitigating the emergency. They shall remain at site

to assist the fire fighting and follow the instructions/directions from Fire & Safety Coordinator.

The trained fire fighters from other unaffected plants/sections should get in touch with ECC;

The Security Guards in their respective posts within the factory and at other posts shall not

allow any unauthorized entry or person. They shall properly guide Goa Fire & Emergency

Services, Mutual Aid Group and other external authorities whenever called for to the incident

site. They will keep inform about any abnormal movements/activity to the Security

Coordinator/Main Gate.






7.2.8 Actions by the other persons present

On hearing emergency siren, all the persons who are not a part of response teams would

immediately evacuate their place of work and proceed to the nearest Assembly Point. The

concerned officers will be responsible to evacuate the visitor to the Assembly Point.

Locations of the Assembly Points along with in-charges are as under:

Assembly

Point Location Person Assembling In charge

AP-1 Ammonia/Urea Ammonia/Urea Operation Staff Ammonia Shift

Manager

AP-2 Power Station Power Station Operation Staff Shift Manager

AP-3 Water

Treatment Water Treatment Operation Staff Shift Manager

AP-4 NPK-A Operation staff & Contract Staff Shift Manager

AP-5 NPK-B Operation staff & Contract Staff Shift Manager

AP-6 NPK-A & B

maintenance office

Field maintenance staff of NPK-A & B & contract staff

Manager-Mechanical

AP-7 PH Office Operation Staff & Field maintenance PH/RMH Shift Manager

AP-8 Passage in front of instrument

dept.

Laboratory, Instrument workshop, electrical workshop & mechanical workshop , Stores,

maintenance office staff

Manager-Instruments

AP-9 Near Fire Station Works Office Staff , Tanker crew of furnace oil &

Ammonia, Visitors and Works Canteen Staff ECC coordinator

AP-10 Behind

DAP/Bagging

Phosphoric acid, Sulphuric acid tanker crew, Stacking & unshackling gangs of monsoon shade,

Contract bagging staff & Labour canteen NEHA foreman

AP-11 In front of Jai

Kisaan Bhawan For Administration Staff, SBI staff , drivers and

Adm. Visitors M-HR/SM-P&IR

It is the responsibility of all job in charges to train the personnel including the contract staff

working under him as to how to assemble safely to the designated Assembly Point and to

listen and follow the instructions issued by the in-charges of the Assembly Point;

It is the responsibility of the Sr. Officials to direct the Visitors, service providers to assemble to

the nearest Assembly Point and follow the instructions;

It will be the responsibility of the concerned Assembly Point In-charge to shift the personnel

under his charge to the other Safest Assembly point depending upon the wind direction;

In case any person is suspected to be missing, the Assembly Point in Charge should inform

the Overall In-Charge and Chief Coordinator;

After “ALL CLEAR” siren, all Assembly point in-charges will report to ECC with the list of Roll

Call.

7.2.9 Outside organizations if involved in assisting during On-site Emergency

In case any emergency going out of control and requires any external help, the same will be

decided by the Overall In-Charge in consultation with the Chief Coordinator. The communication to

these external agencies will be made by Communication Coordinator from ECC. Either Chief

Manager-Fire & Safety/Manager-Fire & Safety/Fire & Safety Officer will assist the Communication

Coordinator in this communication.






7.2.10 Statutory bodies and their addresses

S. No. Statutory bodies Telephone Fax

1 Inspectorate of factories & boilers

a. Chief Inspector of Factories & Boilers

Institute of Occupational Safety, Health

& Environment,

Altinho, Panaji-Goa

2227670,

2226181 2226510

b. Inspector of Factories


& Environment,

Altinho, Panaji-Goa

2226181 2226510

c. Inspector of Boilers


& Environment,

Altinho, Panaji-Goa

2226181 2226510

2 Goa State Pollution Control Board

a. Chairman

Goa State Pollution Control Board

Patto Plaza

Panjim-Goa

2438563 2438528

b. Member Secretary

Goa State Pollution Control Board

Patto Plaza

Panjim-Goa

2438563 2438528

3 Dept. of Explosives

a. Chief Controller of Explosives

Dept. of Explosives, C.G.O. Complex

5th Floor, Seminary Hills,

Nagpur-440 006, MAHARASHTRA

(0712) 2510248, 2510579

b. Joint Chief Controller of Explosives

A-1 & A-2 Wing, 5th Floor, C.G.O Complex

CBD, Belapur

Navi Mumbai (MAHARASHTRA) 400 614

(022) 27564941

List of Govt. Officials and their contact details

Designation of

Person

Contact Number

Office Mobile Residence

STATE GOVT. OFFICIALS

Chief Secretary 2419402 - -

Collector-North Goa 2223612 9822123071 2420710

Collector-South Goa 2705333 9423884900 -

Dy. Collector, Mormugao 2512688 9822588399 -

Supdt. of Police-North 2416100 -

Supdt. of Police-South 2732218 - -

Dy. Supdt. of Police-Mormugao 2500222 - -

PI, Verna police Station 2782325 - -

PI, Vasco Police Station 2512304, 2513273 - -

PI, Harbour Police Station 2520740 - -

Director, Goa Fire& Emergency Services 2225500, 2227616 9763717044 2225033






Designation of

Person

Contact Number

Office Mobile Residence

Station Fire Officer, Vasco 2513840 9763717056 -

Station Fire Officer, Verna 2887122 9763717060 -

Asst. Divisional Officer, Margao 2714600, 2715825 9763717052 -

Chief Inspector of Factories & Boilers 2227670, 2226181 9411440008 -

Inspector of Factories 2404876 -

MAJOR HOSPITALS

Goa Medical College 2458700, 2458702 - -

SMRC 2540218, 6691919 - -

MPT Hospital 2512768 - -

Hospicio Hospital 2705754, 2704363 - -

7.2.11 Details of Liaison Arrangement between the Organisations

Mutual aid and response group

Details of liaison arrangement between the mutual aid partners are worked out. Then an

agreement is signed between all the mutual aid partners. The agreement contains all the

procedures like communication, place of reporting, responsibilities and duties during the

emergency. The outside agencies from whom the assistance will be sought are Mormugao Port

Trust, Indian Navy, Goa Shipyard Ltd., Indian Coast Guard.

The mutual aid partners will be made aware of various types of hazards in each plant and the

existing fire fighting system.

Mock drills with mutual aid partners will also be carried out at regular intervals.

S.

No. Name of contact person

Telephone nos.

Office Residence

1. Central Fire Station-MPT 2521300, 2594812 2522690

2. Indian Coast Guard 2520584, 2521051 -

3. Goa Shipyard Ltd. 2512152- 2512156 2540912

4. Duty Staff Officer-Indian Navy 2582200 -

5. Terminal Manager -IOC 2513067, 2512617 2521856

7.2.12 Preliminary Hazard Analysis

Type of Accident, system elements & Hazards

Type of Accident System Elements or Event that can lead

to the Main Hazard Hazard

Ammonia leakage Ammonia Hortonshere

Process area

Transfer line

Ammonia Unloading Station

Toxic release

Fire Hazard

Spillage of Corrosive chemicals

Acid storage: H2SO4, H3PO4

Alkali (NaOH) storage

Process lines

Acid, caustic unloading area

Acid and alkali burns

Acid spills in small,

medium and large

quantities

Spillage and Fire HSD storage

Oil console in process area/compressor

Pool Fire

Fire Hazard






Type of Accident System Elements or Event that can lead

to the Main Hazard Hazard

Empty bag storage area in PH

Chlorine leaks Chlorine tonners

Chlorine pipelines/manifolds

Toxic release

Fire & Explosion Process area

GAIL metering station/terminal

Gas line from GAIL to process plants

Fire/pool fire

Flash fire explosion

VCE

Boiling Liquid Expanding

Vapour Explosion (BLEVE)

Boilers BLEVE

High Pressure Component

Rupture

System Elements/Events that can lead to major accidents, hazard and safety related

components

Ammonia storage handling facility

Existing Horton sphere storage will be converted to Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank (Double

wall, Double Integrity tank) which is more safest technology to store Ammonia.

Chlorine storage and handling area

At ZACL, Chlorine is used in following three locations:

Water Treatment Plant

Cooling Tower-I

Cooling Tower-II

The following are the safety features incorporated:

Chlorine detector is provided to detect ant leak of Chlorine. These detectors generate an

alarm in the Water Treatment Control Room;

Chlorine emergency kit is provided at the Chlorine handling location;

Chlorine Absorption system is also provided which automatically will start on leakage of

Chlorine and will neutralize with NaOH solution;

Self Contained Breathing Apparatus and specialize suits for handling Chlorine are provided at

Chlorine Handling area;

Eye was and Safety Showers are provided;

PPPE’s like Protective clothing, gloves, face shield, goggles, canister gas masks are provided

for the persons handling Chlorine;

The trained technicians/employees are employed.

Boilers

The Boilers are designed and fabricated as per the relevant codes and standards and installed

after due approval from Chief Inspector of factories & Boilers, Goa.

All the boilers are offered to the Annual survey to the Inspector of Boilers;

Boilers have inbuilt Boiler Management System logic for safe and smooth normal operation,

start-up/shutdown;

Logic like conditions of purge ready to start, burner ready to start, tripping on Natural Gas,

tripping on furnace pressure, furnace pressure high, drum level low etc are incorporated in

the BMS logic;






Safety valves are provided at each Boiler drum and Super heater steam line;

Reliable instrumentation, including level gauges & transmitters are provided on each boiler.

HSD storage, Furnace oil Storage (both at power station), transformer areas and Oil

console

Adequate nos. of extinguishers are provided, tested and maintained;

Fire hydrant system is provided near and around the area;

Dykes are provided for HSD and Furnace Oil storage areas;

Manual Call Points are provided;

Sufficient nos. of sand buckets is provided;

The areas are maintained free from combustible materials;

Steam hoses are also provided near oil consoles.

Storage of corrosive liquids like sulphuric & phosphoric acid, caustic lye

Bunds walls/dyke are provided;

Level gauges with indication and alarm is provided;

Eye wash and safety showers are provided near to the storage and handling area;

Manual call points are available;

The floor area is made acid proof;

Caution boards and what to do in case of spill are displayed;

Full protective suits, gumboots, goggles, gloves, face shield are provided to the person

handling corrosive liquids.

Details about the Site

Location of dangerous substances

Ammonia

Ammonia is an intermediate product which is in liquid state and vapor state. Ammonia is used in

the manufacture of Urea and complex fertilizers. Ammonia is fed to the plants through pipelines

and stored in hortonsphere. The ammonia is used/processed and handled in Ammonia plant, Urea

Plant, NPK-A, NPK-B and RMH plants.

Storage: Ammonia is stored in Hortonsphere which is located near Ammonia Plant. One

hortonsphre is always kept stand by

Chlorine

Chlorine is used in the treatment of water at water treatment plant. It is available in the connected

piping and manifold in Water Treatment plant.

Storage: Chlorine tonners are kept in Water Treatment plant under covered storage.

Hydrogen

Hydrogen exists in gaseous intermediate for manufacturing Ammonia. It exists in the process gas

and is not stored.

Carbon Monoxide

Carbon monoxide exists as gaseous intermediate which then gets converted into carbon monoxide

with steam in shift converters and exists in Ammonia Plant.






Phosphoric acid

Phosphoric acid is used as a raw material in NPK-A & NPK-B Plant. It exists in pipelines and

process equipment.

Storage: It is stored in tanks and day tanks in RMH, NPK-A & NPK-B plants.

High Speed Diesel (HSD)

HSD is used as a fuel for initial start up of Boilers, diesel generator is a fuel used for emergency

generator.

Storage: It is stored in tanks located at Power station

Sulphuric acid

Sulphuric acid is used as raw material for production of complex fertilizers and also for water

treatment. It is available in pipelines connected from storage tanks to the process equipment in

NPK-A, NPK-B, Water treatment and Utilities Plants.

Storage: It is stored in tanks located in NPK-A, NPK-B, RMH, Water Treatment and Utilities Plant.

Furnace oil

Furnace oil is used as a fuel in DG, NPK-A and NPK-B plants. It exists in pipelines connected from

day tanks to the boilers and furnaces.

Storage: Furnace oil is stored in storage tanks and day tanks located at Power Station, NPK-A

and NPK-B plants.

Caustic Lye (Sodium hydroxide)

Caustic lye is used for water treatment. It exists in pipelines.

Storage: It is stored in tanks at Water Treatment Plant.

Natural Gas

Natural gas is used as feed material for Ammonia Production and also as fuel in Boilers, and NPK

Plant. It is supplied through a gas pipeline from GAIL Terminal.

7.2.13 Seat of Key Personnel

The location and seat of the Key personnel during normal operations and during emergency is as

follow:

S.

No.

During normal operation During emergency

Designation Location Coordinator Location

1 Chief Manufacturing

Officer Admn. Block/B-Colony

Overall In-charge

Alternate –CGM-CS/ CGM-O ECC

2 CGM-O/GM-M Admn. Block/ Work

Office/B-Colony

Chief Coordinator

Alternate –DGM-Concerned Site

3 DGM-Maintenance &

Civil Maint. Office/ C-Colony

Maintenance Coordinator Alternate –SM-Mech.

Site

4 Head-Projects & TS Works Office /

B-Colony

Environment & Technical Coordinator

Alternate –CM-TS/Dy.GM.-Prod (unaffected)

Site

5 SM-Medical Health Centre

/C-Colony

Medical Coordinator Alternate –Nurse on duty:

Health Centre






S.

No.

During normal operation During emergency

Designation Location Coordinator Location

6 DGM-

concerned Plant

Works Office/

C-Colony

Site Coordinator

Alternate – CM-concerned Plant Site

7 CM-Fire & Safety Work Office/C-Colony Fire & Safety Coordinator

Alternate – M-FS Site/ECC

8 CM-HR&S Admn. Block/ C-Colony Security Coordinator Alternate –

Manager-Security (NISA) Site

9 M-HR Admn. Block/ D-Colony Welfare Coordinator Alternate :

SM-CSR & PR ECC

10 SM-PH (ISM) PH/ C-Colony Communication Coordinator

Alternate: Manager-Stores ECC

11 CM/SM/Mgr (concerned

Plant) Plant

Incident Controller

Alternate – In charge (Concerned Plant)

Site

12 DGM’s from Unaffected

Plants Plant/ C-Colony - ECC

13 CM’S from Unaffected

Plants Plant/ C-Colony - ECC

7.2.14 Emergency Control Centre

Two emergency Control Centres are set up:

Emergency Control Centre. (Alternate control centre at DAP gate). In case both the ECC are

not suitable, a mobile ECC in Emergency Rescue vehicle can also be set up;

Incident control room.

Location of ECC

Fire station is identified as Emergency Control Centre. The Control Centre will be the focal point in

case of emergency from where the overall operation to handle the emergency is directed and

coordinated. In case of adverse wind direction affecting the Emergency Control Centre, Emergency

Rescue Vehicle will be converted into Mobile Emergency Control Centre for this purpose. At all

Emergency Control Centers i.e. Fire Station, DAP gate and Mobile Centre the following information

is available.

Facilities available at ECC

Lay out plan of the complex, indicating all the plants, emergency control centre, roads, escape

routes, health centre, fire station, location of fire water pumps and highlighting hazardous

areas, location of wind socks, ammonia leak detectors;

List of fire fighting and safety equipment;

Population distribution map of surrounding area up to 10 km radius;

Copy of on-site emergency management plan;

List of telephone numbers of key personnel;

List of important telephone numbers like members of mutual aid scheme, fire brigade, police

station, District Collector's office, Chief Inspector's office, etc.;

Self Contained breathing sets (2 nos.), Explosive meter (1 no.), safety torches (2 nos.),

chemical suit (1 no.);

Walkie-talkie sets and Base station (set.);

Office facilities including internal telephones /external (3 nos.), Mobile phone (1 no) chairs,

table, stationary, etc.






Manning of ECC during Emergency

During any emergency, ECC will be manned by the following personnel:

Overall In-Charge and his alternate;

Communication Coordinator and his Alternate;

Welfare Coordinators and his Alternate;

Other Key Personnel like Dy. GM’s of unaffected plant, Public Relation Coordinator.

7.2.15 Description of Hazardous Chemicals at Plant Site

Chemicals (Quantities, Purity and Toxicological data)

Details of Chemicals in process

Hydrogen

Hydrogen is in gaseous intermediate for manufacture of Ammonia. This is produced and is not

stored. It is one of the constituent for manufacturer of Ammonia.

Carbon monoxide

Carbon Monoxide is a gaseous intermediate. This gets converted into CO2 with steam.

Details of Chemicals in storage

S.

No.

Name of

chemical

Toxicity Total Licensed/

Storage

capacity

No of

tanks/

storages

Purity of

chemical

Whether

transformation

could occur

1 Ammonia Toxic 5600 MT 2 99.6-99.8 No

2 Chlorine Toxic 6 Tonners 6 99.9 No

3 Phosphoric acid Corrosive 13264 MT 5 52-54% No

4 Caustic Lye Corrosive 56 MT 2 46% No

5 Sulphuric acid Corrosive 3107 MT 6 98-99% No

6 High speed diesel Flammable 24.8 KL 2 - No

7 Furnace oil Flammable 314 KL 7 100% liquid No

8 Process gases Flammable - - Varies No

Likely Dangers to the Plant

Risk assessment study has been carried out in April 2009 through NEERI, Nagpur with the aim to

estimate the distances likely to be affected in case of Ammonia release and impacts of fire. The

scenarios considered are summarized below with the following assumptions:

Stability Class F with wind speed 2 m/s and for class D with 3 m/s;

IDLH for Ammonia: 300 ppm.

Toxic/pool fire/jet fire/flash fire

TOXIC

1. Ammonia storage tank

Leak size 25 mm diameter

Source strength 0.38 Kg/sec

Toxic cloud

At stability class 2F: distance 261 m

At stability Class 3D: distance=235 m


Leak size 50 mm diameter


Toxic cloud

At stability class 2 F: distance 394 m

At stability Class 3 D:distance=470 m






Pool fire/Jet fire vapour cloud explosion/flash fire

3. Natural gas pipeline

Pressure: 40 Kg/cm2g

Flow rate: 1.65 MSCMD

Leak size 25 mm, Source strength 2.96 kg/sec

Flash fire

At stability class 2F

LFL distance-15.83 m

At stability Class 3D





Leak size 50 mm, Source strength 11.8 kg/sec

Flash fire








Catastrophic rupture, Source strength 86.35 kg/sec

Flash fire






Temp: 4 deg, C

Pressure: 4 kg/cm2g

Capacity 3000 MT

VCE At stability class 2F

bar, damage distance 901.65 m

At stability class 3D,

0.1 bar, distance-893 m


Pressure: 40 kg/cm2g


Leak size: 25 mm





0.1 bar, distance-38.79 m




Leak size: 50 mm

Source strength: 11.8 Kg/sec




0.1 bar, distance-101.18m




Catastrophic rupture




0.1 bar, distance-282.01 m

7.2.16 Natural and Manmade Calamities which can Lead to Emergency Scenerio

Goa exhibits low seismic activity (zone III) and has favourable location on the West Coast where

storms/cyclones are rare and mild. It is pertinent to note that even in Gujarat and Orissa 9

Paradeep), in spite of occurrence of major earthquakes as well as super-cyclones, Ammonia

storage tanks were unaffected and intact.

Incidents having off-site implications can be caused by:

manmade causes like air raids or crashing of aircraft

sabotage

A major emergency can originate from one or a combination of the following events:

Slow isolated fires

Fast spreading fires

Explosions

Bursting of pipelines/high pressure vessels






Other Incidents

Other incidents, which can also result in a off-site emergency are:

Agitation/forced entry by external group of people/vandalism

Bomb explosion

Effects of Stress & Strain cause during Normal Operation

In any industry during the plant operations, deviation from the normal condition is likely to occur

sometimes. These deviations may result in to certain stress and strain either in the equipment or

to controls. The stress and the strain generated so are nothing but the accumulation of the

chemicals/mechanical or electrical energy or a combination of these. This energy if not handled

properly may result in to the occurrence of hazard.

The stress and strain can be caused by corrosion & erosion, vibration and hammering.

Corrosion & Erosion

Ammonia, carbon dioxide, urea carbamate, acids etc. are corrosive in nature and can cause

corrosion to the equipment, vessels, piping’s etc.. Engineering controls have been taken in design

and operation to minimize or nullify the corrosion. For external protection, special paints are used.

Along with the engineering control regular monitoring are done to ascertain the health. The

techniques used are:

External checks if vessels, equipment, piping’s;

Regular monitoring by operations & service dept.;

Non destructive testing methods by our Inspection dept.;

Corrosion coupons are also used in cooling water lines to know the healthiness of heat

exchangers and pipelines;

Residual life assessment.

Vibration

Vibration is another phenomenon which can cause stress and strain during the normal operations

and may cause damage. Some of the reasons can be imbalance of rotating components, defective

support system etc. For critical machinery online vibration monitoring system with alarm and trip

systems have been installed from design stage. The indications are available in control room for

operator guidance. In addition inspection dept conduct regular monitoring and keep history; all

these data are utilized for analysis to know health and take appropriate actions in time to avoid

damages.

Hammering

Hammering is another phenomenon which can cause stress and strain on the structure and

pipeline. This can dislocate the pipes from it’s place and lines get damaged from different

locations. Hammering can be caused due to accumulation of condensate in lines. Adequate

precautions are like steam traps, condensate removal system, vent and drains are provided to

minimize this effect.

Fire and explosion inside the plant and effect if any of fire and explosion outside

Fire and explosions inside the plant can be caused in the systems associated with Natural gas,

process gases in vessels. There may not be any direct effect of fire and explosion outside.

We have adequate in built safety features, monitoring and fire fighting facilities.






7.2.17 Details regarding Warning, Alarm, Safety & Security Systems

Warning, Alarm, Safety & Security System

An audible emergency siren system is provided which can be operated from two locations viz.

from Ammonia Plant and from Fire Station/Emergency Control Centre.

There are 4 sirens located in the entire factory so that the siren is audible as follows:

Above Ammonia Control room

Roof of DG building

Above WTP control room

Above NPK truck loading in Bagging plant

In addition to above “Off-site Siren” is also provided on the DG building which can be sounded

from Emergency Control Centre.

In addition buzzers have been provided in NPK-A, NPK-B and Bagging Control rooms.

The sirens will operate as below:

Onsite Emergency Siren : Wailing sound for two minutes (4 seconds “on” & 2.5 seconds “off”)

Off-site siren : Wailing sound for 2.45 minutes (2.5 seconds “on” and 1 second “off”)

All Clear Siren : A continuous sound for a period of two minutes

Testing : All sirens /buzzers are tested on 1st Monday of every month at 10:30 a.m. from Ammonia Plant as well as from Emergency Control Centre

Safety System

ZACL has a good safety management system and a Fire & Safety Dept with qualified and

dedicated Safety Professionals. Necessary studies like HAZOP, QRA, EIA have been carried out

through reputed organizations like NEERI, EIL. The safety has been taken right from the design

stage. Any changes in the process/modifications are done under Plant Modification procedure

which involves HAZOP, Safety Assessment from Technical and Fire & Safety Dept. All the plants

have well established documented emergency shutdown procedures, safety relief system, early

warning and alarm system, round the clock monitoring of operations, uninterrupted power supply

etc.

All the jobs within and ZACL campus are carried out under a well documented Work Permit and

lock out tag out system. All the personnel including the contract workers have been provided with

PPE’s and action taken against the defaulters. 3 Tier Safety Committees are constituted involving

shop floor employees and meeting are conducted regularly. Safe Operations Committee headed by

MD are held once in 3 months.

For the involvement of contractor’s workers and also safe transportation of raw materials, separate

committees are constituted and action plan is drawn for implementation.

We have a system of reporting Make to Good condition/Near miss/incident/accident. The accidents

are investigated, analyzed and recommendations are implemented. All the accidents are reviewed

by Sr. Management.

The employees as well as the contract staff undergo fire & Safety training programs through

internal as well as through external faculties. Safety promotional activities are conducted to

motivate the staff.






Specialized community awareness programmes are conducted on regular basis in association with

District Administration and Inspectorate of Factories & Boilers, Govt. of Goa. Leaflets on Dos’ and

Don’ts of Ammonia and what to do in case of emergency distributed among the community.

Periodic internal as well as external audits are conducted and review of the same is done for

implementation.

Security System

ZACL factory & other ZACL estate area in Goa, including the ZACL colonies in segregated pockets

are spread safeguarded by of 80 security personnel. Security is provided at all vulnerable points

throughout the complex all round the clock. The main body of security personnel are in 3

categories i.e. guards, head guards & security inspectors. The entry and exit at all gates are

verified by the security and then only allowed. Cameras are provided at the main gate and railway

siding which are monitored by Security Head. Metal detectors are provided at the main gate and

the DAP gate. All the contract staff are physically checked at the entry and exit. The entry of the

employees and regular contract workers is recorded at the entry and exit points. The security has

one four wheeler and two wheelers for carrying out the security job.

Alarm and hazard control plan in line with Disaster Control and hazard control planning, ensuring

the necessary technical and organizational precaution.

Technical Support Services

S. No. Services

1 Toyo Engineering Corporation. Japan

2 Toyo Engineering (India) Ltd., Mumbai

3 Projects Development India Ltd., Sindri

4 Engineers India Ltd, New Delhi

5 National Environmental Engineering Research Institute, Nagpur

6 KLG-TNO, New Delhi

7 Confederation of Indian Industry

8 Tata Consultant Engineers, Mumbai

9 KBR, U.S.A.

10 Thermax

11 UHDE India Ltd.

12 BHPV, Vishakapatnam

13 LIQUE, France

14 Hindustan Dorr Oliver

15 INCRO, Spain

16 BHEL, Tiruchapally

17 TROJKA, Poland

Measuring instruments and control units and servicing of such equipment

Leak detectors have been installed in different plants depending upon the storage and handling of

the hazardous chemical. The types of detectors and their location depends upon probability of the

leak and it’s effect. Most of the detectors are connected to the plant control rooms. Manual Call

point alarms are available at Fire Station. All the detectors are calibrated periodically and checked

for working regularly.






The list of detectors with their type, location and nos. is as below:

S.

No.

Type Location Qty.

Ammonia Plant

1 NG leak detector -%LEL Reformer, combustion chamber 25

2 Ammonia leak detectors -PPM Storage and pump area 15

3 Ammonia leak detectors -PPM Ammonia Unloading 3

4 Smoke detectors compressor house 4

Urea Pant

1 Ammonia leak detectors -PPM Urea Plant - storage and pump area 4

Utilities

1 Ammonia leak detectors -PPM Water Treatment Plant 1

2 NG leak detector -%LEL Power Plant -burner area 5

3 Chlorine leak detector - PPM Pre- treatment in WTP 1

4 Smoke detectors DG room 2

Product Handling Plant

1 Smoke detectors Bag storage area 4

Incident control room will be established as soon as emergency occurs. The control room of the

affected plant will be the incident control room. Site Coordinator will send / receive communication

from this control room to persons concerned.

Telephone nos. of the incident control room shall be immediately conveyed to the Emergency

Control Centre or Alternate Control Centre.

7.2.18 Precautions in designing of the foundations and load bearing parts of the

building

Safety in design of foundations

Foundation of a structure is like the roots of a tree without which the tree cannot stand. Thus, the

Design of Foundation of and Civil Engineering Structure, may it be a simple Residence Building or

a Sky Scraper, is of paramount importance.

Foundations can be broadly classified as Shallow Foundations and Deep Foundations, depending

upon the difference of level between the ground surface and the base of the foundation.

A specific type of Foundation is adopted after undertaking extensive Geo Technical studies to

determine the type of soil and to ascertain the depth at which the hard strata is available.

While designing Foundations the following point should be borne in mind:

It is necessary that a Foundation is so designed that if at all a settlement should occur, then it

will be uniform ie the settlement for all the footings will be more or less the same.

All structures in Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd. have been designed considering a Safe Bearing

Capacity of Soil as 20 tonnes per sq.mts. The foundations of structures in Zuari are resting on

hard lateritic strata.

Safety in design of load bearing parts

Load Bearing structures play a vital role in effective transfer of load to the foundations. As such, it

is of vital importance that they have to be designed properly after working out the loads that will

be transmitted to the various load bearing components of a structure. Correct Engineering






Practices as laid down in the National Building Codes have to be followed at the time of casting /

erection of the load bearing structures.

Some of the most common Load Bearing Structures of any Engineering structures are Beams,

Columns, Slabs, Shear Walls etc.

For enhancing the stability of load bearing Masonry walls, RCC bands are provided at the Plinth

level and below the roof slab level.

It is of paramount importance that a stability check of such load bearing structures is undertaken,

at least once in 5 years, to ascertain the health of the same. In Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd., the

load bearing components of an RCC or Steel structure are tested once in every 5 years by

appointing an approved residual life assessment agency who carries out the inspection work by

using Non Destructive techniques like Rebound Hammer Testing, Visual Inspection etc.

Continuous surveillance of operations

Continuous surveillance of Operation of the process is done through the following online systems:

Continuous monitoring of the necessary process parameters from the centrally located control

room;

Continuous automatic process control from automatic Coordinators;

Continuous monitoring of the process analysis through process analyzers;

Emergency shutdown systems;

Quality control Laboratory.

This system enables the operators who work on shifts to be in complete command of the process

status.

Continuous Monitoring

This is being done by sensing the process parameters through dedicated transmitters, which in

turn send signals to the monitors in the control room. These monitors consist of analog and digital

indicators, recorders, and graphic displays in some plants on DCS (Distributed Control System) or

Data acquisition system, which in essence are Programmable Computers. The signals also are

provided for annunciators, which alarm the operator to the alert and danger levels of the

respective process parameters so that suitable action may be taken to restore back the normal

conditions. The motors and other drives have continuous indications on the panel showing their

status of operation. In some areas/plants there are data acquisition systems, which use computer

displays, showing the active process graphics, trending, and alarm summary displays, all on real

time basis. Also it gives historical trending and archives, which give the data storage for days

together. These computers are capable of giving the shift report and daily reports as desired by

the operational requirement. A large array of data helps in obtaining plant efficiencies, loading

capabilities, desired capacity levels, optimization and other flexibility as required for higher order

data management.

Continuous Automatic Process Control

Process Coordinators with artificial intelligence of pneumatic and electronic origin are used to

automatically control the process parameters under closed loop basis. Accordingly the operator

sets desired set point where the process parameters should be resident. The Coordinator

automatically controls the process parameters to keep the measurements coinciding with the set

point set by the operator. Momentary deviations between set point and measurement valves are

immediately controlled from the control algorithms processed automatically by Coordinators. The

Coordinator commands the actuating element mostly control valve which actuate the process to






maintain it at desired set point. The option of automatic and manual switch is provided in the

control station located in the control room. This control station serves as the man-machine

interface to the operator to decide if the particular parameter needs to be controlled either in

manual or in auto. While in auto the Coordinator takes charge of the parameter to control it

automatically and the manual mode serves the operator to control himself manually should he

desire to do so.

Process Analysis

The online process analysis is done through these analyzers who determine the chemical

compositions of the process. This helps in the basic processing of the intermediary and end

product and indirectly the efficiencies. The sensors for these analysers are strategically located at

different sections of the plant to enable the operator to analyse the process conditions. Alarms in

the monitoring of these analysers alert the operator of its threshold and danger levels so that any

limitations can be maneuvered to correct the process quality.

Emergency Shutdown Systems

To automatically determine the safety of the process equipment and manpower, the automatic

emergency shutdown system has been provided for each plant. The shutdown and safety devices

which consist of trip relays, solenoid valves, relief valves, safety valves, control valves,

programmable logic Coordinator will set and integrate to trip the plant/shutdown automatically or

manually on request, should there be any override of the process parameters, reaching to danger

levels. Every time before starting the plant, this shutdown trip system is tested by simulation to

check the health of the trip device, its response time, set values and its authenticity. The

emergency shutdown system has alarming functions to diagnose the cause of the trip and whether

a safe shutdown has taken place. The components of this system is most of the time duplicated to

provide redundancy and enhanced reliability so that it serves as a watchdog to guard the plant

from abnormal process parameter levels.

Quality Control Laboratory

The Laboratory is well equipped to provide detailed analysis of all the compositions as required by

the process. Its manpower works in rotational shifts round the clock and has a schedule of various

analysis which are to be carried out, offline on periodic time basis. In some plants, there are

facilities of automatic analyzer to analyse the composition of end product of some of the products

manufactured by the Company. Most of the instruments are of the latest microprocessor based

origin having very high fidelity and accuracy. Some of the instruments are gas chromatographs,

spectrophotometers, digital titrators, electronic balances, pH and conductivity monitors etc. Other

forms of analysis through reagents, titrations and dedicated reactions are carried out to determine

and counter-check various compositions. The complete data is logged through computers and

store in its database. The Laboratory operating personnel have fixed scheduled to give the process

data analysis of the respective plants at predetermined times to the plant operators.

Maintenance & Repair Work Procedures according to the Generally Recognised Rules

of Good Engineering Practices

The maintenance work in the continuous chemical process plants at ZACL may be classified under

disciplines namely Civil, Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation.

The maintenance work may be categorised in all the above disciplines as follows:

Day to day minor repair work in the running plants;

Preventive maintenance during the running of the plants;






Preventive Maintenance during plant shutdown;

Plant shutdown repairs;

Replacements of the equipment/machinery due to ageing and obsolescence;

Technical inspection of pipelines, vessels, rotating machines, based on the guidelines of the

standard practice;

Predictive condition based maintenance of various machinery’s;

Redesign and modifications for optimizations and prevention of recurring failures and

downtime;

Procurement of spares and update parts / machinery /equipment / instruments.

Monitoring of all these above activities is being followed through registrations in the computerized

maintenance management system (IMPACT). Also history of all maintenance work carried out,

which was previously maintained in history cards has been updated into IMPACT. The latest

methodology of computerized maintenance work is being used. This computerization helps to

update the data management of all the maintenance work and provides a ready reference guide to

plan the work in advance in an enhanced structured manner. Monitoring of individual equipment

as regards its maintenance is now being trended/recorded to facilitate the logistics towards

determining the health of the equipment.

Maintenance work followed under good engineering practices.

Day to Day Minor Repair Work in the Running Plants

This work is initiated by the operations on daily basis through the formats of work request and

safety permits. Proper isolations of the work area is being done in the presence of operation and

maintenance staff and once the isolations are confirmed by checking through various instruments

such as explosive meters, oxygen meters, CO/CO2/H2 meters etc. Work is being carried out under

the direct supervision of maintenance engineers. Once the work is completed and the units are

tested and found satisfactory to be taken in line/commission, through the same work permit,

maintenance engineers hand over the jobs done to the operation supervisors, who in turn put

back the units in operation.

Preventive Maintenance during the Running of the Plants

Preventive maintenance schedules in the standby equipment and in the equipment/ units/

instruments wherever possible is being carried out on time basis. This also includes LLF methods

(Look-Listen-Feel method) wherein operation staff / maintenance engineers/technicians make

regular rounds to check the leakage, the abnormality of sounds, the heat dissipations, optimum

lubrication oil levels and its make up, external vibrations. They thus obtain the first hand

knowledge of the performance of the plant equipment/instruments/machinery.

Preventive Maintenance during Plant Shutdown

During the shutdown of the plants or annual turnaround, checking the alignment of machinery,

testing and simulation of instrumentation, electrical equipment, periodic replacements of units

such as bearings, bushes etc., internal cleaning and servicing of equipment/machinery,

replacements of worn-out parts well in advance before a breakdown occurs, testing of foundations

of equipment and machines, calibration of instruments, emergency trip devices, checking of the

safety devices such as safety valves, relief valves etc. are the areas which are planned as a

shutdown activity during the plant shutdown. All the moving and rotating parts are being

lubricated, fresh lot of lubrication oils are replenished in order to render a trouble free service till

the next annual turnaround.






Plant Shutdown Repairs

The repair work based on the breakdowns or inspections done during the running condition of the

plants are being carried out during the shutdown in all the disciplines including Civil. Replacement

and repair of refractory of furnaces, repairs of vessels and pipelines, repairs of control valves,

instruments, repair of rotating machines, safety equipment, etc. are few examples where the work

is taken up during shutdowns. The isolation procedure of shutdown jobs during shutdown is the

same as that of the isolation procedure during running of the plant. Job permits are being

renewed in every shift and maintenance as well as operating personnel does monitoring.

Replacements of the equipment/machinery due to ageing and obsolescence

To enable the long term planning so as to keep the plant running for a long time, safeguards

against ageing and obsolescence is of utmost important and this is mostly being planned for

execution during plant shutdowns/ turnarounds. At times, detail engineering to redesign these

modifications is required to incorporate suitable alternatives due to the non-availability of spares,

so as the equipment/machinery is serviceable without sacrificing safety and good engineering

practices.

Technical inspection of pipelines, vessels, rotating machines, based on the guidelines

of standard practice

A separate section is in charge to check/inspect the quality of welding, the vessel internal

leakage’s, equipment internal deterioration, and to monitor the long-term health prospects of the

equipment. All the fresh weld joints are tested/ X-rayed as per the standard procedures.

Recommendations for the type of materials and a constant pursuit to incorporate better materials

are supervised by this section. This work is being carried during the breakdowns or annual

turnaround, or during the running of the plants. Internal testing of the exchangers or peel-off of

vessel linings, or internal material erosions are another areas where this section plans and advises

to other sections for the repair activities if necessary.

Predictive maintenance of various machinery

All rotating machines of different types are undergoing online and off-line predictive monitoring to

determine its performance on continuous basis. This monitoring includes vibration, axial thrust,

eccentricity analysis, check of bearings through shock pulse methods, orbit analysis to determine

the alignment of shafts are some of the areas where the dedicated team under equipment section

is continuously monitoring on off-line basis. All the daily readings are tabulated and computerised

and various trends are drawn to manage the data and provide signals, which can alert the

maintenance and the operation. The on-line predictive monitoring consists of sensors which

continuously monitor the parameters such as vibration, axial thrust displacements etc. and provide

a direct on-line recording. This helps in triggering signals to alert the plant operators and trip the

plants in case of emergencies.

Redesign and Modification for Optimization and Prevention of Recurring Failures and

Downtime

These are the backup services for maintenance which give a continuous feed backs of the latest

developments so that it can be incorporated in the existing system to keep the equipment/

machinery updated with the latest technology. It also helps to eliminate the long-term

shortcomings in the older designs and look for upgrading the plant efficiencies and energy

savings. Its work is of project nature, mostly to be done or hooked up during shutdowns. The job






involves design, detail engineering, procurement, erection/installation and commissioning and is

undertaken by Maintenance Department.

Procurement of spares and updated parts /machinery /equipment /instruments

Planning for the complete maintenance work, its spares, replacements, and redesigns wherever

necessary is a continuous activity, which is being planned in anticipation to the actual maintenance

needs for the plant use.

7.2.19 Emergency Control Procedures

Evacuation Procedure

In case of any emergency, evacuation of the personnel is very essential. We have identified 12

Assembly Points where the personnel have to assemble. All these Assembly Points are in charge of

persons who will be responsible for doing Head count and shifting them to a safer place.

The Welfare Coordinator along with Security coordinator shall be the Key Persons who are in

charge of evacuation. If required, they may take assistance from the other persons reporting to

ECC. For evacuation of the plant personnel, two routes are identified which shall be used

depending upon the wind direction.

Main Gate House

DAP gate (Materials Gate)

List of vehicles which will be made available for transporting people in case evacuation is required

is as follows:

Type of vehicle No. of vehicles Contact No

Buses 5 9850035599, 9765376438

Light motor vehicle 8 9921853500, 9762476107, 9823157833

The company owned cars and personal cars of the employees if required can also be used for

evacuation.

Medical Emergency Procedure

The affected persons will be provided first aid and then transported with available means of

transport to the Health Centre. Once the casualties arrive at Health Centre, Medical Coordinator

will examine and decide upon sending them to the pre-identified hospitals. It is the responsibility

of the Medical Coordinator to inform the Over-all in Charge about the condition of the injured.

Restoration of Normalcy

After confirmation from all the coordinator that the emergency is controlled and in consultation

with the Over-all in Charge, the Chief Coordinator will authorize to sound “ALL CLEAR”.

Once the “ALL CLEAR” is sounded, it is indication that the emergency is over;

All external agencies like District Collector, Inspectorate of Factories & Boilers, and Police will

be informed by the Overall in Charge regarding cessation of the emergency;

Overall in-charge informs to higher up about the end of emergency;

Each plant shall resume to the normal operation after assessing the situation and following

the laid down procedure of plant start-up.






Training and Emergency Drills

Training

All the key persons, the coordinator of the response team and other required persons in the plant

are trained on their role during emergency. The following are the some of the areas where the

persons will be made aware of.

Safe handling of hazardous chemicals;

Procedure to be followed in reporting emergency;

Siren and manual call points;

Usage of fire extinguishers;

Use of different types of PPE’s;

First aid;

Evacuation procedure;

Emergency drills.

The following types of exercises and drills will be conducted.

Wet drills : Once in a month

Full-scale drill : January and December

Plan Review and Updating

The plan will be reviewed and updated.

The shortcoming observed during conduct of table top exercises/ mock drills.

Any change of process, handling of new hazardous chemicals.

Change in coordinator, their contact numbers.

The updating of the plan would be the responsibility of In-charge of Fire & Safety Dept. The

updated Plan would circulated to the concerned after the same is approved by Chief General

Manager-Operations/Chief Manufacturing Officer.

Controlled copies

Each controlled copy of the plan will be serially numbered and then issued to the concerned

person. The details of the same will be documented by in-charge of Fire & Safety. It will be the

responsibility of the concerned person to send back the old copy/pages to Fire & Safety Dept.

7.2.20 Details of Communication Facilities Available during Emergency

Method of Reporting and Declaration of Emergency

Any person noticing a fire, explosion or release of hazardous material should shout 'FIRE’ or ‘HELP’

and attempt to control the incident. He/she should dial 101/111 (Fire Station/ECC) or break the

nearest Manual Call Point, which automatically alerts the fire station, and its nearest location. The

telephone number 101/111 at the Fire Station/ECC is manned round the clock.

He should inform the shift-in-charge of the affected plant, giving the location of incident, brief

description of the emergency. The shift-in-charge should confirm by repeating the message

back to caller to proper communication;

Fires station will then press the bell to call Panel Operator from Weigh Bridge and Fire &

Security Inspector from main gate;






Panel Operator will immediately contact the coordinators and the information will flow as per

the attached communication chart.

The Message must be Clear, Short and should Contain:

Identification of the speaker;

Brief Description of the incident;

Location incident;

Status and seriousness of the situation;

Actions taken;

Immediate assistance required.

Declaration of Emergency

Localized emergency

The emergency situation arising in any section of one particular area which is minor in nature can

be controlled within the affected section itself with the help of in-house resources available at site

and the fire department. such emergencies should be informed to the chief coordinator.

Such an emergency does not have the potential to cause serious injury or damage to

property/environment and the domino effect to the sections of the affected plant or near by

plants/areas.

Major emergency

The emergency which cannot be controlled locally and has the potential to develop into a major

emergency with a potential to cause serious injuries or damage to properly/environment within

the affected area or to the nearby areas should be considered as a major emergency needing

immediate action and this plan would need to be activated. Such emergency situations always

warrant mobilizing the necessary internal and external resources to handle the emergency and

mitigate it’s consequences.

Immediate Actions for Major Emergency

The senior most officer available at the site must immediately inform Chief Coordinator and

ECC about the escalation of emergency;

After receipt of the call, Chief Coordinator will rush to the incident site;

Chief Coordinator after assessing the situation, take appropriate action to control the situation

and if it is beyond his control, informs the Overall In-charge. Chief Coordinator will direct the

Fire & Safety Coordinator to initiate sounding of emergency siren who in turn will ensure

prompt/immediate action for sounding of siren;

Overall In-charge would get in touch with ECC;

The panel operator at ECC would inform GM-M, Health Centre, Main Gate House, CM-F&S,

DGM-M&S, CM-I&E;

Overall In-charge would then rush to ECC;

After assuming the position of Overall In-charge in ECC, he shall contact with other senior

members in the plant.

Procedure for Sounding the Emergency Siren

An emergency alarm switch is installed in the Emergency Control Centre (Fire Station) and also in

Ammonia Plant. The siren can be sounded with the actuation of an “Emergency Alarm Switch”.

Chief Coordinator will direct Fire & Safety Coordinator to initiate sounding of the emergency siren






from the ECC. The siren can also be sounded by the shift-in-charge only in case of an extreme

emergency.

The siren will be operated in the following modes.

Onsite Emergency Siren A wailing sound for two minutes (4 seconds “on” & 2.5 seconds “off”)

Off-site siren A wailing sound for 2.45 minutes (2.5 seconds “on” and 1 second “off”)

All Clear Siren A continuous sound for a period of two minutes

Action by emergency staff

Fire pump operation

We have a good net work of fire hydrant system all throughout the plant. The water pressure is

continuously maintained at 7.5 kg/cm2. Any drop in water pressure, the fire pumps will start

automatically.

Security

On hearing emergency siren or on information, the fire fighting team will report to the

incident site;

Control and monitor the traffic movement;

All hot jobs inside the plant to be stopped.

Trained Fire fighting staff

All the trained fire fighting staff from the non plant areas will report to the Emergency Control

Centre and assist the emergency team, if required.

First Aiders

The certified first aiders belonging to non-plant areas have to proceed to the Health Centre and

assist the medical team, if required.

Other personnel

All the personnel not directly involved in emergency operations should proceed to the designated

Assembly Points, if the same is ordered by the Overall in-charge.

Sequence of Actions after Declaration of Emergency

After declaration of emergency, overall in-charge instructs communication Coordinator to

inform nearby hospitals, Police Station and Mutual Aid Members. Chief Manager-Fire &

Safety/Manager will assist in these operations;

Maintenance team reports to the incident site, if needed;

Overall In-charge will keep contact with Chief Coordinator;

The other plan in-charges occupy their respective plant and follow the instructions from Chief

Coordinator/Overall in Charge;

Overall In-charge in consultation with the Chief Coordinator and other key personnel decides

whether to shutdown the plant.






Other Guidelines

Fire personnel

The fire personnel represent in ECC/Fire Station or other designated person will act as ECC

operator.

ECC operator

To receive all incoming calls;

To inform Health Centre, Chief Manager-Fire & Safety, Main gate house;

To keep record of all incoming calls;

To assist the Communication Coordinator/Overall In-charge in communications.

Communication of Emergency

The emergency will be communicated to all by sounding of Emergency Siren. The Chief

coordinator briefs the Overall In-charge about the status, likelihood to affect other plants. The

mode of communication will be public address system, walkie talkie sets, internal /external

telephones or messengers. The various channels of communication are as below:

External communication

1. If, required key personnel can be contacted by external telephones.

2. Communication to nearby communities

Overall In-charge through GM-HR establishes telephonic contact with the identified key

persons in the neighbouring communities.

3. Communication to local authorities

Overall In-charge will contact local authorities like District Collector, Dy. Collector, Police, Fire

Station, Chief Inspector of Factories & Boilers. through the Communication coordinator.

4. Designated person for interaction with media

Sr. Manager-CSR & PR would be the Company’s authorized spokesperson for interacting with

media (TV channels, newspaper, etc)

5. Procedure for notifying families of the injured person

The responsibility of communicating to the families would be of GM-HR.

6. Centralised reporting office

ECC would be the Centralised Reporting office during the emergency.






Details of Fire Fighting & Other Facilities

The fire protection system at ZACL consists of the following:

Fire water hydrants, water foam monitors with fire pump system;

Long range trolley mounted water foam monitor;

Portable fire extinguishers;

Fire vehicles (2 nos.) – Foam Tender & Water Mist Tender;

Emergency Response Vehicle;

Hydrocarbon/smoke detectors with alarm;

Manual call point system (break glass type).

List of firefighting Equipment & Others

S. No. Equipment Quantity

1 Fire hydrant

Single hydrant 45 nos.

Double hydrants 72 nos.

Fire escape risers 54 nos.

2 Water/foam capacity for fire fighting

Raw Water Pond 9687 M3

Water monitors tank farm area 6 nos.

Foam compound in foam tank 2800 lts.

3 Fire pumps

Diesel engine driven pump : 2 no’s, 410 m3/hr, head 88m

Electrically driven pump : 1 no., 410 m3/hr, head 88m

Jockey Electrically driven pump : 2 no’s, 50 m3/hr, head 88m

4 Smoke /Heat detectors

Ammonia Compressor house 8 no’s

DG Room 2 no’s

Product handling plant 8 no’s

Library 04 no’s

Safety Training Centre 04 no’s

Stores 11 no’s

Works Office 25 no’s

Health Centre 11 no’s

5 Manual Call points 17 no’s

6 Hoses

7.5 m length 2

15 m length 103

7 Fire extinguishers

Dry Chemical powder 5 Kg 20




Foam type 9 liters 55

Carbon dioxide 2 Kg capacity 5

Carbon dioxide 4.5 Kg capacity 61

Carbon dioxide 9 Kg 23







8 Foam tender

Water tender 1 no

Water tank capacity 4000 lts.

Foam capacity 1000 lts.

Pump capacity 3000 lpm @ 7 kg/cm2

DCP 75 Kg (2 no’s)

9 Water Mist Tender 1 no.

Water tank capacity 2000 liters.

DCP vessel capacity 500 Kg.

Pump capacity 150 lpm @ 100 kg/cm2

10 Emergency Rescue vehicle 1 no.

Equipped with various types of items

11 Trailer mounted foam monitor 1 no.

Capacity 4500 lpm

12 Self Contained Breathing Apparatus 44 nos.

13 Chemical suits 14 nos.

14 Dewatering pump 1 no.

Capacity 700 lpm

15 Fire proximity suits 2 nos.

16 Compressor for filling breathing air 1 no.

List of other Safety Equipment


1 Trolley mounted long range breathing apparatus 3 nos.

2 Self contained breathing apparatus

Sets nos. Spare cylinder

45 minutes duration 24 -

30 minutes duration 20 17

3 Air line respirator 8 nos.

4 Canister gas masks

Ammonia 13 no’s

Urea 9 no’s

Utilities 10 no’s

NPK-A 8 no’s

NPK-B 7 no’s

RMH 4 no’s

DAP Gate house 5 no’s

Laboratory 2 no’s

Detecting Instruments

Plant Measuring Components

Ammonia LEL, O2, CO

Urea NH3

Urea O2

NPK-A NH3






Plant Measuring Components

NPK-B LEL, O2

Power Plant LEL, O2

Laboratory LEL, O2, CO

Fire Station LEL, O2

Wind direction indicators

Wind directors have been provided at various locations which are as under:

Old Horton sphere : 1 no.

New Horton sphere : 1 no.

Chlorine handling area : 1 no.

In front of Health Centre : 1 no.

CO2 absorber : 1 no.

RMH office : 1 no.

Details of First AID & Hospital Services Available & It’s Adequacy

Medical Arrangements

On receipt of emergency call ambulance will be immediately sent to the emergency site. First

aiders of the affected plant shall assist the emergency team at the site immediately and

subsequently the medical team at health centre. First aiders of non affected plant may be called to

assist the medical team depending on the number of the casualties. List of trained first aiders is

appended.

Medical officer (in his absence male nurse on duty) will act as medical coordinator. He will guide

the first aiders and the medical team. The Doctor will coordinate with chief coordinator. After

giving the first aid the casualty would be referred to higher medical care centre or detained at

health centre depending on the nature and severity of the trauma.

Health Centre

Occupational health centre situated inside the factory premises operates round the clock with

following facilities:

S. No. Manpower Number

1 Resident Doctor 1

2 Visiting Doctor 1 (Retainer)

3 Nursing Staff 4

4 First Aiders 50

S. No. Equipment Number

1 Ambulance 01

2 Beds 04

3 Oxygen Cylinders 02+02

4 Oxygenators 02

5 Stretchers 04

6 ECG 01

7 Glucometer 01

8 Nebulizer 01

9 Casualty Tables 02






Ambulance

There is an ambulance stationed at health centre round the clock. Whenever there is an

emergency ambulance is sent to the site and with the help of first aiders/rescuers the casualty is

brought to the health centre. If the person is serious he is referred to hospitals after giving first

aid for further management.

List of Emergency Medicines at Health Centre

S.

No. Emergency medicine

S.


S.


1 Inj Atropine. 18 I V Fluids. 35 Tab Vertin.

2 Inj Adrenaline. 19 Inj Tramadol. 36 Tab Valium 2.

3 Inj Rabipur. 20 Inj Calmpose. 37 Tab Trika 0.25.

4 Inj Tetanus Toxoid. 21 Inj Eptoin. 38 Tab Digine.

5 Inj Avil. 22 Inj Dolokind Aqua. 39 Tab Calpol/Crocin.

6 Inj Dexona. 23 Tab Sorbitrate. 40 Tab Lostat.

7 Inj Voveran. 24 Tab Avil. 41 Tab Stamlo.

8 Inj Reglan. 25 Tab Combiflam. 42 Tab Meftal Spas.

9 Inj Phenargan. 26 Tab Diclogesic. 43 Tab Mobizox.

10 Inj Gentamycin. 27 Tab Lasix. 44 Tab Bidanzen Forte.

11 Inj Stemitil. 28 Tab Atenolol 45 Tab Flexon Mr.

12 Inj Lasix. 29 Tab Enam. 46 Eye Wash Cups.

13 Inj Deriphyline. 30 Tab Telmisat. 47 Silverex Cream

14 Inj Betropose. 31 Tab Ecosprin. 48 Ryele’s Tube.

15 Inj Ranitidine. 32 Tab Clopitab. 49 Foley’s Catheter.

16 Inj Cyclopam. 33 Tab Depin. 50 Eye/Ear Drops

17 Inj 25% Dextrose 34 Tab Cardace

Facilities Available

Consultation;

Emergency handling;

Suturing facility;

Medical examination;

Transportation to referral centers.

Multiple Casualties Handling

In the event of a disaster involving multiple casualties, help of nearby hospitals/ doctors and their

paramedical staff would be available. The Company doctor shall arrange such help from the

outside whenever required. The list of such hospitals is given below:

List of Hospitals –Govt & Private

S. No. Name & location Type Beds Phone no.

1 Primary Health Centre, Cansaulim Govt. 12 2754036

2 Primary Health Centre, Cortalim Govt. - 2550274

3 Cottage Hospital, Chicalim Govt. 60 2540864

4 SMRC, Chicalim Private 100 6691919

5 MPT Hospital, Semi Govt. 100 2594931

6 INHS, Jeevanti, Vasco Govt. 79 2501233, 2501022






S. No. Name & location Type Beds Phone no.

7 Talaulikar Hospital, Vasco Private 22 2513456

8 Dr. Kamat Nursing Home, Vasco Private 12 2512354

9 Dr. Pai Hospital, Vasco Private 25 2513641, 2511899

10 Sanjeevani Hospital, Baina Private 39 2510024

11 Raj Tara Hospital, Vasco Private 8 2514883

12 Dr. Mesquita Maternity & Eye Hospital, Vasco Private 14 2513696

11 Vasco Clinic, Vasco Private 11 2513164

12 Goa Medical College Govt. 955 2458700

13 Dr. Parulekar Nursing Home, Baina Private 25 2513672

List of Employees Trained in First AID

S. No. EPR Section Section Tel. no.

1 2339 Sarvesh Karapurkar Utilities Plant 2690

2 2420 Gauresh Arondekar Laboratory 2653

3 2421 Rupesh Kotharkar Laboratory 2653

4 2423 Seby Barreto Utilities 2690

5 2426 Nitesh Nadkarni NPK-B maintenance 2332

6 2447 Hanumant Bykod Ammonia Plant 2670

7 2448 Suraj Chodankar Ammonia Plant 2670

8 2449 Savel Selveira Urea Plant 2661

9 2442 Manesh Naik NPK-B Plant 2660

10 2454 Gladwin Gonsalves Ammonia Plant 2670

11 2456 Samarth Tendulkar NPK-A Plant 2685

12 2434 Amresh Sawal Fire & Safety 2622

13 2467 Preetesh Prabhu Urea Plant 2661

14 2463 Rahul Gurav NPK-B plant 2660

15 2464 Arjun Kattimani Utilities Plant 2690

16 2466 Clive Lobo Laboratory 2653

17 2465 Aditya Kalangutkar Utilities 2690

18 2457 Satish Vaghmare NPK-A Plant 2685

19 80001 Armildo Dias Utilities Plant 2690

20 80003 Utkarsh U Laad Ammonia Plant 2670

21 80004 Roland F.Pereira Ammonia Plant 2670

22 80005 Dattaram M Sawant Ammonia Plant 2670

23 80006 Bhaskar M Naik Ammonia Plant 2670

24 80007 Akshay Naik Urea Plant 2661

25 80008 Manu Krishnan Ammonia Plant 2670

26 80009 Jayant G Kopardekar Utilities Plant 2690

27 80002 Minanath Mandrekar Laboratory 2653

28 80012 Audhut Parker NPK-A 2686

29 2495 Sarvesh G. Naik Instruments 2547

30 2504 Siddhesh Mhalsekar Civil 2618

31 2515 Avinash Bhargav Technical Services 2591

32 2514 Kishor J. Urea Plant 2661

33 2516 Santhosha Ammonia Plant 2670






S. No. EPR Section Section Tel. no.

34 2517 Nishanth Gowda R.S. Ammonia Plant 2670

35 2510 Reuben Anthony Torcato Inspection 2638

36 2508 L. Ramesh Babu Ammonia Plant 2670

37 2513 Kanakava Roy Instruments 2547

List of Employees Trained in Fire Fighting

S. No. EPR Name Plant /Section Tel. No.

1 2036 Prashant Salvi Utilities 2690

2 2351 Sankalp Kulkarni Technical Services 2591

3 2448 Suraj Chodankar Ammonia 2670

4 2508 Ramesh Babu Ammonia 2570

5 80008 Manu Krishnan Ammonia 2670

6 2083 Akash Valke Urea 2661

7 80007 Akshay Lobhanand Naik Urea 2661

8 2457 Satish Vaghmare NPK-A 2685

9 2422 Manesh Govind Naik Utilities 2660

10 2086 Vivek Mayenkar Product Handling 2586

11 2068 C.L.A. Fernandes Mechanical 2332

12 2510 Reuben Anthony Torcato Inspection 2638

13 2378 Ramesh Meti Mechanical 2452

14 2345 Saurabh Bandodker Electrical 2584

15 1566 Savio Barreto Electrical 2451

16 2340 Jayant Nirmalker Instruments 2547

17 2280 Chandresh Chari Mechanical 2480

18 2386 Aditya Kuttikar Laboratory 2653

19 2277 Anup Madkaikar Inspection 2638

7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Details of workers health of ZACL is given as below:


AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Health Status of Workers, ZACL




ECG Report






Audiometry Report






Health Check-up Report






List of W/C & Urinals in Factory Premises

S.

No LOCATION

GENTS

W/C

LADIES

W/C URINALS

1 FIRE STATION 1 0 1

2 DOCUMENTATION/KNOWLEDGE CENTRE 1 1 0

3 WORKS OFFICE 3 1 2

4 WORKS CANTEEN 1 1 2

5 MAIN GATE 1 0 1

6 HEALTH CENTRE 1 0 0

7 STORES 2 0 2

8 MAINTENANCE WORKSHOP 2 0 2






S.

No LOCATION

GENTS

W/C

LADIES

W/C URINALS

9 MAINTENANCE OFFICE 1 1 2

10 INSTRUMENT WORKSHOP 2 0 2

11 ELECTRICAL WORKSHOP 1 0 0

12 LABORATORY 2 1 0

13 WATER TREATMENT PLANT 2 0 0

14 LABOUR TOILET NEAR WTP 1 0 0

15 AMMONIA/UTY/UREA MAINT OFFICE 3 0 4

16 POWER PLANT CONTROL ROOM 2 0 1

17 DG CONTROL ROOM 1 0 1

18 DAP GATE SECURITY OFFICE 1 0 0

19 CONTRACTOR`S LABOUR TOILETS 2 2 1

20 AUTO WORKSHOP 1 0 3

21 NPK LABOUR TOILET 1 0 2

22 NPK -A CHANGE ROOM 2 0 1

23 NPK-B CHANGE ROOM 2 0 1

24 NPK-B LABOUR TOILET 2 0 2

25 UREA MAINT OFFICE 0 0 1

26 AMMONIA/UREA CONTROL ROOM 3 0 3

27 DAP-PH LABOUR TOILET 2 0 4

28 PH LABOUR TOILET 4 0 5

29 PH MAINT OFFICE 1 0 2

30 UREA PACKER SCALE LABOUR TOILET 1 0 0

31 NPK PACKER SCALE LABOUR TOILET 1 0 0

32 LABOUR CANTEEN 1 1 2

33 NPK-DAP MAINT OFFICE 2 0 2

34 AUTO LABORATORY 1 0 0

35 RAILWAY SIDING (UREA/DAP SIDE) 2 0 2

36 RAILWAY SIDING MARKETING OFFICE 3 0 1

37 RAILWAY SIDING LABOUR TOILET below Mkt office 1 0 1

38 EFFLUENT RECYCLE PLANT 1 0 0

39 SULPHURIC ACID U/L STATION 1 0 0

40 EXCISE OFFICE & CHANGE ROOM 2 0 0

41 LABOUR TIOILET NEAR NEW KCL SILO 4 0 2

42 CONTRACTORS FABRICATION YARD 0 0 3

43 CSO 1 0 0

44 PH-NEHA OFFICE 1 0 1

45 DAP GATE MARKETING/ LOGISTIC OFFICE 1 0 1

46 PH- CONTROL ROOM 1 0 2

TOTAL 71 8 62






7.4 EHS POLICY OF ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LIMITED






7.5 FOCUS GROUP DISCUSSION

7.5.1 Introduction

The preliminary consultations were carried out through Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) and

individual meetings with the policy makers as well as the general public in the project surrounding

areas. The purpose of the communities’ consultation was to invite all sections of people likely to be

affected including vulnerable groups and women to discuss their views and aspirations about the

project through interview and discussions.

7.5.2 Objectives

The main objectives of the discussion process was to:

To ascertain the awareness about the project amongst the stakeholders;

Understand people’s perception of the social impact of the project.

As part of the project, social screening survey was carried out by the team of Social Experts of

Kadam Environmental Consultants consisting of Dr. C N Ray, Anil Kumar Vishwakarma and Braj

Vallabh Pandey. The reconnaissance survey was conducted w.e.f. 19/5/13 to 20/5/13 for

identification of constraints along with the project boundary (congested habitation, common

property resources and other social concerns), collection of Socio-economic information,

identification of impacts on the structures and livelihood by the proposed project. Further

community consultation was carried out with the stakeholders w.e.f. 06/10/14 to 13/10/14 within

the study area.

During the Socio-economic survey it is revealed that none of the households are likely to be

affected by the proposed project. The Zuari Nagar (Slum Area) falls in the close proximity of the

Zuari Agro Chemical Ltd. In this settlement maximum population is the migratory hailing from

within or outside state. The Community Development programme can be conducted under

Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Scheme by ZACL for the infrastructural and socio-economic

development of the nearby areas. Thus it may have the help the project proponent to have better

rapport with the localities’.

7.5.3 Issues Raised And Mitigation Measures Suggested

The social issues raised and mitigation measures suggested during the social survey for the

proposed projects is presented in the below given Table 7-5.

Table 7-5: Issues Raised and Mitigation Measures Suggested

Sr.

No.

Social

Component

Issues Discussed/Raised Mitigation/Enhancement

Measures for Project

Proponent

1 Health and Hygiene

Presence of Odor/smell and gas emissions

from the existing ZACL Company during

night at Velsao which is in the close

proximity of wind direction.

During monsoon season, overflow of

storm water i.e. effluent and spillage of

oil & grease run into the creek & affect to

the fish breeding process.

Regular Monitoring will be

carried out by the Compliance

Agency with strict follow up of

CPCB Guidelines and other

regulatory agencies/NGO.

The premises of the ZACL shall

be cleaned prior to monsoon

season, dyke wall and proper

care will be taken for the

discharge of effluent as per the






Sr.

No.

Social

Component



Proponent

Medical/Health check-up camps to be

arranged at regular interval.

CPCB guidelines issue from time

to time.

ZACL’s HR /CSR Department

shall organize the medical

camps at regular interval for the

surrounding habitation.

2 Safe Drinking Water

Increase the quantity of drinking water

supply from ZACL.

Tap connection for all the household of

Velsao-Pale-Issorcim village.

Local bodies/HR (Administration)

department needs to monitor

regular supply of drinking water

and provide new tap connection

under CSR Scheme.

3 Education Development of Children play

area at open space near Cleto

House, Jairam Nagar and near

Don Bosco at Alto Dabolim.

Supply of 1500 plastic chairs for

7 Balwadis and 4 Schools under

jurisdiction of Chicalim village

panchayat.

Supply of water filter for

Anganwadi and other

educational institutions.

Supply of Projector/Screen

Keshav Smriti Schools at Alto

Dabolim and Regina Mundi

School at Chicalim.

Supply of sports equipment in

different Schools/Colleges of the

nearby areas.

ZACL will consider the

requirement under CSR Scheme

after conducting need based

assessment.

4 Infrastructure Development

Construction of Community toilets with

regular water supply at Zuari Nagar under

the community development programme.

Construction of Soak Pit in Fabricvaddo

habitation of Velsao Village.

Up gradation of the internal village road in

consultation with the Panchayat at

Primeirvaddo and retaining wall at

Falvaddo habitation of Velsao village

Renovation of drainage system at

Issorcim-Hollant.

Construction of barricade and gate of

compositing unit at Rangavi Estate,

Issorcim.

Construction of changing room, Toilet

Block, utilities and other Amenities in sy.

No. 70/5 of Chicalim Village for V.P.

Chicolna-Bogmalo.

Provide garbage collection Trolley Bins for

smooth functioning of garbage collection

in V.P. Chicolna-Bogmalo and Chicalim.

The ZACL will adopt Zuari Nagar

Slum area for construction &

maintenance of community

toilets under company’s CSR

Scheme.

The ZACL will undertake the

work under CSR Scheme in

phase wise manner seeing the

priority and availability of fund.






Sr.

No.

Social

Component



Proponent

Provide dust bins to carry out house to

house garbage collection in Chicolna,

Bogmalo.

Provision of Street Light facilities at

Chicalim.

Provide signage/information/welcome

board within the jurisdiction of V.P.

Chicolna-Bogmalo.

Provision of Bus Stop at Alto Bagmalo,

near Museum Gate and at Bogmalo Beach

with display boards of time table schedule

for buses from Bogmalo and vice versa.

Construction of Sulabh Sauchalya at Alto

Dabolim and Chicalim.

Installation of multipurpose play system

for Chicalim Park.

7.5.4 Identified Social Activities

As part of the expansion of the project, the company is committed towards its social

responsibilities in the project area. The following activities have been proposed by the project

proponent as part of its social responsibilities:

Educational Activities;

Medical & Health facilities;

Safe Drinking Water;

Infrastructure facilities;

Skill Development/ Training Program;

Water Harvesting/ Recharge.

With the view to support development of nearby habitation company plans to invest 2.5% of the

project cost on various ESC activities. These initiatives would be in the area of Skill Development,

Health & Hygiene, Education and Water Management.

7.5.5 Budgetary Provision

In addition to the existing infrastructure further improvement will be carried out in the field of

providing new crematorium/burial grounds, hospital, veterinary center, sanitation facilities,

renovation of the internal village roads etc. The project proponent is committed towards the

Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC). Various community development/Social Welfare activities will

be implemented with a total provision of Rs. 20 crore (approx.) of the capital expenses for the

next 10 years.


HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-7: ADDITIONAL STUDIES


Table 7-6: Budget Break-up Activities Wise

S. No. Proposed Activity Amount (Rs. Lakhs) per year

2016-

2017

2017-

2018

2018-

2019

2019-

2020

2020-

2021

2021-

2022

2022-

2023

2023-

2024

2024-

2025

2025-

2026

Total

Amont

1 Development of Children’s Play Ground

with Sports Equipment 10.50 11.55 12.71 13.98 15.37 16.91 18.60 20.46 22.51 24.76 167.34

2 Provision of Safe Drinking Water Facility in

Balwadi and Primary Schools 8.50 9.35 10.29 11.31 12.44 13.69 15.06 16.56 18.22 20.04 135.47

3 Renovation of Anganwadi or Balwadi 10.75 11.83 13.01 14.31 15.74 17.31 19.04 20.95 23.04 25.35 171.33

4 Supply of Plastic Chairs for Balwadi&

Primary schools 8.75 9.63 10.59 11.65 12.81 14.09 15.50 17.05 18.76 20.63 139.45

5 Scholarship to Meritorious Students for

Higher Education 9.50 10.45 11.50 12.64 13.91 15.30 16.83 18.51 20.36 22.40 151.41

6 Up gradation of School Infrastructure,

Equipment 9.75 10.73 11.80 12.98 14.27 15.70 17.27 19.00 20.90 22.99 155.39

7 Promotion and improvement in living standard of Fisherman Community

7.00 7.70 8.47 9.32 10.25 11.27 12.40 13.64 15.01 16.51 111.56

8 Immunization Program/Medical or Health

Check-up Camps (Twice a Year) 6.50 7.15 7.87 8.65 9.52 10.47 11.52 12.67 13.93 15.33 103.59

9 Garbage Collection & Management system 11.25 12.38 13.61 14.97 16.47 18.12 19.93 21.92 24.12 26.53 179.30

10 Renewable Energy Lighting 5.75 6.33 6.96 7.65 8.42 9.26 10.19 11.21 12.33 13.56 91.64

11 Up gradation of Water tank capacity/Water

Supply System/ R.O. System 10.75 11.83 13.01 14.31 15.74 17.31 19.04 20.95 23.04 25.35 171.33

12 Horticulture Entrepreneurship Development 6.50 7.15 7.87 8.65 9.52 10.47 11.52 12.67 13.93 15.33 103.59

13 Construction of Public Toilet (Community

Toilets) 12.50 13.75 15.13 16.64 18.30 20.13 22.14 24.36 26.79 29.47 199.22

14 Cleaning of Drainage, Ponds and Wells 7.50 8.25 9.08 9.98 10.98 12.08 13.29 14.62 16.08 17.68 119.53

125.50 138.05 151.86 167.04 183.74 202.12 222.33 244.56 269.02 295.92 2000.15

Total provision for 10 years Rupees Twenty Crore and Fifteen Thousand Only (Approx. 20 Crore)






As per the finding of the social survey, the outmost care will be taken for the overall development

of the study area. The above budget breakup is the tentative plan for investment which may vary

time to time depending upon the priority

The ESC plan has been made by taking into account the requirement as provided by the Sarpanch,

Mr. Laximan M. Kalvelkar of Chicolna-Bogmalo, Goa as on date 20/05/2013, Ref. No.

VP/CB/14/8/145, Mr. Henrique D’Mello Sarpanch of Velsao-Pale-Issorcim letter No.

VP/VPI/19/Misc/2014-2015 and Mrs. Venorica Andrade Sarpanch of Chicalim vide their panchayat

resolution. List of Stake holder & letters are shown in Annexure 15.

7.5.6 Existing CSR activities with Budget

Year 2014-15

S.

No Description Location Year Amount

1 Supply of drinking water @ 50m3 per day @

Rs 33 per m3 Dando & Belem village 2014-15 2,37,600/-

2 Renovation of childrens park at Vasco

Municipal park Vasco Dec-14 9,50,000/-

3 Maintenance of the median along NH-17B Zuarinagar Year round 8,50,000/-

4 Scholorship of meritious students in 10th &

12th std. Zuarinagar Jul-14 34,000/-

5 Laying of new water pipeline Dando village Jul-14 1,30,000/-

Total 22,01,600/-

Year 2015-16

S.

No Description Location Year Amount

1 Painted Panchayat Office Velsao Nov-15 1,30,000/-

2 Construction of toilet for Govt. Primary school Zuarinagar Aug-15 4,80,000/-

3 Supply of drinking water @ 50m3 per day @ Rs

33 Dando & Belem

village 2015-16 2,37,600/-

4 Donated land for setting of garbage management system-1000 Sqmts.

Zuarinagar Dec-15 50,00,000/-

5 Donated land for setting of community center

to Goa Rehabilitation Centre 1000 sqmts Zuarinagar Dec-15 50,00,000/-

6 Setting up of Skill Development Centre in

trades like Electrician, Data operator, Sewing Zuarinagar Jan-16 9,00,000/-

7 Donated land around 100 sq mts of land for setting up Sulabh sauchalayas at 3 locations

Zuarinagar May-15 15,00,000/-

8 Maintenance of median along NH-17B strech of

4Km Zuarinagar

Year Round

8,50,000/-

9

Working in association with Vasco Industrial training Institute to impart added skill in new

trade AOCP involving our manpower to conduct classes for the students

Vasco- ITI Feb-16 60,000/-

10 Conducting various activities on health and

hygeine with NGO Margadarshak Zuarinagar Sep 15-

March’16 8,00,000/-

Total 1,49,57,600/-






7.5.7 Suggestion & Recommendation

The other additional activities may be undertaken as part of community development programme

based on the availability of funds and other resources. These activities are highlighted as below:

To provide Tricycle to the handicapped and physically challenged groups after Need Based

Social Assessment.

To provide fishing net for the fisherman communities.

Imparting of suitable, need based and justifiable vocational training programmes to the

nearby local residents.

The safe supply of drinking water or to provide RO plant where aftercare and maintenance

can be taken care by the Panchayat/institution.

Up gradation of the internal village roads and construction of Anganwadi in consultation with

the Panchayat.

To arrange health check-up camps at the regular interval.

To provide basic amenities in the slum/migratory colonies to improve their quality of life.

Most of the mitigation measures can be enhanced by adopting proper Grievance Handling

Mechanism by the project proponent and proper implementation of Community Development

activities at regular interval in the surrounding area. Adherence to community consultation and

interactions with the local community will reduce the social issues and conflicts within acceptable

levels.

7.5.8 Conclusion

The Social survey reveals that about 90% population of Zuari Nagar slum area of Sancoale village

is the migratory labour hailing from within or outside state, who are employed directly or indirectly

in the ZACL. Now large number of population is unemployed due to closure of iron ore mining

since last decade. The main occupation of the study area is agriculture where the rice, cashew-

nut, coconut is grown at large scale. Fishing is the secondary occupation. Others are employed in

the government/ private sector for their livelihood.

Thus, the upcoming of the proposed project may provide employment and business/infrastructure

development opportunities for the settlements of the core zone/buffer zone area. This project will

have considerable minor impact on people, property, and other resources which will be diluted

through ESC activities of ZACL. The urban town and rural settlements would enjoy the provision of

better service roads, education, health facilities, drinking water and sanitation system which will

have high impact on people as well as property. The maximum beneficiaries of these activities

shall be enjoyed by the settlement/habitation in the close proximity of the proposed project. The

efforts will be put to provide sufficient quantity of drinking water, construction of toilets/ Sulabh

Sauchalaya and up gradation of roads of the villages in phase wise manner (if required). All these

efforts together are likely to improve the quality of life of the local people. It is the commitment of

the project proponent (ZACL) that they will spend 2.5 % of the cost of project in break of 10 years

for the up liftment of the socio-economic condition of the surrounding areas.

An NGO would be appointed by the company to ensure community participation, mitigate potential

adverse impacts and help in resolving any disputes and grievances that may arise. It would also

engage in awareness programs with community and encourage selected community members

specifically the poorer sections and women to get employed in the Contractor’s activities. Overall,

the project would improve quality of life of the people residing in the study area.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-8: PROJECT BENEFITS


8 PROJECT BENEFITS

Benefits envisaged from the proposed project are broadly summarized in following sections:

8.1 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Proposed project will have positive effect on overall industrial sector in the area;

Development of Mormugao town in particular and Margao district in general.

8.2 IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The socio-economic scenario in the region will certainly change with positive impact on the

existing regional socio-economic pattern. There will be change in employment pattern with

local residents will be given preference for jobs opportunities and/or self-employment. Due to

enhancement in infrastructure facilities and utilities in living condition will also improve;

It will improve agricultural productivity in the region and increase the farmer's income;

A strong distribution network will deliver product to farmers in a cost effective and timely

manner.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL SKILLED, SEMI-SKILLED AND UNSKILLED

This project would generate opportunities for Employment in Skilled, Semi-skilled and

unskilled categories. Skilled & semi-skilled manpower would consist of Plant management

Staffs, Production Staffs and other office staffs. Unskilled manpower would consist of

Production workers, Drivers, Office assistants, Crane operators, Pay loader operators, Bagging

and loading workers, etc.;

Apart from the estimated direct employment to more than 100 during construction stage and

indirect employment to more than 100, we envisage Local civil, Mechanical contractors, Local

small business would be benefitted from the proposed project.

8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

Savings on freight cost for feedstock and finished goods;

Shortfall of fertilizers to be met locally;

With no current capacity in the region, the plant will meet the needs of a core market;

Customers, in doing so; it will reduce the region's reliance on imports, save foreign exchange

and reduce government subsidy costs;

Sustainable yield, reduction in cost of fertilizer;

Improve efficiency resulting in substantial energy saving & more efficient;

Atmospheric pollution load will reduce due to lower fuel consumption;

Modernizing & Sustainability;

Reduction of risk and enhancement of safety.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-9: ENVIRONMNETAL COST BENEFIT

ANALYSIS


9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

During the scoping stage, no recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is suggested

by the appraisal committee.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-10: ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN


10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The EIA study for the proposed project has identified impacts that are likely to arise during

different phases of the project. The study has also examined the extent to which the adverse

impacts identified can be controlled through the adoption of mitigation measures. The

Environment Management Plan describes both generic good practice measures and site-specific

measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with

the proposed activities.

10.2 PURPOSE OF EMP

The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental

management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in

particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to

introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the

program, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential

biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which

could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

Role of ZACL and its contractors;

A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that ZACL will implement;

The parameters that will be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

The timing for implementation of the action to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are

fully met.

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS

10.3.1 Air Quality

To control the dust emission from the Rotary Dryer and the cooler, an independent set of cyclone

separators, bag filters and dilute acid scrubbers (two numbers) with Induced draught Fans will be

installed. These pollution control system induce the draught in the dryer Drum, Cooler Drums and

draws all dust and fumes (including fugitive dust from other equipment) in cyclones/ bag filters

where most of the dust is separated. Cleaner streams from cyclones/bag filter will be taken to wet

scrubbers. The process air/gases will be scrubbed with the dilute acid and water. The ammonia

will be dissolved and fine dust particles to become wet and retained with water. So, almost dust

free air stream having very little amount of Ammonia / PM will be allowed to be discharged

through stacks at 30 meter height from the ground. For SPG unit dry low NOx combustors with

adequate stack height, while in Customized plant Two Stage Scrubbing System (the First Stage

consists of Cyclonic Venturi Scrubber and in the Second Stage is Packed Bed) will be provided. The

Scrubbing Liquor would be recirculated water slightly acidified with Sulphuric Acid. Wet Scrubber

will be installed at Urea Granulation unit. Transformation from Prilled to Granulation section will be

reduced the dust content to 30 mg/Nm3 before it’s delivering to the atmosphere.

10.3.2 Water Quality

The Proposed Project is a based on ZERO effluent discharge. The estimated water consumption in

the plant will be reduced due to modernization of technologies. The potable water, fire water shall





MANAGEMENT PLAN


be used from existing network. The generated effluent will be treated in the existing Effluent

Treatment Plant and treated waste water will be recycled. Therefore there shall be no liquid

effluent from plant.

10.3.3 Hydrogeology

Major part of the Goa State is covered by consolidated formation of Dharwar Super Group. Ground

water occurs under water table condition in laterite formation while confined condition is created by

the presence of lithomarge clay lying above crystalline, fractured older formations.

Hydrogeologically, the entire Goa state is categorized as ‘safe’ by CGWA.

However, the concern is raised, at murmuring level to proceed ahead with thinking -“Prevention is

better than cure”. Another concern at a primary level is to start thinking of sea water ingress in

case coastal belt goes under industrialization and withdrawal is substantial.

It is strongly recommended to start working on rainwater harvesting as a preventive measure.

Rain Water Harvesting

Rainwater harvesting is a mechanism involved in collecting, storing and using rainwater when it is

most needed. A rainwater harvesting system comprises of various stages – transporting rainwater

through pipes or drains, filtration, and storage in tanks for reuse or recharge.

Existing rainwater harvesting structures

The Goa state falls under safe zone and no water withdrawal from ground will be done for this

project. Thus there is no adverse impact and hence it is not mandatory to go for rainwater

harvesting. However when we consider a broader picture by including surrounding areas it would

be prudent to continue using existing rainwater mechanism structures to compensate nearby

withdrawal. This consideration will further help to avoid sea water ingress, if at all, in future. An

attempt is made, based on available data, to generate water table profile (See Figure 10-1).

As discussed in earlier text and as per resistivity survey report provided by Zuari Agro, ground water

occurs under water table condition in laterite formation while confined condition is created by the

presence of lithomarge clay lying above crystalline, fractured older formations. Groundwater table

is fluctuating ~46 m above mean sea level (MSL) preventing sea water ingress. The situation may

reverse if groundwater withdrawals in surrounding area continues and not compensate by recharge.


HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Figure 10-1: Water table profile





MANAGEMENT PLAN


Zuari Dam Reservoir

Information on Existing Dam:

Catchment Area of dam is 72 Ha;

Capacity of dam is 1.1356 Million m3;

Length of dam is 340 Meter;

Height of Dam is 22.86 Meter.

This dam provides 20 KLD water for plant. During field observation it was noticed that along the

dam and downstream a lush green belt is developed due to seepage in to adjacent area. In the

month of November, water flowing in a downstream and recharging nearby area.

Mini Artificial Aquifer Recharge System (MAARS)

There exists a mechanism of water collection in an artificial pond having a capacity 50 m3. This is

supported by 3 no. bore holes for recharge function after passing the water through filters. It is

suggested to continue for recharge.

Recommendation

It is suggested to keep the recharge mechanism in operation, for the benefit of surrounding

population.

10.3.4 Land and Soil

Impervious flooring, dyke wall near storage area etc. will be done to control pollution.


ZACL has achieved ‘Best Plantation Puraskar’ from Govt. of Goa during 1997-98. Existing green belt

in ZACL property area is shown in Map 10-1. Existing greenbelt species is attached as a Annexure

16.

10.3.6 Noise & Solid

The major equipment that shall contribute to the noise are the rotary drums such as Granulator,

Dryer and Cooler. The material handling equipment such as Bucket elevators, pay loaders,

Blowers, Pumps and Compressors shall also generate noise. However due to the advanced

technological improvements and proper selection of equipment the noise generation shall be kept

under limits. Notwithstanding above measures as a part of company safety policy, personnel

working in the high noise area will be provided with required PPEs and shall be protected from

noise induced hazards by applicable control methods.

The proposed Blending Plant Project is a small plant as compared to other fertilizer manufacturing

facilities. The noise generation will not disturb the neighborhood due to presence of the green belt

which will attenuate the same. There can be some vehicles movements for the transportation of

raw materials and finished products. The noise generation from vehicles shall be marginal.

The Blending & Granulation Plant will generate some solid waste like empty bags (of raw

materials), empty drums etc. There will not be any dust or waste product as all these shall be

recycled. The solid waste so generated will be disposed of as per rules.


HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-10: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


Map 10-1: Existing Green belt area, ZACL





MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.4 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL

An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources shall be

been established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including

statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc. Objectives of the cell

will be to:

Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database;

Analyze the data and decide thrust area;

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area;

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental

problems;

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information;

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for EMP;

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

Generic hierarchy of Management Cell is shown in Figure 10-2.

Figure 10-2: Management Cell

10.5 SUMMARY OF EMP

Above mentioned Environmental Management Plans can be summarized as Impact on different

environment, Impact Zone and Management Plan as shown in Table 10-1.

Table 10-1: Summary of EMP

S

No.

Expected Aspect due

to Proposed Activity Impact Zones Management Plan

Air Environment

1 PM, SO2, NOx & NH3

emissions from Rotary dryer/ Hot Air Generator.

250 to 1,000 meters in predominant wind

direction

Provision of adequate stack height ~ 30 m will

be ensured.

Ensure periodic monitoring of stacks for

parameters prescribed by GSPCB.

GENERAL MANAGER- PROJECTS & TECH. SERVICES

LABORATORY HEAD

ENVIRONMENT HEAD

CHIEF MANAGER – TECH.SERVICES





MANAGEMENT PLAN


S

No.

Expected Aspect due


2 Dispersion of Ammonia in

atmosphere

1,500 meters in predominant wind

direction

Provision of dyke wall will be ensured;

Proper operation will be ensured;

Ensure Onsite plans are made and followed,

also stricktly adhered to offsite plans too.

3 NOx & SO2 emissions from

GT/HRSG operation


direction

Provision of dry low NOx combustors will be

ensured;


be ensured;

Ensure periodic monitoring of stacks for SO2 &

NOx concentrations.

4 PM & NH3 from Urea

Granulation


direction

Provision of wet scrubber will be ensured;


be ensured;



5 Dust generation due to Transportation activity

Nearby villages & roads

Transportation of raw materials and finished

goods will be carried out in covered trucks.

Water Environment

1 Monitoring of Surface

water Nearest water bodies

Ensuring periodic monitoring;

Storm water management;

Rain water harvesting for storage.

2 Monitoring of ETP & STP Within site Ensuring periodic monitoring;

Reuse & recycle scheme.

Land Environment

1 Soil analysis/ monitoring Around the project

site

Ensuring monitoring during Pre & post monsson

and in the event of accidental spillage.

Noise Environment

1 Noise generation due to construction activities

Workers at site

Properly certified, tested and calibrated

equipment will be used;

Ear muffs and ear plugs will be provided to

workers.

2

Noise generation due to operation of various

equipment like pumps, blowers, compressors, gas turbine, DG Sets and due to popping up of safety

valves

Workers at site

At design stage, procurement of low noise

equipment will be ensured;

Proper engineering control measures will be

taken;

Periodic maintenance of equipment shall be

ensured;

Adequate acoustic enclosures will be placed.

Social Environment

1

Job opportunities, ancillary developments in and

around project site and CSR activities

Nation wide Timely approval of funds for new and proposed

CSR activities.




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-12: DISCLOSURE OF

CONSULTANTS


11 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

The Executive Summary provides the justification for implementation of the proposed project,

enumerates the proposed means and measures to mitigate any adverse effects on the

environment. It also summarizes the findings of the EIA (Environmental Impact Assessment) study

which is structured in accordance with the Appendix III A of EIA Notification, 2006 as amended till

date.

11.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

11.1.1 Company and Project Proponent

M/s. Zuari Agro Chemicals Limited (ZACL) promoted in 1967 in Goa, by pioneering

industrialist (Late) Dr. K.K. Birla, is one of the leading fertilizer conglomerates in India. The

company is also a significant importer of fertilizers and farm nutrients. The company produces

high-quality complex fertilizers of various grades along with seeds, pesticides, micro nutrients, and

specialty fertilizers. The ZACL fertilizer plant, commissioned in 1973-75, is a landmark in large-

scale industry development in Goa. At the time of installation, the plant was the largest industrial

undertaking in Goa, acting as a catalyst for economic growth in the neighbouring areas. The plant

was started as a financial and technical collaboration between the House of Birlas, US Steel

Corporation (USX), International Finance Corporation, and the Bank of America.

The entire manufacturing facility comprises of four separate plants, namely Ammonia, Urea, NPK-A

and NPK-B. All products are marketed under the "Jai Kisaan" brand. ZACL continues to nourish its

core fertilizer manufacturing operations, with extensive modernization, revamping and expansion

programme at its plants.

ZACL has won various prestigious National and International Awards with its state-of-the-art

technology, high quality standards and productivity and environment-conscious work force.

ZACL has been following a three pronged strategy for environment preservation viz. 3-R’s

(Reduce, Recycle, Reuse):

Reduce pollutants at source by adopting low pollution or no pollution alternatives wherever

feasible;

Develop fruitful utilization for pollutants, whether solids, liquids or gaseous;

Treat balance effluents/ wastes to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

The Company Leadership/Management is dedicated towards allocation of adequate resources for

Continuous Environment Protection.

11.1.2 Proposed Project

The Proposed Project falls under S. No. 5(a), “Chemical Fertilizers” of ‘Project or Activity -

Manufacturing/ Fabrication’, in Category ‘A’ as per Schedule in EIA Notification dated September’

14, 2006, as on date.

Brief Description of the Proposed Project

S. No. Details Description

1 Nature Chemical Fertilizer

2 Size Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit : 30 TPH





CONSULTANTS


S. No. Details Description

Steam Power Generation Unit: GT : 25 MW HRSG : Generation of Medium Pressure (MP) Steam (37 Kg/cm2g, 390 °C) – Capacity (Unfired/With Supplementary Firing)= 50/70 MT/hr

Atmospheric Ammonia Storage Tank (AAST) : 1 X 5000 MT

Urea Granulation Unit : 600 MTPD

3 Plot Area

Customized NPK Grade : 1,125 M2 GT : 1,952 M2 HRSG : 1,860 M2 AAST : 7,999 M2 Urea Granulation Unit : 1,500 M2

4 Location Plot Survey no. 110 to 252, Zuarinagar, Sancoale Village, Mormugao Taluka, South Goa District, Goa State.

5 Cost of the

Project ~ INR 788.60 Crore

6 Power About 2 MW- Sourced from Captive Generation

7 Fuel About 0.17 MMSCMD & 2,000 SCMD NG / RLNG will be used in steam power generation unit and Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit respectively. The NG will be sourced from the existing GAIL NG Pipeline..

8 Water

The estimated water consumption of the overall complex will be reduced due to adoption of modernization technologies such as Machinery Drive Replacement (from Condensing Steam Turbines to Electrical Motor) and Dedicated Process Condensate Stripper Packages in the Ammonia and Urea plants. Therefore, there is no additional water requirement for the proposed project.

Raw Water requirement will be met through existing source of Water Resource Department (WRD) Supply, Govt. of Goa & existing Captive Rainwater Harvesting Storage.

9 Manpower

Direct Jobs

During its operational lifecycle of the project around 80-100 jobs will be created.

Indirect Jobs

Approx. 100-150 jobs will be indirectly created by the setting up of the project during its construction & operational lifecycle.

11.1.3 Process

Customized NPK Fertilizers Unit

The Customized NPK Fertilizers will be produced by bulk blending of various Raw Materials. It is

the simplest, most economical as well as a very versatile method of producing Customized NPK

Fertilizer grades along with the fortification with Micronutrients.

Based on the product grade, Raw Materials (and Micronutrients) are fed into the system through

hoppers. The feed mixture of uniform particle through means of Particle Size Reduction and

Classification is feed to the Granulator wherein Steam and Water are deployed to aid in

Granulation. From the Granulator, the Material is fed to a Rotary Dryer which is equipped with Hot

Gas Generator so as to remove the Moisture from the Granules (Drying). From the Dryer, the

Granules are fed to a Rotary Cooler wherein the Material is cooled. The Granules from here is fed

to the Process Screens to remove the Oversize and Undersize particles from the “Product-size”

Granules. The Product-size Granules is fed to the Coating Drum wherein the Product is coated with

Coating Oil which improves the handling and storage properties of the Final Product. The Oversize

material is crushed and along with the fines is recycled to the Granulator. The Air Stream from the





CONSULTANTS


Cooler is passed to Cyclone sand Bag Filters to remove Dust while the Air/Gaseous Streams from

the Dryer and Granulator is treated in a two stage Wet Scrubbers.

The Final Product from the Coating Drum is conveyed to product storage hoppers which supply

the material to the bagging section.


Liquid Ammonia received from road tankers & from Ammonia Plant will be stored in an


Ammonia excluding vapor space. The outer tank is designed for full containment of vapors and

liquid in the event of failure of inner tank.

The tank is equipped with two pressure relief valves to safeguard against overpressure. (Isolation

valves will be provided with suitable mechanical interlock).

The tank shall rest on elevated foundation. Tank pressure is maintained between 450-900 mm

WCg and adequate alarms and interlocks are provided to safeguard the tank against pressure

excursions on either side of the operating range.


Liquid Ammonia, at a maximum rate of 90 MT/hr, is received from the tanker unloading line

through a 8” line and at a rate of 45 MT/hr through 6” line from existing Ammonia plant line with

suitable tapping taken at Battery limit (B/L) near the tank. Vapors from flashing and boil off are

withdrawn by two Ammonia Refrigeration Screw Compressors. The gas is compressed and

condensed in water cooled condensers and sent to the Ammonia Receiver.

Liquid is withdrawn from the Receiver under level control. A part of this liquid is flashed in the

Economizer, which operates at a pressure of approximately 1.5 Kg/cm2g. Flashed Ammonia vapors

at about -15°C are admitted into the Economizer port of the Screw Compressors. The balance

liquid Ammonia from the Receiver gets cooled to about – 10°C in the Economizer by the resultant

chill from the above described flashing and is returned back to the storage tank.


Liquid Ammonia from tank will be transferred at the rate of 46 m3/h to NPK A/B plants by using

the Ammonia Transfer Pumps and existing Ammonia Preheater.

Flare System

A Hot Flare system shall be provided for the Ammonia tank (for emergency purposes). Thermal

relief valves are provided in sections of pipelines where liquid Ammonia can get blocked in.

GT & HRSG (Steam Power Generation Unit)

A Gas turbine, also called a Combustion Turbine, is a type of Internal Combustion Engine. It

operates on the Brayton Power Cycle. It has an upstream rotating Compressor coupled to a

downstream Turbine, and a Combustion Chamber in between.

The basic operation of the Gas Turbine is similar to that of the Steam Power plant except that Air

is used instead of Water. Fresh atmospheric Air flows through the Compressor that brings it to

higher pressure. Energy is then added by spraying Fuel (Natural Gas) into the Air and igniting it so

the combustion generates a high-temperature gas flow. This high-temperature, high-pressure gas

enters a Turbine, where it expands down to the exhaust pressure, producing a shaft work





CONSULTANTS


output in the process. The Turbine shaft work is used to drive the Compressor and other devices

such as an Electric Generator (generation of Power) that is be coupled to the shaft. The energy

that is not used for shaft work comes out in the exhaust gases, so these have either a high

temperature and/or a high velocity.

A Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) is an Energy Recovery Heat Exchanger that recovers

heat from a hot gas stream (GT Exhaust gas). It produces Steam that can be used in a process

(Cogeneration) or used to drive a Steam Turbine (Combined cycle). ZACL proposes to the

Cogeneration mode of operation. HRSGs consist of four major components:

the Economizer, Evaporator, Superheater and Water Preheater. The different components are put

together to meet the operating requirements of the unit. The HRSG is equipped with a Steam

Drum connected to the Evaporator section where Water is converted to Steam. This Steam then

passes through Superheaters to raise the temperature beyond the one at the saturation point.

Some HRSGs include supplemental, or duct firing. These additional burners provide additional

energy to the HRSG, which produces more steam. HRSGs also have diverter valves to regulate the

inlet flow into the HRSG. This allows the Gas Turbine to continue to operate when there is no

Steam demand or if the HRSG needs to be taken offline. There is also an added flexibility to

generate Steam from HRSG by firing Fuel whilst the Gas Turbine is offline.

Urea Granulation Plant

New Casale Vortex Granulation

In this M/s CASALE’s proprietary technology for Urea Granulation, the prills from the prilling tower

are screened in a Prills Screener to separate the fine product (i.e. prills with a diameter about 1.2-

1.3 mm). This will be used as Seed Material for the Granulation Unit. Due to the unique design of

Vortex Granulation ® technology on spec product at the granulator outlet is obtained without of

screening crushing and recycling.

The seeds are lifted to the granulator feeder by a small bucket elevator, or, depending on the

plant layout, via a belt conveyor. The seeds will be enlarged to an average diameter of about 2.8

mm, spraying the Urea solution having a concentration of 96%.

The temperature of the fluidized/rotating bed granulator will be controlled by 5 heaters installed

on the fluidizing air duct. The granulated product will be preliminarily cooled in the Granulator

itself to about 75°C and then will be fed to the Solid Cooler (Bulk Flow Cooler) to reach 45°C at its

outlet.

The exhaust air from the Granulator will be scrubbed to reduce the dust content to about 30

mg/Nm3. The Urea solution from the scrubbing system will be sent to the underground drain tank

and then recycled.

Waste Water Treatment and Disposal

There will be reduction in effluent quantity after proposed expansion due to modernization in

technology. So, there will be no additional load. Effluent will be treated on site in ETP followed

by recycling RO (Reverse Osmosis) system;

Both the Ammonia and Urea plants would be retrofitted with dedicated waste water (Process

condensate) treatment systems. The treated water would be boiler feed water quality and

therefore the DM water make up demand reduces substantially;

As the Drives of several Machinery will be converted from Condensing Steam Turbine to

Electric Motor the Cooling Water Circulation Rate is reduced significantly. This also means a

reduction in Blow-down from the systems;





CONSULTANTS


The domestic sewage will be treated in sewage treatment plant (STP) provided at site;

There will be no disposal of liquid effluent outside of project premises as Zero Liquid

Discharge system is adopted by using ETP & recycling RO.

Air Emissions & Control

The point source emission of pollutants like PM, SO2, NOx, NH3 from the proposed project will

be through flue gas stacks and process vents;

Vehicular movement is envisaged which involves vehicular air emissions, majorly CO & HC’s;

Suitable control measures have factored into the design of the processes so as to control the

fugitive emission (primary and secondary) during loading/ unloading, storage and handling of

chemicals;

Appropriate Stack height, Dry low Nox Combustors, appropriate Scrubbing systems will be

provided for air emission control.

Noise generation & Control

Noise will be generated from equipment like pumps, blowers, conveyor, rotary dryer and due

to vehicular movements;

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries is to be

ensured to reduce noise levels at source, acoustic enclosures & personal protective equipment

will be provided.

Hazardous and other Solid Waste

The following solid / hazardous wastes will be generated from the site operations:

Hazardous Waste: Used/ Spent Oil, Used bags;

Domestic Solid Waste: Paper and Food waste;

Small amounts of e-waste and scrap

These will be managed as per the applicable Rules, as amended till date namely, Hazardous Waste

(Management, Handling, Storage and Transboundary) Rules 2008; and e- Waste (Management

and Handling) Rules 2011.

11.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

11.2.1 Study Period and Area

Baseline Environmental Study was carried out from March to May’13 (Summer season) within 10

km radius of the proposed site.

During this study 9 nos. Ambient Air samples, 6 nos. Surface Water samples, 10 nos. Ground

Water & 10 nos. Soil samples were collected and analyzed. Noise measurement was carried out at

10 locations.

Land use and Land cover

Land use of study area is classified as Waste land (~2.0%), Agricultural land (~12.15%), Water

bodies (~50.82%), Vegetation cover (~27.63%), Habitation (~6.64%) & Others (~0.75%).





CONSULTANTS


Meteorology

Based on the long-term Climatological Tables, published by Indian Meteorological Department

(IMD) for Marmugao (Station ID: 43196), Goa, during summer season the mean highest

Temperature recorded is 34.1°C and mean lowest Temperature recorded is 21.7°C. In morning &

evening, the Relative Humidity is 74 – 75% and 69 – 72% respectively. Average wind speed is 3.4

m/s. Predominant wind direction is from NW direction and the average calm conditions are

observed to be 4.3%.

Site-specific Meteorological data was collected at existing site. The same shows maximum and

minimum Temperature to be 34.3°C & 24.1°C respectively. Mean hourly Relative Humidity was

37.7%. Average Wind Speed & Predominant Wind Direction was 3.4 m/sec & from NW. Calm wind

contributed to about 2.13%.

Ambient Air Quality

The broad findings of the Ambient Air Quality Monitoring are as follows:

Average concentration of all the parameters are within prescribed limits.

Average concentration of PM10 recorded ranged from minimum 35 µg/m3 (Nagoa village) to

maximum 95 µg/m3 (Zuarinagar);

Average concentration of PM2.5 recorded ranged from minimum 21 µg/m3 (Sancoale & Pale

village) to maximum 51 µg/m3 (Zuarinagar);

The concentration of SO2 (<8.0 – 15.9 µg/m3), NOx (<10 – 21.9 µg/m3), NH3 (<20 – 57.2

µg/m3), HF (<0.1 – 0.23 µg/m3) are within permissible limits as prescribed by CPCB &

Factories act;

The concentration of VOC were recorded to be <1 ppm at all locations;

No abnormal emissions were found in stack monitoring.

Noise

Noise monitoring were done at both Industrial and Residential site:

Within Industrial area, Noise level during day was observed in range of 52.7 dBA (At Project

Site – near main gate) to 69.2 (At project site near Lab) while during night, 49.6 dBA (At

project site – Near main gate) to 57.5 dBA (At project site near Lab) were observed. Noise

level during day and night was observed to be within the CPCB standards for industrial area

(75 – 70 dBA);

Within Residential area, Noise level during day was observed in range of 49.1 dBA (At Pale

Village) to 62.6 dBA (At Zuarinagar village) while during night, 41.3 dBA (At Pale village) to

51.9 dBA (At Zuarinagar village). Noise level during day and night time was observed higher

than the CPCB standards for Residential area (55 – 45 dBA).

Surface Water Quality

The marine water can be compared with the class SW-II as per the classification for Coastal

Water standards;

TDS, Chloride and Electrical conductivity is high in River Water as there is tidal impact on river

and it meets estuary;

TDS, Chloride, Total Hardness, Fluoride, Calcium, Magnesium are high in stream at Pale;

Heavy metals like Cadmium, Iron and Lead are high at Verna pond water;

Cadmium, Iron and Nickel are found high in stream near the pale;

Iron and Lead are observed high at Zuari dam Water;





CONSULTANTS


Total Coliform and Faecal Coliform which is found to be high at pond and Rainwater

Catchment Water.

Quality of Ground Water

It was observed from the analysis report that, all the results are below permissible limit except

heavy metals at some places. Ground Water at Pale village is showing higher TDS owing to its

close proximity to sea.

Quality of Soil

From the surrounding area of the project ten soil samples were collected. The soil analysis data

indicate that the porosity and water holding capacity are minimum in Pale area but permeability is

very high due to sandy texture of soil. The soil is non-saline and non-sodic as ESP (Exchangeable

sodium percentage is <.01) and EC (Salinity is <0.8) except in Sancoale which is 0.33 and 0.987

μmohs/cm for ESP and EC, respectively and for Cortalim EC is 0.996 μmohs/cm. The soil of Nagoa

(pH 3.51) and Cortalim (pH 4.80) is highly acidic which require lime as an amendment. The values

of water soluble cations is low due to lateritic nature of soil.

Biological Environment

As a part of terrestrial biodiversity study, 69 species of trees belong to 29 families, 37 species of

shrubs belongs to 17 families, 65 herbaceous species belong to 21 families, 21 species of

dominant Climbers and Twiners were observed.

Major Cereal crop cultivated in the study area is Rice, Minor crops practiced in this region were

Makai, Gahu and Sugar cane. Pulses like Mug and Tur. The vegetables grown in the study area

were, Choli, Ringan and Tomato.

Large population Betel nut, Coconut, Jack fruit, Mango were observed in this locality mostly as

homestead plantation. Banana cultivation was also a major agricultural activity at some part of this

region. In addition to this Kokam were also observed growing in large number in the study area.

Cashew, Betel nut, Coconut, Jack fruit, Kokam and Mango are the major horticulture crops in the

area.

Among the plants recorded from the study area none of them can be assigned in a threat category

as per the RED data book of Indian Plants (Nayar and Sastry, 1990).

In faunal species, 59 Birds, 20 butterflies, 6 herpetofauna & 10 mammals species were found.

Among the birds in the study area, Common peafowl is included in Schedule-I of the Wild life

protection act, 1972 amended till date. Grey Jungle fowl is schedule -II bird and many other

birds are included in schedule IV of the Wild life protection act, 1972 amended till date.

Two of the butterfly species Danaid Egg fly and Crimson rose belongs to the Schedule-I of Wild life

protection Act, 1972 amended till date.

Among mammals, Indian fox and Common Mongoose are protected by including in schedule – II

of WLS act (1972). Indian Cobra and Common rat snake are provided protection as per Schedule-

II of Wild life protection act, 1972 amended till date.

None of the sighted animal species can be assigned endemic species category of the study area.

Marine biodiversity study shows that, buffer zone supports phytoplankton, zooplanktons, benthos,

fishes and other marine fauna.

Mangrove patches has been observed north-east side (~5.5 km) of the proposed location.





CONSULTANTS


Socio-Economic Environment

Social studies were carried out covering the following topics within the study area. The summary

of the results are also provided (Reference: as per 2011 census data):

Population and its distribution: There are 36 villages, with a total population of 4,15,802

persons and 98,118 households;

Educational Facilities: Primary & Secondary schools are available in all the villages;

Literacy rate is about 80.66% in the study area;

Drinking water: Tap water connections & wells are available in study area;

Power supply is available in all villages.

11.3 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

11.3.1 Air Environment

Maximum 24 hourly average GLC’s for PM10 (2.57 µg/m3), SO2 (0.08 µg/m3), NOx (1.39 µg/m3)

and Ammonia (0.85 µg/m3) are within 500 m from the proposed site;

Incremental GLC’s at all villages will continue to be well within specified norms of CPCB for

Ambient Air Quality.

Mitigation Measures for Proposed Plants

Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are:

Stacks with adequate height will be provided as per the statutory requirements;

Proper periodic maintenance of scrubbing systems will be done to ensure its efficient

operation;

Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown;

Plant load will be maintained so as to have the Air emissions well within the prescribed norms;

Well-designed/ engineered Air pollution control equipment’s with “Sate-of-Art” technology will

be installed,

Monitoring will be done on regular basis;

Proper PPE like masks will be provided to workers;

The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as

such, that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned

vehicle/equipment type.

11.3.2 Traffic

From the proposed project, additional approximate 100 trucks per day will be required for

carrying raw materials and finished products;

Thus, maximum incremental traffic will be 297 PCU;

Carrying capacity of the approach road, connecting site from Zuarinagar to Vasco is 900

PCU5;

Thus, the road is capable of carrying the more traffic than the proposed traffic.

Increase in transportation will lead to road traffic, dispersion of dust, emission of pollutants and

noise generation.

Mitigation measures

The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered;





CONSULTANTS


It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified;

Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution Under Control Certificates (PUCC) for all vehicles

used on site;

Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers will be

instructed to control leakages and collection of spilled material;

Traffic management plan shall be made and implemented.

11.3.3 Noise Environment

The Sound Pressure Level after the proposed expansion predicted, at a distance of 100 meters

from the project boundary is in the range of 40~42 dB. Whereas, the background noise level

measured at the project site, was measured in the range of 52~57 dB. Addition of the component

of 42 dB due to the added machinery at the project site is not likely to make an impact beyond 0.5

dB of addition in the current measured Noise levels, and hence they are within the acceptable

limits as well.

Mitigation measures

Procurement of equipment meeting prescribed noise standards will be done;

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries will be

ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Acoustical Enclosures with Very high transmission loss rating will be installed;

Room Acoustical Treatment shall be done;

Use of Removable acoustical blankets which are effective and economical in reducing the

noise level would be explored;

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at

site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their working hours.

11.3.4 Water Environment

During rainy season, storm water shall not meet the nearest surface water body. Also, the unit

shall comply the ZLD system. Hence, surface and ground water will not be impacted.

Reuse & recycle of waste water practice will be adopted so consumption of water will be reduced.

Rainwater harvesting system is proposed to store the water for reuse.

11.3.5 Land Environment

Proposed expansion will be carried out within existing site premises for industrial purpose. So,

there will not be any impact on land environment.

11.3.6 Biological Environment

Removal of site specific floral species will not have significant or permanent impact on the habitat

structure of associated faunal diversity. All identified impacts shows that, release of gaseous

emissions from proposed projects in operational phase rated as a “Low/ Moderate”.

However, since the emissions from the plant are regulated and minimal with respect to the

specified norms, and since a very healthy greenbelt is evidenced at the site in the form of several

species, it follows that the biological environment will continue to be protected.





CONSULTANTS


11.3.7 Socio-Economic Environment

While assessing the socio-economic and sociological impact including health impacts to

surrounding people, it has been noticed that the upcoming project will bring job opportunities for

the local people, during the construction & operation phase. There will be no impact on health.

11.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Environmental Monitoring and Management Cost


C1 C2 C3

Air Pollution Monitoring

1 Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx & NH3 from time to time within the site area Online AAQM within site.

2 Ambient air monitoring of parameters PM10, PM2.5,

SO2, NOx & NH3 from time to time at nearby project area

Once every month (except monsoon) at 4 locations by authorized third party

3 Stack monitoring as given in air consent from time to

time Once in 3 months by authorized third

party.

4 Workplace monitoring Once in 3 months by authorized third

party.

Noise Pollution Monitoring

5 Workplace monitoring Once in a month (Hourly reading for 24

hours at each location)

Water Pollution Monitoring

6 Monitoring of water consumed in various activities from raw water intake and waste water generated

from various areas of plants

Parameters like pH and flow will be monitored continuous

7

Monitoring of wastewater inlet and outlet at ETP & STP plants for the principal parameters (such as pH, COD, BOD, SS, TDS, Color, Ammonical nitrogen) as specified by GSPCB in their water consent from time

to time.

Daily

8 Monitoring of other specific parameters as per GSPCB

consent conditions. Weekly

Soil Pollution Monitoring

9 Soil Monitoring within Site As required

Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping

10 Monitoring of solid / hazardous waste from process

and ETP/STP and preparation of compilation of records of daily generation.

Quarterly

11 Records of daily generation of Solid / Hazardous

Waste. As required

12 Record of treatment, storage and dispatch, transportation of solid / hazardous waste to

recyclers, re-processors, etc. As required

Environmental Statement

13 Environmental statement under the EP (Act), 1986. Once a year

It is expected that ZACL shall incur approximate capital expenditure of about INR 10.35 Crore

and an annual recurring expenditure of about INR 0.91 Crore, at current price on environmental

matters.





CONSULTANTS


11.5 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Comparision of the existing Horton Spheres and proposed double wall double integrity type

atmospheric tank for Ammonia Storage:


ammonia inventory safely. Therefore in comparison to Horton sphere (Pressurized Storage), the

likelihood of failure of double wall double integrity tank is negligible.

According to the best industry practice, double wall double integrity tank has proven to be the

safest mode of storage of liquid ammonia.

The individual risk at plant boundary is very much reduced by replacing the Horton spheres by

atmospheric Ammonia storage tanks.

M/s. ZACL already have emergency management system (onsite emergency plan) to tackle any

emergency situation for proposed facilities.

11.6 PROJECT BENEFITS

This project would generate opportunities for Employment in Skilled, Semi-skilled and unskilled

categories. Skilled & semi-skilled manpower would consist of Plant management Staffs, Production

Staffs and other office staffs. Unskilled manpower would consist of Production workers, Drivers,

Office assistants, Crane operators, Pay loader operators, Bagging and loading workers, etc.;

Apart from that approx. 100-150 jobs will be indirectly created by the setting up of the project

during its construction & operational lifecycle, we envisage Local civil, Mechanical contractors,

Local small business would be benefitted from the proposed project.

11.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environmental Management Plan

S

No.

Expected Aspect due


Air Environment

1 PM, SO2 , NOx & NH3

emissions from Rotary dryer/ Co-current dryer


direction

Provision of adequate stack height ~ 30

m will be ensured;



2 Dispersion of Ammonia

in atmosphere

1,500 meters in predominant wind

direction

Provision of dyke wall will be ensured;

Proper operation will be ensured;

Ensure Onsite plans are made and

followed, also stricktly adhered to offsite

plans too.

3 NOx & SO2 emissions

from GT/HRSG operation


direction

Provision of Dry Low NOx Combustors

will be ensured;


m will be ensured;


SO2 & NOx concentrations.

4 PM & NH3 from Urea

Granulation


direction

Provision of Wet scrubber will be

ensured;





CONSULTANTS


S

No.

Expected Aspect due



m will be ensured;



5 Dust generation due to Transportation activity

Nearby villages & roads

Transportation of raw materials and

finished goods will be carried out in

covered trucks.

Water Environment

1 Monitoring of Surface

water Nearest water bodies

Ensuring periodic monitoring;

Storm water management;

Rain water harvesting for storage.

2 Monitoring of ETP & STP Within site Ensuring periodic monitoring;

Reuse & recycle scheme.

Land Environment

1 Soil analysis/ monitoring Around the project site

Ensuring monitoring during Pre & post

monsson and in the event of accidental

spillage.

Noise Environment

1 Noise generation due to construction activities

Workers at site

Properly certified, tested and calibrated

equipment will be used;

Ear muffs and ear plugs will be provided

to workers.

2

Noise generation due to operation of various

equipment like pumps, blowers, compressors,

gas turbine, DG Sets and due to popping up of

safety valves

Workers at site

At design stage, procurement of low

noise equipment will be ensured;

Proper engineering control measures will

be taken;

Periodic maintenance of equipment shall

be ensured;

Adequate acoustic enclosures will be

placed.

Social Environment

1

Job opportunities, ancillary developments in and around project site and CSR activities

Nation wide Timely approval of funds for new and

proposed CSR activities.

Greenbelt

ZACL has achieved ‘Best Plantation Puraskar’ from Govt. of Goa during 1997-98. Existing developed &

lush green belt will be maintained.

Rainwater Harvesting System

Rainwater harvesting captive dam site with capacity of 1.1356 Million m3 is already developed by

Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd.

Environment Management Cell

An Environmental Management Cell with adequate professional expertise and resources shall be

been established to discharge responsibilities related to environmental management including

statutory compliance, pollution prevention, environmental monitoring, etc. Objectives of the cell

will be to:





CONSULTANTS


Collect information from regular monitoring and create a database;

Analyze the data and decide thrust area;

Based on the data collected, decide target for each thrust area;

Carry out ‘Projects’ in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental

problems;

Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information;

Work out ‘Action plan’ for implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;

Prepare Management Information System (MIS) reports and budget for EMP;

Achieve objectives of the ‘Environment Protection Policy’ of the management.

11.7.1 CONCLUSION

For proposed project:

There will be no additional water requirement;

Expansion will be within site;

No discharge of effluent as Zero liquid discharge status will be maintained;

Very negligible amount of Hazardous waste will be generated;

Power will be met through internal source;

Safest and Environment friendly technology will be adopted;

Existing pollution load will be reduced and

Appropriate air pollution control equipment, treatment of waste water generation and solid /

hazardous waste management and Properly certified, tested and calibrated equipment will be used

which leads to very negligible environmental impact which will be mitigated by taking preventive

measures.

Based on the baseline studies as per TOR, there are no Protected Areas, Critically polluted areas,

Eco-sensitive areas, Interstate boundaries and international boundaries located in 10 km of study

area.

Well-defined and practiced Onsite management plan by experienced and trained staff is available.

There is employment potential for skilled, semi- skilled and unskilled labors both during

construction and operational phases of the project.

The EIA study has concluded that the project would be environmentally acceptable, in compliance

with environmental legislation and standards. Hence the proposed project may be considered for

getting Environmental Clearance.





CONSULTANTS


12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

12.1 BRIEF RESUME AND NATURE OF CONSULTANCY

Kadam Environmental Consultants (KEC) was established in 1981 and has more than 3 decades of

varied experience in the field of environment. The mission of company is providing sustainable

solutions on “Environment for Development”.

The company has a dedicated and experienced team of more than 200 technical staff. The team

comprise of Environmental Planners and Engineers, Chemical and Civil Engineers, Geologist, Socio-

Economic Experts, Microbiologists, Zoologists, Botanists and Industrial/Analytical Chemists. The

company’s strength lies in Project Management, Performing Risk Assessment, Formulating

Environmental Disaster Plans, Use of Satellite Imagery in Impact Assessment, Use of Mathematical

Models for Air, Water and Soil Assessment and Expertise in Public Consultation.

Customer services are mainly categorized into:

Consultancy services in the field of environmental impact assessment, environmental site

assessment and due diligence, Enviro legal services, statutory environmental audits /

statements, risk assessments and HAZOP, energy audit, environmental health and safety

management systems and waste management systems;

Engineering Services for collection and conveyance of liquid and solid wastes, designing and

executing effluent and sewage treatment plants, municipal solid waste studies and solid waste

management systems, bio gas plants, rain water harvesting systems and deep sea marine

disposal systems;

Laboratory services in chemical and waste testing, microbiology, soil testing and Field

sampling (we have amongst the highest number of environmental field sampling equipment

amongst environmental companies in the country). The company has a well-equipped

laboratory with modern instruments and experienced staff catering to the need of statutory

and advisory environmental testing for air, water and wastewater and hazardous solid waste.

Laboratory has received NABL Accreditationand MoEFCC approved under EP Act and has

OHSAS 18001:2007 accreditation.

The group has a varied industrial clientele encompassing Indian and Multinational Companies

covering the industrial and services spectrum viz. Bulk Drugs and Pharmaceuticals, Paints,

Chemicals, Oil and Gas, Real Estate, Hospitality and Infrastructure sectors. Whilst the heart of our

clientele encompasses the top 50 / Blue Chip Indian companies ( Reliance Industries, ONGC,

Infosys, ITC, ICICI, Indian Oil, GAIL, GSPC / GSPL, GNFC, RCF, PPL,SACL, SGF, MFL, GACL, Sun

Pharma, NTPC, Reliance Energy / Reliance Power, Welspun and many others) who have placed

implicit trust in us over the decades. We are increasingly working with several multinationals (such

as : ABB, Alstom , Areva , GM, Hindustan Lever, Honeywell, Kohler, Sabic and Tyco amongst

others) who value our deep rooted general domain and India centric functional knowledge,

reasonable costs and comparable services as those offered by our multinational competitors. Their

continued patronage is our biggest testimonial.

The Group has branch offices at Delhi and other places in Gujarat.

KEC has received ISO 9001:2008 certification for its Quality Management System.

The company is accredited EIA Consultant organization by NABET, Quality Council of India under

EIA accreditation scheme as per mandatory requirement of the MOEFCC, Govt. of India for





CONSULTANTS


carrying out Environmental Clearance studies. It has approved EIA coordinators and Field Area

Experts for undertaking Environmental and related studies in Twenty Five approved sectors.

12.2 EIA TEAM MEMBERS

Work presented in this report was carried out by KEC with active co-operation from M/s. HELP.

The names of the EIA co-coordinator and FAEs deployed for the project are mentioned at the start

of the report (in Quality Control section). KEC team members (along with their role in the project)

are given in Table 12-1.

Table 12-1: EIA team member

Name / Role Functional

Area/ Activity

Involvement

Task Under

Guidance

Mr. Moh. Anas Patel

(FAE- SHW Cat. B)

EIA Report Site visits for collecting primary data, process data from client and inserting

inputs in EIA & EMP report

Mr. Sameer Kadam

(FAE-SHW & WP Cat. A)

Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

Management (SHW)

Site visit, Identification of waste generated from the project as per HW Rules and MSW

Rules, Identification of Impact and mitigation measures for management of

hazardous waste

Water Pollution Prevention, Control &

Prediction of Impacts (WP)

Evaluation of results of water quality, water balance preparation for the project, evaluation of water pollution control

management, identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation

measures for WP

Mr. Nikunj Patel Trainee To collect Secondary data Mr. J.A. Rathi, EC

Mr. Bhavin Jambucha

(FAE – AP & AQ Cat. B)

Air Pollution Prevention,

Monitoring & Control (AP)

Collection of secondary IMD data, verifying Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) results and collating it with IMD data.

Mr. Sameer Kadam

(FAE-AP & AQ Cat. A)

Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling

& Prediction

(AQ)

Preparation of emission estimates of pollutants from proposed stacks, vehicular exhaust as per CPCB’s emission standards. Running air quality model (AERMOD) and prediction of incremental GLCs at baseline

receptors. Identification of possible impacts & its mitigation measures.

Ms. Kundan Ajudia

(FAE – WP, Cat. B)



Evaluation of results of water quality, water balance preparation for the project, evaluation of water pollution control

management, identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation

measures for WP

Mr. Sameer Kadam

(FAE- WP Cat. A)

Mr. Mehul Petkar

(FAE – HG, GEO, Cat. B)

Hydrology, Ground water &

Water conservation (HG) & Geology (Geo)

Site visit, secondary data collection related to hydrology and geology. Ground truthing,

field survey, identification of sampling locations, evaluation of results of water quality, study of rain water harvesting

practices. Assisting in impact identification and mitigation measures

Mr. Pradip Pofali

(FAE – HG & Geo, Cat. A)

Mr. Anish Jani Trainee Drainage Pattern Map

Mr. Pradip Pofali

(FAE – HG & Geo, Cat. A)





CONSULTANTS


Name / Role Functional

Area/ Activity

Involvement

Task Under

Guidance

Ms. Nazneen Mansuri

(AFAE- SHW & WP, Cat. B)

Solid Waste and Hazardous Waste

Management (SHW) &



Identification of Impact and mitigation measures for management of hazardous

waste & water

Mr. J.A. Rathi, EC

Ms. Ishita Garg (AFAE- SHW &

WP, Cat. B)

Identification of Impact and mitigation measures for management of hazardous

waste & water

Mr. Mahendra Jadhav

(Field Study Expert)

Air Pollution Prevention,

Monitoring & Control (AP),

Meteorology, Air Quality Modelling

& Prediction

(AQ)

Based on long-term meteorological data identifying monitoring locations, type of

sampling and parameters to be monitored, checking air quality data, evaluation of

results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM).

In-charge of Field Monitoring, data collection and coordination with laboratory

team members for analysis of results

Mr. Samir Kadam (FAE-AP & AQ

Cat. A)

Ms. Prachi Shah Trainee Involvement in Noise Modelling Dr. Oni

Lokhandwala (FAE- NV, Cat. A)

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar (Head –

Draftsman) Drawings/ Map

As head draftsman, involvement in preparation and releasing final maps like Land Use, project location, study area,

baseline sampling location, site layout map & green belt plan prepared by subordinate

draftsman

-

Mr. Chetan (Draftsman)

Drawings/ Map

Preparation of various maps like Land Use, project location, study area, baseline

sampling location, site layout map & green belt plan using AutoCAD

Mr. Jayesh Gajjar

Ms. Vaishali Patel (Lab analyst)

Analysis Analysis of Field monitoring samples Mr. R.G.

Kotasthane (HOD – Laboratory)

Mr. Manjay Singh; (Field Study Expert)

Field Monitoring

Collection of air, water, soil samples from sampling locations, monitoring noise levels

for baseline study. Conducting traffic survey.

Mr. Sameer Kadam (AP, AQ & WP), Mr. Pradeep Pofali (HG), Mr. B

K Patel (SC) & Oni Lokhandwala

(NV)




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT CH-13: CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE

REPORT OF EC CONDITIONS


13 CERTIFIED COMPLIANCE REPORT OF EC

CONDITIONS

ZACL has received certified compliance report from Regional office (Southern zone- Bangalore),

MoEFCC on 25th September, 2013 vide letter no. EP/12.1/232/GOA/4192 for “Revamp of Ammonia

plant for changeover of feedstock and fuel from Naphtha to NG/RLNG and reduction of specific

energy consumption along with debottlenecking the capacity of Ammonia and Urea plants,

changeover of fuel from FO to NG/RLNG in the utility boilers as also debottlenecking the capacity

of NPK plants A & B along with product mix change at Zuarinagar, Goa.” as per below:




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURE


ANNEXURE






Annexure 1: Total Production capacities after Expansion

S.

No. Plant

Capacity, MT

(Existing)

Capacity, MT

(Proposed)

Capacity Total, MT

(Post-Expansion)

1 Urea 1500

(All Prilling)

-300 (Prilling)

+600 (New Granulation

Plant)

1200 (Prilling)+

600 (Granulation) = 1800

2

Complex Fertilizers

produced in NPK A

Plant

1600 0 1600

3

Complex Fertilizers

produced in NPK B

Plant

1600 0 1600

4 Ammonia 1050 0 1050

5 By-Products: CO2,

Argon

104 & 2.2

Million Sm3 0 104 & 2.2 Million Sm3

6 Horton Sphere

Ammonia Storage tank 3000 (1+1)

Atmospheric Ammonia

Storage Tank 1X5000

One Horton sphere tank will

be replaced with proposed

Atmospheric Ammonia

Storage Tank & another one

will be used as spare.

7 Customized Blending

Plant 0 30 MTPH 30 MTPH

8 GT 0 25 MW along with MP

Steam (37 Kg/Cm2g)

25 MW along with MP Steam

(37 Kg/Cm2g)

9 HRSG 0

Unfired capacity of 50

MT/hr. (70 MT/hr. with

supplementary firing)

Unfired capacity of 50 Mt/hr.

(70 MT/hr. with

supplementary firing)






Annexure 2: Name Change Document (Zuari Holdings Limited to Zuari Agro Chemicals Ltd.)






Annexure 3: Application for EC & TOR Letter

Application for EC






TOR letter received on 18th February, 2016






Annexure 4: Environmental Clearance for the existing units issued by MoEFCC/SEIAA






Annexure 5: Copies of Consent to Operate & Authorization Accorded by the GSPCB.






Certified Compliance with the Conditions of CTO by GSPCB






Annexure 6: Agreement letter for natural gas by GAIL






Annexure 7: Agreement letter for water supply

Agreement with Water Resource Department, Govt. of Goa, Goa

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURES


Annexure 8: Long Term Climatological Data of IMD Station, Marmugao

M/S. ZUARI AGRO CHEMICALS LTD. EIA & EMP FOR CUSTOMIZED NPK FERTILIZERS UNIT, GT, HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURES







Annexure 9: First & Second level of Classification for Land use and land Cover

The definitions for the first and second level of classification are provided in the following sections.

Built up Land or Habitation

It is defined as an area of human habitation developed due to non-agricultural use and that which

has a cover of buildings, transport, communication utilities in association with water vegetation

and vacant lands.

Kadam has chosen to further define this landuse category into additional categories, namely

residential and industrial.

Residential / Commercial

Structures used by humans for living and working, but not including structures used exclusively for

manufacturing.

Industrial

Structures used for manufacturing products.

Agricultural Land

It is defined as the land primarily used for farming and for production of food, fibre, and other

commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (irrigated and un-irrigated), fallow

land and plantations. These are further defined.

Crop Land

It includes those lands with standing crop (per se) as on the date of the satellite imagery. The

crops may be of either Kharif (June-September) or Rabi (October – March) or Kharif Rabi seasons.

Fallow Land

It is described as agricultural land which is taken up for cultivation but is temporarily allowed to

rest un-cropped for one or more seasons, but not less than one year. These lands are particularly

those which are seen devoid of crops at the time when the imagery is taken during Rabi and

Kharif.

Plantations

Plantations are described as an area under agricultural tree crops (for e.g. mango plantations)

planted adopting certain agricultural management techniques. It includes tea, coffee, rubber,

coconut, arecanut, citrus, orchards and other horticultural nurseries.

Forests

It is an area (within the notified forest boundary) bearing an association predominantly of trees

and other vegetation types capable of producing timber and other forest produce. Forests can be

further divided into sub-categories mentioned as follows.

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

These are forests which comprise thick and dense canopy of tall trees, which predominantly

remain green throughout the year. Such forests include both coniferous and tropical broad-leaved






evergreen trees. Semi-evergreen forests are often a mixture of both deciduous and evergreen

trees but the latter predominate.

Deciduous Forests

These are described as forests which predominantly comprise of deciduous species and where the

trees shed their leaves once in a year.

Degraded Forest or Scrub

It is described as a forest where the vegetative (crown) density is less than 20% of the canopy

cover. It is the result of both biotic and abiotic influences. Scrub is a stunted tree or bush/shrub.

Forest Blank

A forest blank is an opening amidst forests without any tree cover. It includes openings of assorted

size and shapes as seen on the imagery.

Forest Plantations

It is described as an area of trees of species of forestry importance and raised on notified forest

lands. It includes eucalyptus, casuarinas, bamboo, etc.

Mangroves

Mangroves are described as a dense, thicker or woody, aquatic vegetation or forest cover occurring

in tidal waters near estuaries and along the confluence of delta in coastal areas. Mangroves include

species of the genera Rhizophora and Aviccunia.

Wastelands

Wastelands are described as degraded lands which can be brought under vegetative cover with

reasonable water and soil management or on account of natural causes. Wastelands can result from

internal / imposed constraints such as by location, environment, chemical and physical prosperities

of the soil or financial or management constraints.

Different types of wastelands include salt-affected lands, waterlogged lands, marshy/swampy lands,

mudlands, gullied / ravenous lands, land with or without scrub, sandy areas and barren rocky /

stony waste / sheet rock areas.

Salt-Affected Land

The salt-affected land is generally characterized as the land that has adverse effects on the growth

of most plants due to the action or presence of excess soluble or high exchangeable sodium. Alkaline

land has an exchangeable sodium percentage (ESP) of about 15, which is generally considered as

the limit between normal and alkali soils. The predominant salts are carbonates and bicarbonates of

sodium. Coastal saline soils may be with or without ingress or inundation by seawater.

Waterlogged Land

Waterlogged land is that land where the water is at/or near the surface and water stands for most

of the year. Such lands usually occupy topographically low-lying areas. It excludes lakes, ponds

and tanks or in the context of the Wetlands (Conservation and Management Rules, 2010) such

areas that could be considered as ‘protected wetlands’.






Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Marshy land is that which is permanently or periodically inundated by water and is characterized by

vegetation, which includes grasses and weeds. Marshes are classified into salt/brackish or fresh

water depending on the salinity of water. These exclude Mangroves.

Gullied / Ravenous Land

The ‘gullies’ are formed as a result of localized surface runoff affecting the friable unconsolidated

material in the formation of perceptible channels resulting in undulating terrain. The gullies are the

first stage of excessive land dissection followed by their networking which leads to the development

of ravenous land. The word ‘ravine’ is usually associated not with an isolated gully but a network of

deep gullies formed generally in thick alluvium and entering a nearby river, flowing much lower than

the surrounding high grounds. The ravines are extensive systems of gullies developed along river

courses.

Land with / without Scrub

They occupy (relatively) higher topography like uplands or high grounds with or without scrub.

These lands are generally prone to degradation or erosion. These exclude hilly and mountainous

terrain.

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic)

These are the areas, which have stabilized accumulations of sand in-site or transported in coastal

riverine or inland (desert) areas. These occur either in the form of sand dunes, beaches, channel

(river/stream) islands, etc.

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

It is defined as the rock exposures of varying lithology often barren and devoid of soil cover and

vegetation and not suitable for cultivation. They occur amidst hill forests as openings or scattered

as isolated exposures or loose fragments of boulders or as sheet rocks on plateau and plains. It

includes quarry or gravel pit or brick kilns.

Water Bodies

It is an area of impounded water, areal in extent and often with a regulated flow of water. It includes

man-made reservoirs/lakes/tank/canals, besides natural lakes, rivers/streams and creeks.

River / Stream

It is a course of flowing water on the land along definite channels. It includes from a small stream

to a big river and its branches. It may be perennial or non-perennial.

Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

It is a natural or man-made enclosed water body with a regulated flow of water. Reservoirs are

larger than tanks/lakes and are used for generating electricity, irrigation and for flood control. Tanks

are smaller in areal extent with limited use than the former. Canals are inland waterways used for

irrigation and sometimes for navigation.

Others

It includes all those landuse and landcover classes which can be treated as miscellaneous because

of their nature of occurrence, physical appearance and other characteristics.






Shifting Cultivation

It is the result of cyclic land use practice of felling of trees and burning of forest areas for growing

crops. Such lands are also known as jhoom lands and cultivation called jhoom cultivation.

Grassland / Grazing Land

It is an area of land covered with natural grass along with other vegetation, often grown for fodder

to feed cattle and other animals. Such lands are found in river beds, on uplands, hill slopes, etc.

Such lands can also be called as permanent pastures or meadows. Grazing lands are those where

certain pockets of land are fenced for allowing cattle to graze.

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

These are snow-covered areas defined as a solid form of water consisting of minute particles of ice.

It includes permanently snow covered areas as on the Himalayas. Glacier is a mass of accumulated

ice occurring amidst permanently snow-covered areas.

Ports/ Harbours

A harbour is a place where ships may shelter from the weather or are stored. Harbors can be man-

made or natural. A man-made harbor will have sea walls or breakwaters and may require dredging.

A natural harbor is surrounded on most sides by land.

A port is a man-made coastal or riverine facility where boats and ships can load and unload. It may

consist of quays, wharfs, jetties, piers and slipways with cranes or ramps. A port may have magazine

buildings or warehouses for storage of goods and a transport system, such as railway, road transport

or pipeline transport facilities for relaying goods inland. In short a port is used mainly for marine

trading and a harbour is used as a parking space or a storage space for ships

Vegetation Cover

It is a land area predominantly covered with vegetation and is not part of Protected / Reserved

Forests. This includes scrub, open and close vegetations.

Scrub

It is described as a vegetative cover having density is less than 10% of the canopy cover. Scrub is

area covered by grasses or herbs and scattered tree or shrubs.

Open Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density between 10% to 20% of the

canopy cover.

Close Vegetation

This is also categorized based on the vegetation cover having density greater than 20% of the

canopy cover.

Synopsis of Land Use / Land cover Classification used for the Project

S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial

Industrial

2. Agricultural Land Cropland






S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification

Fallow Land

Plantations

3. Forests

Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests

Deciduous Forests

Degraded Forest or Scrub

Forest Blank

Forest Plantations

Mangroves

4. Wastelands

Salt-Affected Land

Waterlogged Land

Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area

Gullied / Ravenous Land

Land without Scrub

Sandy Area (Coastal and Desert)

Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area

5. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks

River Beds

6. Others

Shifting Cultivation

Salt pan

Grassland / Grazing Land

Snow Covered / Glacial Area

7. Vegetation Cover

Scrub

Open vegetation

Close vegetation






Annexure 10: National Ambient Air Quality Standards, CPCB

Pollutants

Time

Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

other area

Ecologically

Sensitive area

(Notified by

Central

Government)

Method of measurement

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Avg* 50 µg/m3 20 µg/m3 Improved West and Gacke

method

24 hrs.** 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Ultraviolet fluorescence

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Annual Avg* 40 µg/m3 30 µg/m3 Modified Jacab and

Hochheiser (Na-arsenite)

24 hrs.** 80 µg/m3 80 µg/m3 Chemiluminescence

Particulate Matter (Size less than 10

µm) or PM10 µg/m3

Annual Avg* 60 µg/m3 60 µg/m3 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hrs.** 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3

Particulate Matter (Size less than

2.5 µm) or PM2.5 µg/m3

Annual Avg* 40 µg/m3 40 µg/m3 Gravimetric

TOEM

Beta attenuation 24 hrs.** 60 µg/m3 60 µg/m3

Ozone (O3) µg/m3

8 hrs.** 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3 UV photometric

Chemiluminescence

Chemical Method 1 hrs.** 180 µg/m3 100 µg/m3

Lead (Pb)

Annual Avg* 0.50 µg/m3 0.50 µg/m3 AAS Method after sampling using EPM 2000 or

equivalent filter paper

ED-XRF using Teflon filter. 24 hrs.** 1.0 µg/m3 1.0 µg/m3

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8 hrs.** 2.0 mg/m3 2.0 mg/m3 Non-disbersive, Monoxide Infrared spectroscopy

(NDIR) 1 hr. 4.0 mg/m3 4.0 mg/m3

Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual Avg* 100 µg/m3 100 µg/m3 Chemiluminescence

24 hrs.** 400 µg/m3 400 µg/m3 Indophenol blue method

Benzene µg/m3 Annual Avg* 05 µg/m3 05 µg/m3

Gas Chromatography based continuous analyzer

Adsorption & Desorption followed by GC analysis

Benzo(a)pyrene – Particulate phase

only, µg/m3 Annual Avg* 01 µg/m3 01 µg/m3

Solvent Extraction followed by HPLC/GC analysis.

Arsenic (As), µg/m3

Annual Avg* 06 µg/m3 06 µg/m3 AAS/ICP Method after

sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

Nickel (Ni), µg/m3 Annual Avg* 20 µg/m3 20 µg/m3 AAS/ICP Method after

sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper


AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURES


Annexure 11: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Station No. AA1

Location At Proposed Project Site

Justification To check AAQ @ Core area as a base station

1 12-03-2013 47 26 8.0 11.9 57.2 0.13 -- 1375 10 --

2 15-03-2013 58 29 8.0 10.5 < 20.0 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 18-03-2013 53 22 8.0 11.6 31.4 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

4 21-03-2013 74 27 8.9 12.3 40.6 < 0.1 1002 1351 10 < 1.0

5 25-03-2013 51 29 8.0 14.2 35.0 0.10 -- -- -- --

6 26-03-2013 60 24 8.0 14.7 52.4 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 01-04-2013 58 30 8.0 13.0 56.3 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 04-04-2013 49 26 8.0 12.5 40.4 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 08-04-2013 65 36 10.0 14.3 27.0 < 0.1 780 1245 11 < 1.0

10 11-04-2013 88 25 8.0 11.7 < 20.0 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 15-04-2013 63 26 8.9 12.0 25.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

12 18-04-2013 65 25 8.2 16.5 46.6 0.12 635 1067 10 < 1.0

13 22-04-2013 56 30 8.0 12.3 48.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 26-04-2013 69 33 9.9 13.3 45.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 29-04-2013 44 22 8.8 14.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 02-05-2013 63 34 8.6 13.9 56.3 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 06-05-2013 52 25 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 09-05-2013 43 23 8.9 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 1163 1622 19 < 1.0

19 13-05-2013 40 28 8.4 13.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 20-05-2013 56 22 8.2 16.9 < 20 0.11 -- -- -- --

21 23-05-2013 54 29 8.0 12.9 < 20 < 0.1 1024 1403 10 < 1.0

22 28-05-2013 49 25 8.0 16.1 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

23 30-05-2013 54 31 8.6 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

Station No. AA2

Location Zuari Nagar

Justification To check present AAQ of nearest habitation at GLC level in the downwind region.

1 27-03-2013 46 23 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 841 1266 10 < 1.0

2 30-03-2013 65 37 8.0 12.1 26.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 31-03-2013 61 33 8.0 10.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

4 03-04-2013 54 30 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 894 1168 15 < 1.0

5 05-04-2013 73 33 8.7 10.0 46.3 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 09-04-2013 95 51 11.8 11.0 47.8 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 12-04-2013 55 31 14.3 19.9 37.9 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 16-04-2013 62 34 8.0 15.5 37.5 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 17-04-2013 58 40 8.0 16.3 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1235 10 < 1.0

10 21-04-2013 47 24 9.8 15.7 22.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 24-04-2013 55 37 8.0 19.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

12 27-04-2013 57 28 8.0 14.5 21.9 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

13 04-05-2013 46 24 8.0 10.0 29.3 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 05-05-2013 63 30 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1010 11 < 1.0

15 10-05-2013 78 36 8.0 13.8 23.0 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 11-05-2013 52 25 8.6 16.7 20.5 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 17-05-2013 61 35 8.0 10.6 27.5 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 18-05-2013 59 29 12.2 13.1 21.6 < 0.1 1153 1395 10 < 1.0

19 21-05-2013 72 41 8.0 15.1 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 22-05-2013 66 32 8.0 17.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 27-05-2013 58 34 8.6 14.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- 1358 15 --

22 08-05-2013 61 37 9.7 12.7 < 20 < 0.1 1144 -- -- < 1.0




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

23 31-05-2013 54 35 9.4 13.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

Station No. AA3

Location Bogmalo Village

Justification To check present AAQ in the 2nd predominant upwind region having residential colonies, nearby airport, defense installations and a beach.

1 13-03-2013 53 25 8.1 13.1 < 20 0.11 865 1113 13 < 1.0

2 22-03-2013 62 30 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 25-03-2013 59 22 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 1093 1259 14 < 1.0

4 26-03-2013 61 28 9.9 16.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

5 29-03-2013 73 42 8.0 17.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 04-04-2013 54 35 8.0 14.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 06-04-2013 65 33 9.2 21.9 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 985 10 < 1.0

8 10-04-2013 59 26 8.0 12.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 14-04-2013 45 28 8.0 15.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

10 19-04-2013 64 34 9.7 14.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 21-04-2013 59 23 8.0 13.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- 1001 10 --

12 23-04-2013 51 30 8.0 12.7 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 -- -- < 1.0

13 25-04-2013 62 36 8.0 11.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 28-04-2013 46 31 8.0 11.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 30-04-2013 49 26 8.5 13.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 03-05-2013 54 31 8.0 11.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 05-05-2013 69 36 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 1081 1222 14 < 1.0

18 08-05-2013 63 32 8.0 18.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

19 14-05-2013 58 37 8.0 13.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 15-05-2013 70 41 8.0 15.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 16-05-2013 62 36 9.8 19.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

22 19-05-2013 58 32 9.3 13.4 < 20 < 0.1 971 1149 10 < 1.0




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

23 24-05-2013 49 25 9.9 15.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

24 25-05-2013 52 31 8.7 16.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

Station No. AA4

Location Sancoale Village

Justification To check present AAQ in the crosswind region having residential colonies. Vegetation and shipyards.

1 03-04-2013 53 27 8.0 13.3 1.6 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

2 06-04-2013 61 28 8.0 10.2 < 20 < 0.1 1251 1137 25 < 1.0

3 10-04-2013 42 24 8.3 14.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

4 13-04-2013 40 21 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 1079 1185 10 < 1.0

5 17-04-2013 55 31 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 17-04-2013 54 28 10.9 20.0 < 20 0.10 -- -- -- --

7 22-04-2013 47 25 9.8 13.2 < 20 < 0.1 627 970 20 < 1.0

8 26-04-2013 62 33 8.9 19.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 28-04-2013 49 30 8.0 13.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

10 03-05-2013 59 28 8.7 19.1 < 20 0.11 -- -- -- --

11 04-05-2013 57 32 8.0 17.6 < 20 < 0.1 604 1023 18 < 1.0

12 08-05-2013 42 24 8.0 12.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

13 09-05-2013 58 27 8.0 10.0 < 20 0.15 -- 1177 10 --

14 21-05-2013 45 22 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 971 -- -- < 1.0

15 18-05-2013 54 25 8.6 15.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 19-05-2013 68 33 9.8 18.2 < 20 0.12 -- -- -- --

17 25-05-2013 52 28 8.0 14.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 26-05-2013 56 34 10.7 19.6 < 20 < 0.1 1127 1061 10 < 1.0

19 30-05-2013 60 30 10.9 15.9 < 20 0.23 -- -- -- --

20 31-05-2013 63 37 9.1 18.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

Station No. AA5




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Location Pale Village

Justification To check present AAQ in the 1st predominant downwind region, may also be a GLC area, having mostly agriculture fields, rural settlement and beach area.

1 20-03-2013 81 29 8.0 11.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

2 27-03-2013 47 26 8.0 16.4 < 20 < 0.1 1155 1300 15 < 1.0

3 31-03-2013 54 38 9.5 12.4 < 20 0.13 -- -- -- --

4 01-04-2013 55 26 8.0 16.6 < 20 0.13 -- -- -- --

5 03-04-2013 66 31 8.3 15.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 05-04-2013 48 24 8.0 14.5 < 20 < 0.1 979 1155 12 < 1.0

7 08-04-2013 72 38 9.2 17.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 13-04-2013 45 25 8.0 11.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 16-04-2013 63 29 10.1 16.0 < 20 < 0.1 693 1341 10 < 1.0

10 17-04-2013 73 34 9.4 14.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 22-04-2013 51 28 8.0 15.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

12 23-04-2013 48 25 9.3 16.5 < 20 0.10 < 600 1051 10 < 1.0

13 28-04-2013 55 25 8.1 15.8 < 20 0.10 -- -- -- --

14 30-04-2013 45 21 10.2 15.1 < 20 0.14 -- -- -- --

15 04-05-2013 82 36 9.9 17.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 05-05-2013 61 30 11.9 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 11-05-2013 43 23 8.0 16.7 < 20 < 0.1 979 1167 10 < 1.0

18 12-05-2013 55 32 8.0 15.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

19 15-05-2013 42 28 8.0 18.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 16-05-2013 57 30 8.0 13.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 23-05-2013 51 28 9.6 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

22 24-05-2013 58 28 8.2 11.6 < 20 < 0.1 924 1185 10 < 1.0

Station No. AA6




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Location Consaulim

Justification To check present AAQ in the 1st predominant downwind region, far away from project site having rural settlement and agriculture area.

1 28-03-2013 58 22 8.0 13.1 < 20 < 0.1 938 1115 10 < 1.0

2 30-03-2013 66 28 8.0 10.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 01-04-2013 56 25 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

4 04-04-2013 74 35 8.3 11.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

5 09-04-2013 52 28 8.0 13.3 < 20 < 0.1 854 1152 16 < 1.0

6 10-04-2013 64 33 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 15-04-2013 72 38 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 16-04-2013 78 41 8.0 14.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 19-04-2013 66 35 8.0 13.6 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 967 15 < 1.0

10 22-04-2013 38 28 8.0 13.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 23-04-2013 58 23 8.0 15.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

12 29-04-2013 67 33 8.0 13.6 < 20 < 0.1 627 901 17 < 1.0

13 02-05-2013 40 26 15.9 18.9 < 20 0.15 -- -- -- --

14 06-05-2013 52 33 8.0 16.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 07-05-2013 65 38 8.0 11.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

16 10-05-2013 50 32 12.6 16.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 13-05-2013 62 28 8.1 16.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 15-05-2013 57 25 8.0 12.4 < 20 < 0.1 1008 1400 10 < 1.0

19 17-05-2013 51 23 10.3 17.5 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 20-05-2013 58 30 8.0 12.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 21-05-2013 62 35 8.0 16.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

22 22-05-2013 42 24 8.0 12.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

23 28-05-2013 48 27 9.5 16.1 < 20 0.11 -- -- -- --

24 29-05-2013 58 30 8.0 15.2 < 20 < 0.1 865 1309 13 < 1.0




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Station No. AA7

Location Verna

Justification To check present AAQ in the downwind region, far away from project site having rural settlement, industrial area and agriculture area.

1 01-04-2013 63 33 8.0 10.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

2 04-04-2013 44 30 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 847 1140 13 < 1.0

3 09-04-2013 68 40 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- 1142 10 --

4 21-04-2013 57 28 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 736 -- -- < 1.0

5 13-04-2013 61 30 8.0 14.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 14-04-2013 46 25 10.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 18-04-2013 47 28 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 19-04-2013 49 24 8.6 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 26-04-2013 58 28 8.0 13.4 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1027 17 < 1.0

10 27-04-2013 67 46 8.0 14.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 02-05-2013 52 24 8.0 14.0 < 20 < 0.1 615 1048 10 < 1.0

12 03-05-2013 46 27 8.0 15.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

13 08-05-2013 42 23 8.0 13.1 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 09-05-2013 62 25 8.0 15.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 14-05-2013 42 28 8.0 16.6 < 20 < 0.1 1041 1181 19 < 1.0

16 15-05-2013 52 25 8.0 10.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 18-05-2013 58 30 8.0 14.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 19-05-2013 53 32 8.0 13.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

19 22-05-2013 59 35 8.0 11.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 23-05-2013 41 24 8.0 12.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 26-05-2013 52 28 8.8 14.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

22 27-05-2013 63 27 9.4 15.3 < 20 < 0.1 828 1129 15 < 1.0

23 31-05-2013 65 39 9.6 13.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Station No. AA8

Location Nagoa

Justification To check present AAQ in the downwind region, far away from project site having rural settlement, mangroves and agriculture area.

1 30-03-2013 64 34 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 694 1263 11 < 1.0

2 26-03-2013 86 38 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 30-03-2013 58 34 8.0 11.6 < 20 0.12 -- -- -- --

4 03-04-2013 35 24 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 866 1346 10 < 1.0

5 06-04-2013 52 30 8.0 11.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 13-04-2013 58 33 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 14-04-2013 56 25 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 20-04-2013 71 24 9.1 16.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

9 21-04-2013 40 28 8.0 12.1 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

10 24-04-2013 35 32 8.0 14.3 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1079 10 < 1.0

11 24-04-2013 40 25 8.6 17.5 < 20 0.11 -- -- -- --

12 28-04-2013 36 28 8.0 12.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

13 30-04-2013 29 32 8.1 14.8 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 01-05-2013 21 27 8.0 11.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 10-05-2013 26 30 8.0 11.0 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 999 13 < 1.0

16 11-05-2013 29 30 8.0 14.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 16-05-2013 29 34 8.1 17.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 17-05-2013 33 31 8.0 12.4 < 20 < 0.1 832 1194 10 < 1.0

19 24-05-2013 44 28 8.0 11.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

20 25-05-2013 35 32 8.0 14.7 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

21 30-05-2013 28 35 9.0 17.2 < 20 0.10 720 1162 10 < 1.0

Station No. AA9

Location Cortalim




S.

No.

Sampling

Date

PM10

(µg/m3)

PM2.5

(µg/m3)

SO2

(µg/m3)

NOx

(µg/m3)

NH3

(µg/m3)

HF

(µg/m3)

CO

(mg/m3)

HC

(µg/m3)

NMHC

(µg/m3)

Benzene

including VOC

(ppm)

Justification To check present AAQ in the downwind region, far away from project site having rural settlement and vegetation area.

1 23-03-2013 63 30 8.0 13.9 < 20 0.11 908 1115 10 < 1.0

2 27-03-2013 77 44 10.0 14.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

3 28-03-2013 54 25 9.9 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 849 1121 15 < 1.0

4 02-04-2013 52 27 9.2 16.3 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

5 05-04-2013 58 32 8.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

6 08-04-2013 58 28 8.0 12.9 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

7 11-04-2013 60 35 9.4 15.1 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

8 15-04-2013 65 31 10.9 16.8 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1029 10 < 1.0

9 20-04-2013 52 26 8.0 12.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

10 24-04-2013 55 28 8.0 11.4 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

11 25-04-2013 52 28 9.2 14.4 < 20 < 0.1 < 600 1045 10 < 1.0

12 30-04-2013 62 31 8.2 16.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

13 01-05-2013 46 25 10.0 10.0 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

14 06-05-2013 64 34 8.0 15.6 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

15 07-05-2013 72 38 8.0 14.5 < 20 < 0.1 967 1196 13 < 1.0

16 12-05-2013 49 26 8.0 15.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

17 13-05-2013 45 25 8.3 15.2 < 20 < 0.1 -- -- -- --

18 21-05-2013 50 31 8.0 12.4 < 20 < 0.1 955 1154 10 < 1.0

19 27-05-2013 51 26 9.7 11.6 < 20 0.12 -- -- -- --

20 28-05-2013 63 39 9.5 16.1 < 20 0.14 -- -- -- --




& UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURES


Annexure 12: Earlier Floristic & Faunal Studies

Earlier Floristic studies

Portuguese played a prominent role in the introduction of few plants from their world territories to

Goa. Goa under the Portuguese rule, over four and half centuries did not get much floristic

attention except few sporadic publications which include some commonly known medicinal plants

of this region. Dalgado (1898) published “Flora e Goa e Savantwaddii” in commemoration of the

fourth centenary celebration of the Portuguese entry in India. Most of these works are out of print

and works themselves are outdated (Rao, 1986). After liberation, Vartak (1966) published

“Enumeration of plants of Gomantak”, he covered the area such as Ratnagiri district of

Maharashtra, and Uttar Kannada District of Karnataka along with Goa under the name of

Gomantak.

Few earlier floristic surveys conducted in Goa had been referred. They are as given bellow:

R. S. Rao, (1986), Flora of Goa, Diu Daman Dadra and Nagerhaveli Vol 1&2, Botanical survey of

India, Calcutta.

P. Killips, (1998) A guide to flora and fauna of Goa. Orient Longman Limited.

H.B. Naithani, K.C. Sahni and S.S.R. Bennet, (1997) Forest flora of Goa.

K. Urmilla, (1998) Orchids of Goa, a taxonomic study, M.Sc. Dissertation submitted to Goa

University.

Janarthanan, M.K., V.C.Joshi and S.Rajkumar, (1998) New record to the state of Goa – An

analysis. In: National seminar on Biodiversity conservation and taxonomy and tropical flowering

plants.

Patil, B.B, and S.R. Yadav, (1998). Addition to the Aroids of Goa. Journal of Economics and

Taxonomy Botany.22 (1): 191 – 192.

Rajkumar, S., Joshi, V.C., and Janarthanan, M.K,(1999). Additions to the Grasses of Goa. Journal

of Bombay Natural History society.96 (1): 181 – 183.

Vishali C.J. (2000) Taxonomic and Phyto geographic investigation of endemic plants of Western

Ghats with special; reference to Goa. Ph.D Thesis, Submitted to Goa University.

Earlier Faunal studies

Few earlier faunal surveys had been referred. They are as given bellow:

R.B, Grabh and Ali, S. (1976) Birds of Goa. J. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soci. 73: 42-53

B.C. Shaha and J.M. Dasgupta (1992) Birds of Goa, Records of Zoological survey of India,

Occasional paper 143, Zoological Survey of India, Calcutta.

Murthy, T. (1996) The illustrated guide of snakes of western Ghats. Zoological Survey of India,

Calcutta.

P. Killips, (1998) A guide to flora and fauna of Goa., Orient Longman Limited

H.Lainer ,(1999) a The birds of Goa. J. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soci. 96 (2): 203-220

H.Lainer, (1999) b The birds of Goa. J. Bombay. Nat. Hist. Soci. 96 (3): 405-422

Walia, R. and Shanbhag, A.B. (1999) Studies of avian fauna at Corambolin lake in Goa, India, prior

to the implementation of Konkan railway project, Pavo 37,1&2: 39-52.






Walia, R. (2000) Limnological study of some freshwater bodies of Southern Tiswadi, Goa, India

.with special reference to waterfowls . Ph.D thesis submitted to Goa University.

S..D. Boregs, (2002) Studies on the ecology of wader birds in the Mandovi Estuary of Goa, Ph.D

thesis submitted to Goa University

Sanali. D. B. (2002) Studies on Wader birds in the Mandovi estuary of Goa Ph.D theses submitted

to Goa University.

Heniz lainer (2004) Birds of Goa a reference book. The Goa Foundation, Goa.






Annexure 13: Impact Assessment Methodology 1. Key Definitions

Environment

Surroundings in which an organization operates, including air, water, land, natural resources, flora,

fauna, humans, and their interrelation.

Environmental Aspect

Element of an organization’s activities or products or services that can interact with the

environment.

Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency

operations. Environmental aspects selected for further study should be large enough for

meaningful examination and small enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impact

Any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from

an organization’s environmental aspect.

Environmental Indices

The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land,

natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being

assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment,

ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health,

community health and safety.

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective /

objective criteria to assess the impacting activities. This is done in the following steps:

2. Identification of Impacts

This entails employing a simple checklist method requiring:

Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental

impacts)

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects

can cause an environmental impact

Making notes of the reason / possible inter-relationships that lead to environmental impact

creation

Listing the environmental components likely to receive impacts, along with the key impacting

activities on each component

2.1 Component Wise Environment Risk Assessment and Mitigation

A component wise approach to environmental risk assessment and mitigation is applied. For each

environmental component this is carried through a series of steps as follows:

Step 1: Review and Assessment of the Specific Aspects Generating Environmental Risk

Several scientific techniques and methodologies are used to predict impacts on the environment.

Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and

effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In

cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions






have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods.

In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely

impacts require to be described.

Step 2: Quantifying the Environmental Risk, Identifying Aspects Causing Unacceptable

Levels of Risk and Prioritizing Aspects Requiring Mitigation Measures

Once a general understanding of the impacts has been studied and understood, efforts are made

to compare different impacts so as to prioritize mitigation measures, focusing on those impacting

activities (i.e. aspects) that require urgent mitigation. For ease of comparison across different

activities, a summary environmental risk score is calculated. Two key elements are taken into

consideration based on standard environmental risk assessment methodologies:

Severity: the resultant effect of an activity and its interaction with the physical, biological

and/or socio-economic environments

Probability: the likelihood that an impact may occur due to the project activity/aspect

A combination of severity with probability gives a reasonable measure of environmental risk, which

aids in decision making. It must always be kept in mind that any scoring methodology howsoever

well-defined is subjective and different persons can arrive at different impact risk scores based on

their understanding / opinion.

Therefore, results should be evaluated against past experience as well as professional judgment as

well as project and activity specific conditions to ensure adequacy and equity. Kadam has made an

effort to ensure that the scoring does not change significantly assuming that different evaluators

are equally well informed on the project as well as knowledgeable on the concerned issues. The

steps in identifying environmental risk follow.

1. Scoring the Impact Severity

The Severity on various environmental receptors have been ranked into 5 levels ranging from

insignificant to catastrophic Severity and are given in Table 1.


GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURE


Table 1: Impact Scoring System – Severity Assessment

S

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted

Severity (Impact and Score6)

Insignificant

(+/-) 1 point Minor (+/-) 2 points

Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

(+) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

1

Land Use / Landcover

(Average Score to be taken based on

Duration, Extent and Intensity)

Duration

Very short term

(upto 1 year)

Short term

(>1 - 3 years)

Medium term (>3 - 5 years)

Long term

(> 5-10 years)

Very long term (>10 years)

Extent (Area affected)

Very Limited (Within core zone)

Limited

(<1 km around core zone)

Medium Range

>1 – 3.0 km around core zone)

Long Range

(>3 – 7 km around core zone)

Extensive (>7.0 km around core

zone)

Effect on land use/cover classes

Non-agricultural land, Land without scrub, Industrial

area with scrub land Scrub land Water body

Agricultural land, Open and Close Vegetation

Forest Area

2 Air Quality

Temporary nuisance due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions,

odor / dust or greenhouse gases

Minor environmental impact due to controlled /

uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases with no lasting detrimental effects

Moderate environmental impact due to controlled / uncontrolled release of air emissions, odor / dust or greenhouse gases leading

to visual impacts, at significant nuisance levels

Significant environmental impact due to release of air emissions, odor / dust

or greenhouse gases leading to exceedance of

limits specified in EP Rules’

Unacceptable environmental impact due to release of air

emissions, odor / dust leading to possibility of chronic / acute health

issues, injuries or fatalities

3

Ambient Noise - give the mean score from the

three categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Background Noise Levels, with respect to Applicable Limit7 as per The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, as Measured at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

<10% or more Between <10 to <5% Between <5% or the limit Upto 5% above the limit >5% above the limit

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

1 dB(A) or less 1 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) – 3 dB(A) 3 dB(A) – 4 dB(A) 4 dB(A) or more

Incremental Noise Levels, as Predicted at Boundary of Nearest Human Settlement / Sensitive Receptor from Boundary of Relevant Noise Generating Unit

1

6 In case none of the impacts are applicable, then Not Applicable (NA) is written in the appropriate cell. 7 For leq (day) or leq (night), whichever is higher.




S

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted


Insignificant


Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

(+) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

0.5 dB(A) or less 0.5 dB(A) – 1 dB(A) 1 dB(A) – 1.5 dB(A) 1.5 dB(A) – 2 dB(A) 2 dB(A) or more

4

Surface Water - give the mean score from the


Water Consumption (KLD)

< 50 51 – 100 101 – 250 250 – 500 501 and above

Water Consumption, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge8 Discharge to an

authorized, functional CETP

Other discharge within limits specified by the EP

Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

5

Ground Water - give the mean score from the


Location of Drawl, as per CGWA / CGWB Regulations

Safe Semi-critical Critical Over-exploited Notified

Water Drawl (KLD)

< 50 51 – 100 101 - 250 250 – 500 501 and more

Water Drawl, Duration

< 1 year 1 – 3 years 3 – 5 years 5 – 10 years 10 years or more

Wastewater Discharge Quality

No wastewater generation Zero Discharge Discharge to an

authorized, functional CETP

Other discharge within limits specified by the EP

Rules

Other discharge, outside limits specified by the EP

Rules

6 Soil Quality

Loss of upto 20% topsoil, or minor contamination of soil that can be easily restored close to original condition

for volume <10 m3

Loss of upto 40% topsoil, or actual or possible contamination of soil

volume <25 m3 but below Dutch Intervention Values


volume <25 m3 but above Dutch Intervention Values


volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values, but not deemed to require

urgent remediation

Loss of upto 100% topsoil, or actual or possible

contamination of soil volume >25 m3 and above Dutch Intervention Values9, and deemed to require urgent

remediation

1

8 Meaning that any wastewater generated is recycled and any non-recycled water is disposed without discharge, through an appropriate means such as thermal destruction. 9 Source: Ministry of Housing Spatial Planning and the Environment, Netherlands;Soil Remediation Circular 2009, Annex A.




S

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted


Insignificant


Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

(+) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

7.1 Ecology and Bio-

diversity: Terrestrial

Site specific loss (removal) of common floral species

(but not any tree or trees).

Vegetation composition does not form a habitat

character for any species of conservation

significance.

No short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the

surrounding habitat / ecosystem.

Site specific disturbance to common / generalist faunal species (e.g. movement pattern, displacement etc.).

No negative impacts on surrounding ecosystem functioning or habitat

ecology.

Site specific loss (removal) of some saplings of trees.

Minor temporary impacts on ecosystem functioning

or habitat ecology of common / generalist

species.

Minor short term / long term impacts on

surrounding / immediate / adjacent habitats and are

resilient to changes in habitat structure or

condition.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem / agriculture when

environmental data / parameters are within

permissible limits.

Site specific loss (removal) of some

common well grown tree / trees species.

Site specific loss of nesting / breeding

habitat of common / generalist species of

flora-fauna but will not result in permanent loss

of habitat.

Short term or long term impacts are likely to adversely affect the surrounding habitat character/ habitat

ecology/ functioning of ecosystem.

Impact on surrounding agro-ecosystem /

agriculture when physical parameters with marginal

increase but can be mitigated.

Site specific impact on threatened species but

impacted species is widely distributed

outside the project site. Short term impacts may

lead to loss of abundance or extent, but

unlikely to cause local population extinction.

Site specific habitat loss of fauna listed in IUCN,

WCMC, Birdlife International, or any other international

literature - secondary information.

Impacts on habitats / ecosystems of

international importance.

Impact on threatened species listed in as a

endemic / Schedule-I as per IWPA 1972, BSI, Red

Data Book, ZSI, BSI or literature published by any

State Govt. Institute, University and Collage etc.

Loss of habitat of above said flora-fauna.

Impact on genetic diversity Impact on NP /PF

/WLS /ESZ /IBA / tiger reserve / elephant corridor

/ corridor.

Impact on ecosystem like river, forest, wetland (e.g.

RAMSAR site etc.) etc.

7.2 Ecology and Bio-diversity: Aquatic

Occasional short term impact and / or disruption to

aquatic flora and fauna

Minor impact on aquatic ecosystem, including flora,

fauna and habitat. No significant impact on water

resources.

Significant localized impacts but without long term impact on aquatic ecosystem and/or short term impacts on water

resources.

Significant widespread impact on protected wildlife or aquatic

ecosystem of moderate duration

Damage to an extensive portion of aquatic

ecosystem resulting in severe impacts on aquatic

population and habitats and or long term impact on

water resources.

8.1

Socio-economic Environment:

Social Aspects - give the mean score from the

Possible Temporary or Permanent Migration, Persons as a % of Population of Study Area

<0.5% <1% <1.5% <2% 2.5%

Possible Change in Ethnicity, vis-à-vis Major Existing Ethnicities Present in Study Area

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe




S

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted


Insignificant


Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

(+) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

Gender Imbalance, as a Proportion to Existing Sex-Ratio

Not Likely Possible Limited Significant Severe

Possibility of Return to Original Status in Terms of Any or All of the Above Changes

<1 year <2 years <3 years <5 years Permanent Change

8.2

Socio-economic Environment:

Economic Aspects - give

the mean score from the

categories, rounded to the nearest decimal

No of Jobs Gained or Lost

<50 Up to 75 Up to 100 Up to 250 Up to 500 or more

Persons Having Loss or Gain in Income

<50 100 250 500 1000 or more

Land Losers

<10 <20 <50 <100 >100

Losers of Homesteads

<5 <10 <25 <50 >50

8.3 Socio-economic Aspects: Cultural

Minor repairable damage to commonplace structures

Minor repairable damage to structures / items of

cultural significance, or minor infringements of

cultural values

Moderate damage to structures/ items of

cultural significance, or significant, infringement of

cultural values/ sacred location

Major damage to structures / items of

cultural significance, or major infringement of

cultural values / sacred locations

Irreparable damage to highly various structures / items / locations of cultural significance or sacred value

Consequence Distance

9.1 Risk to People

Slight injury or health effects (including first aid

case and medical treatment case). Not affecting work performance or causing

disability

Minor injury or health effects- Affecting work

performance, e.g. restriction to activities, or need to take a time off

work to recover. Limited, reversible health effects e.g. skin irritation, food

poisoning

Major injury of health effects (including

permanent disability)- Affecting work

performance in the longer term. e.g. prolonged absence from work.

Irreversible health damage without loss of life, e.g.

noise induced hearing loss, chronic back injuries

Single fatality or permanent total disability-

from an accident or occupational illness

Multiple Fatalities-From an accident of occupational

illness

9.2 Risk to

Environment Slight Effect- Local

Environment damage. Minor effect-

contamination. Damage Localized effect- Limited

loss of discharges of Major effect- Severe

environmental damage. Massive effect-Persistent

severe environmental




S

No.

Environmental

Component

Impacted


Insignificant


Moderate

(+/-) 3 points

Major

(+/-) 4 points

Catastrophic

(+) 5 points

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7

Within the fence and within system. Negligible financial

consequences

sufficiently large to attack the environment. Single exceeding of statutory or

prescribed criterion. Single complaint. No permanent effect on the environment

known toxicity. Repeated exceeding of statutory or prescribed limit. Affecting

neighborhood. Spontaneous recovery of

limited damage within one year

The company is required to take extensive

measures to restore polluted or damaged

environment to its original state. Extended exceeding of statutory or prescribed

limits

damage or severe nuisance extending over a large area. In terms of commercial or recreational use or nature

conservation, a major economic loss for the

company. Constant, high exceeding of statutory or

prescribed limits






2. Quantifying the Probability of Occurrence of the Impact

After identifying the consequence severity as shown in Table 1, the probability of occurrence also

needs to be estimated to arrive at a complete picture of environmental impact risk. Table 2

provides probability / likelihood ratings on a scale of 1-5. These ratings are used for estimating the

likelihood of each occurrence.

Table 2: Probability of Occurrence

Description Environment Probability

C1 C2 C3

Regular Continues or will happen every time 5

Frequent/ Often Occur several times 4

Periodic/ Likely Might occur at least once 3

Occasional/ Possible Might occur 2

Rare Very rarely encountered 1

3. Quantifying Environmental Impact Risk

The level of environmental impact risk is calculated by multiplying the severity score and the

probability of occurrence together. Thus

Significance of Impact = Severity Score × Probability of Occurrence

The final score is in relative point score, rather than actual impact. The impact estimation is

carried out assuming a well-managed operation of plants with the use of standard safety

measures.Table 3 below assigns significance criteria, based on the scale of 1-25, used for

prioritizing mitigation measures for reducing the environmental impact risks and thereafter,

formulating and implementing Environmental Management Plans (EMPs).

To do this, environmental impact risk levels are first scored and identified as mentioned earlier and

then evaluated on the evaluation scale that follows in Table 3.

Table 3: Environmental Impact Significance Criteria

Probability

Severity

Insignificant

(1)

Minor

(2)

Moderate

(3)

Major

(4)

Catastrophic

(5)

Rare (1) 1 2 3 4 5

Possible (2) 2 4 6 8 10

Likely (3) 3 6 9 12 15

Often (4) 4 8 12 16 20

Certain (5) 5 10 15 20 25

4. Identifying Activities Causing Unacceptable Levels of Environmental Risk

Environmental risks are now clubbed into five levels from extreme risk to Minor risk activities.

Extreme risk activities are unacceptable and therefore need to be either stopped or modified such

that they are brought to a lower level of environmental risk.

High and moderate risk activities, although acceptable, require being evaluated and mitigated in a

manner that their consequences / probabilities are lowered, with more focus on high risk activities

vis-à-vis moderate risk activities. Minor & Low risk activities do not require further mitigation. This

is summarized in Table 4.






Table 4:Environmental Risk Categorization

Score Type of Risk Action Required

21-25 Extreme Risk Activity should not proceed in current form

13-20 Highly Severe Activity should be modified to include remedial planning and actions and be

subject to detailed EHS assessment

7-12 Moderately

Sever Activity can operate subject to management and / or modification

4-6 Less/ Low

Severe No action required unless escalation of risk is possible

1-3 Minor Severe No immediate action required/ negligible risk of activity

Legal Significant Effectiveness of Monitoring to be ensured if required

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures require being formulated and implemented for all high risk and moderate risk

activities..


HRSG, AAST & UREA GRANULATION UNIT ANNEXURES


Annexure 14: Air Dispersion Modeling Results and Isopleth

Isopleth for concentration of PM10




Incremental Increase in GLC of PM10 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air PM10 Concentration from Proposed Units

DIRECTION DISTANCE (METERS)

(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

10 2.05 1.47 1.00 0.71 0.40 0.26 0.19 0.14 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02

20 2.06 1.52 0.98 0.67 0.38 0.28 0.32 0.34 0.30 0.25 0.22 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.13

30 1.56 1.30 0.90 0.63 0.36 0.23 0.17 0.13 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02

40 1.15 0.87 0.59 0.45 0.38 0.29 0.26 0.26 0.22 0.17 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06

50 1.13 1.22 1.16 1.09 0.94 0.86 0.95 0.96 0.84 0.72 0.62 0.54 0.47 0.41 0.36

60 1.45 1.60 1.30 1.00 0.66 0.45 0.32 0.24 0.17 0.14 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06

70 2.05 2.48 1.57 1.14 0.67 0.45 0.33 0.25 0.20 0.29 0.33 0.34 0.33 0.31 0.29

80 2.46 2.57 1.48 0.94 0.51 0.33 0.23 0.17 0.11 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

90 2.13 1.67 0.88 0.54 0.26 0.15 0.10 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

100 1.42 0.70 0.33 0.19 0.08 0.05 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

110 0.79 0.26 0.11 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

120 0.86 0.45 0.24 0.15 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

130 1.05 0.92 0.65 0.53 0.41 0.32 0.26 0.20 0.14 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03

140 0.91 1.14 1.01 1.01 1.11 1.10 1.03 0.93 0.77 0.66 0.57 0.51 0.45 0.41 0.38

150 0.96 1.06 0.87 0.75 0.60 0.47 0.38 0.31 0.21 0.16 0.13 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.07

160 1.16 0.83 0.61 0.51 0.32 0.27 0.29 0.30 0.28 0.26 0.23 0.21 0.19 0.18 0.17

170 1.09 1.35 1.29 1.41 1.25 1.01 0.82 0.68 0.49 0.38 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.15

180 0.86 1.32 1.46 1.78 1.83 1.61 1.39 1.22 0.98 0.82 0.71 0.62 0.55 0.49 0.45

190 0.95 1.35 1.02 1.01 0.97 0.79 0.63 0.51 0.36 0.26 0.20 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09

200 1.41 1.21 0.89 0.62 0.55 0.53 0.52 0.50 0.44 0.39 0.34 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.23

210 1.81 1.41 0.87 0.55 0.27 0.17 0.12 0.09 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02

220 2.28 1.99 1.12 0.70 0.37 0.24 0.19 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05

230 2.07 2.16 1.37 0.88 0.45 0.29 0.22 0.19 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07

240 1.88 2.30 1.47 0.94 0.47 0.30 0.21 0.17 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

250 1.40 1.76 1.21 0.79 0.41 0.26 0.19 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05

260 1.88 2.01 1.35 0.84 0.39 0.22 0.14 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

270 2.14 1.50 1.11 0.77 0.41 0.25 0.18 0.14 0.10 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

280 2.16 0.94 0.52 0.35 0.23 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04

290 2.01 0.94 0.55 0.38 0.25 0.20 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06

300 1.77 0.86 0.51 0.35 0.23 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.10 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.05

310 2.01 1.05 0.48 0.29 0.18 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02

320 2.24 1.62 0.85 0.50 0.22 0.22 0.32 0.37 0.37 0.33 0.29 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.18

330 2.14 1.98 1.22 0.78 0.39 0.24 0.16 0.12 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02

340 2.29 1.86 1.26 0.86 0.50 0.48 0.42 0.36 0.28 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.11 0.09

350 2.20 1.66 1.14 0.82 0.48 0.32 0.24 0.22 0.17 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05

360 1.92 1.55 1.19 0.90 0.56 0.47 0.44 0.42 0.33 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.15 0.19 0.22




Isopleth for concentration of NOx




Incremental Increase in GLC of NOx (µg/m3) to Ambient Air NOx Concentration from Proposed Units


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

10 0.89 1.14 0.98 0.68 0.36 0.22 0.15 0.13 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

20 0.85 1.17 0.81 0.55 0.31 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.07 0.07

30 0.51 0.54 0.45 0.34 0.23 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

40 0.24 0.26 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.11 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

50 0.36 0.41 0.35 0.31 0.27 0.26 0.26 0.27 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.24 0.22 0.21 0.20

60 0.63 0.46 0.32 0.30 0.36 0.34 0.28 0.23 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.06

70 0.92 0.62 0.42 0.41 0.53 0.50 0.43 0.37 0.27 0.20 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09

80 1.06 0.62 0.37 0.27 0.27 0.26 0.23 0.20 0.15 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.04

90 0.97 0.48 0.26 0.16 0.09 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

100 0.69 0.27 0.13 0.07 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

110 0.38 0.12 0.09 0.08 0.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01

120 0.18 0.14 0.15 0.17 0.15 0.12 0.09 0.07 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

130 0.19 0.17 0.23 0.30 0.37 0.36 0.32 0.28 0.23 0.19 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07

140 0.23 0.29 0.34 0.42 0.56 0.61 0.60 0.57 0.54 0.52 0.49 0.45 0.41 0.38 0.36

150 0.36 0.41 0.37 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.29 0.26 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09

160 0.50 0.35 0.22 0.28 0.29 0.24 0.20 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14 0.13 0.12

170 0.47 0.25 0.40 0.54 0.66 0.66 0.61 0.56 0.54 0.45 0.38 0.33 0.28 0.25 0.22

180 0.32 0.46 0.54 0.69 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.72 0.74 0.66 0.59 0.53 0.48 0.44 0.41

190 0.35 0.64 0.48 0.44 0.44 0.39 0.33 0.29 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11

200 0.38 0.49 0.39 0.31 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.31 0.29 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.22

210 0.45 0.61 0.43 0.31 0.19 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04

220 0.76 0.81 0.54 0.41 0.29 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.16 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08

230 0.87 0.95 0.64 0.48 0.35 0.30 0.26 0.24 0.21 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.12

240 0.77 0.98 0.71 0.52 0.35 0.28 0.24 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

250 0.54 0.82 0.63 0.47 0.31 0.24 0.20 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08

260 0.74 0.69 0.55 0.39 0.23 0.16 0.13 0.11 0.09 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04

270 0.83 0.62 0.62 0.52 0.36 0.27 0.22 0.18 0.14 0.12 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08 0.07

280 0.81 0.55 0.46 0.35 0.23 0.20 0.18 0.16 0.14 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.07 0.06

290 0.72 0.45 0.35 0.31 0.27 0.25 0.23 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.13 0.12 0.11 0.10 0.09

300 0.80 0.43 0.36 0.32 0.28 0.25 0.22 0.20 0.17 0.14 0.12 0.11 0.09 0.09 0.08

310 0.87 0.45 0.34 0.30 0.25 0.21 0.18 0.16 0.12 0.10 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.05 0.05

320 0.81 0.74 0.52 0.38 0.23 0.15 0.12 0.10 0.10 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09

330 0.78 1.11 0.95 0.71 0.41 0.27 0.19 0.15 0.10 0.08 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.03

340 0.93 1.36 1.13 0.82 0.51 0.38 0.29 0.23 0.16 0.12 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09 0.09

350 0.95 1.34 1.05 0.73 0.41 0.28 0.21 0.17 0.11 0.08 0.06 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.04

360 0.88 1.39 1.07 0.79 0.46 0.30 0.21 0.18 0.15 0.13 0.11 0.10 0.09 0.08 0.08




Isopleth for concentration of SO2




Incremental Increase in GLC of SO2 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air SO2 Concentration from Proposed Units


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

10 0.03 0.06 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

20 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

30 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

40 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

60 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

70 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

80 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

90 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

100 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

110 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

120 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

130 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

140 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02

150 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

160 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

170 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01

180 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02

190 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

200 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

210 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

220 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

230 0.03 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

240 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

250 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00

260 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

270 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00

280 0.02 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

290 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

300 0.03 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00

310 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

320 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

330 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

340 0.02 0.07 0.06 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

350 0.02 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

360 0.02 0.07 0.05 0.04 0.02 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00




Isopleth for concentration of NH3




Incremental Increase in GLC of NH3 (µg/m3) to Ambient Air NH3 Concentration from Proposed Units


(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

10 0.611 0.430 0.319 0.232 0.134 0.089 0.063 0.048 0.030 0.021 0.015 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007

20 0.670 0.455 0.284 0.197 0.114 0.082 0.098 0.106 0.094 0.081 0.070 0.060 0.052 0.046 0.041

30 0.617 0.414 0.289 0.206 0.118 0.077 0.055 0.041 0.027 0.019 0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007

40 0.474 0.345 0.219 0.148 0.095 0.076 0.069 0.068 0.060 0.048 0.038 0.031 0.025 0.021 0.018

50 0.466 0.272 0.290 0.291 0.277 0.254 0.280 0.293 0.265 0.228 0.198 0.173 0.150 0.130 0.114

60 0.470 0.413 0.402 0.333 0.231 0.157 0.113 0.085 0.060 0.050 0.045 0.038 0.031 0.025 0.021

70 0.516 0.639 0.461 0.351 0.215 0.145 0.106 0.081 0.056 0.083 0.101 0.106 0.102 0.097 0.091

80 0.570 0.851 0.519 0.332 0.180 0.113 0.078 0.058 0.036 0.024 0.018 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.007

90 0.525 0.674 0.347 0.203 0.093 0.053 0.035 0.025 0.014 0.009 0.007 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.003

100 0.362 0.285 0.129 0.070 0.029 0.016 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003

110 0.198 0.086 0.038 0.023 0.013 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003

120 0.184 0.128 0.071 0.045 0.024 0.017 0.012 0.010 0.007 0.006 0.005 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.003

130 0.256 0.313 0.219 0.166 0.127 0.102 0.082 0.067 0.045 0.033 0.025 0.020 0.016 0.013 0.011

140 0.257 0.416 0.349 0.316 0.347 0.351 0.330 0.300 0.248 0.210 0.182 0.161 0.144 0.131 0.120

150 0.287 0.335 0.273 0.231 0.181 0.144 0.116 0.095 0.067 0.051 0.040 0.033 0.028 0.024 0.021

160 0.348 0.341 0.226 0.187 0.123 0.081 0.088 0.092 0.088 0.080 0.073 0.066 0.060 0.056 0.052

170 0.330 0.500 0.403 0.462 0.438 0.353 0.283 0.232 0.167 0.127 0.101 0.083 0.070 0.060 0.052

180 0.291 0.334 0.382 0.504 0.565 0.506 0.441 0.388 0.312 0.261 0.224 0.196 0.174 0.156 0.142

190 0.548 0.411 0.256 0.258 0.271 0.226 0.183 0.151 0.107 0.080 0.062 0.050 0.040 0.034 0.028

200 0.647 0.370 0.275 0.202 0.152 0.157 0.160 0.157 0.141 0.125 0.110 0.098 0.089 0.081 0.074

210 0.600 0.491 0.273 0.166 0.081 0.050 0.035 0.027 0.019 0.015 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007

220 0.568 0.628 0.368 0.233 0.122 0.080 0.061 0.051 0.038 0.031 0.026 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015

230 0.593 0.698 0.451 0.293 0.151 0.096 0.070 0.059 0.046 0.039 0.034 0.030 0.027 0.025 0.023

240 0.467 0.687 0.447 0.288 0.147 0.093 0.066 0.052 0.038 0.031 0.026 0.022 0.019 0.017 0.015





(DEGREES) 250 500 750 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000

250 0.527 0.465 0.344 0.234 0.125 0.080 0.058 0.046 0.034 0.028 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.017 0.016

260 0.597 0.667 0.445 0.279 0.129 0.073 0.048 0.035 0.022 0.016 0.012 0.010 0.009 0.008 0.007

270 0.658 0.405 0.313 0.222 0.121 0.077 0.055 0.042 0.030 0.023 0.019 0.017 0.015 0.014 0.012

280 0.653 0.287 0.162 0.111 0.072 0.056 0.046 0.040 0.031 0.025 0.021 0.019 0.016 0.015 0.013

290 0.600 0.284 0.167 0.117 0.079 0.062 0.053 0.046 0.037 0.031 0.027 0.024 0.021 0.019 0.018

300 0.523 0.258 0.154 0.108 0.072 0.057 0.048 0.041 0.032 0.027 0.023 0.020 0.018 0.016 0.015

310 0.608 0.304 0.141 0.088 0.056 0.043 0.035 0.029 0.022 0.018 0.014 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.008

320 0.704 0.468 0.246 0.146 0.067 0.070 0.100 0.120 0.118 0.106 0.094 0.083 0.073 0.065 0.059

330 0.700 0.578 0.356 0.231 0.118 0.072 0.049 0.036 0.024 0.017 0.013 0.010 0.008 0.007 0.006

340 0.702 0.568 0.383 0.265 0.156 0.148 0.131 0.114 0.087 0.069 0.056 0.046 0.039 0.034 0.030

350 0.690 0.479 0.325 0.235 0.140 0.094 0.068 0.065 0.050 0.039 0.031 0.025 0.020 0.017 0.014

360 0.639 0.466 0.356 0.271 0.169 0.148 0.142 0.137 0.110 0.088 0.072 0.059 0.050 0.055 0.065






Annexure 15: List of Stakeholders & Letters from Panchayats

List of Stakeholders & discussed issues.

Name of

Participant

Designation Mobile No. Village Date Issues Discussed

Laxman M Kavelkar

Sarpanch 9960212594 Chicolna Bogmalo

20/05/13 Construction of Public Toilets for Tourists and Provision of

Garbage Collection Dustbin.

Aparna Naik Resident 9850655092 Sancoale 20/05/13 Socio-economic condition of the area.

Ravindra Resident 9422826453 Zuari Nagar (Slum)

20/05/13 Open Defecation, Supply of Drinking

Water and Migratory Labor issues.

Girish Karekar Resident Nil Nagave (Nagoa)

20/05/13 Blockage of Sewage line and

Dustbin/Garbage Collection points.

Santosh Chary Trader (Fabrication)

9766502706 Sasmollem (Mistwada)

20/05/13 Toilet & Sanitation facility.

NatwarLal R Lakhani

Trader (Grocery)

9225909528 Alto Desterro 20/05/13 Water Supply, Toilets and Sanitation

System.

Ismail Resident 9764237942 Maimollem 20/05/13 Cleaning of Sanjule Pond and Well.

Pradeep Tavankar Secretary 9420197719 Chicolna Bogmallo

10/10/14 Construction of Public Toilets for Tourists and Provision of

Garbage Collection Dustbin.

Judas Anacleto De Souza

(Mrs. Varonica)

Sarpanch 9822127367 Chicalim 11/10/14 Construction of Sulabh Sauchalaya and provision of

Garbage Collection Trolley bins.

SharanMetti Sarpanch 9049884444 Sancoale 11/10/14 Infrastructure Development and Sanitation System.

Henrique D’ Mello Sarpanch 9657896983 Velsao, Pale and Issorcim

11/10/14 Renovation of drainage system, Up gradation of internal

village road and provision of tap

connection for supply of drinking water.






Letter from Chicolna – Bogmalo Village Sarpanch






Letter from Velsao-Pale-Issorcim Village Sarpanch






Letter from Chicalim Village Sarpanch




Annexure 16: Existing Greenbelt Species, ZACL






Annexure 17: NABET certificate of accreditation

CONTACT DETAILS

Vadodara (Head Office)

871/B/3, GIDC Makarpura, Vadodara, India – 390 010.

E: [email protected]; T:+91-265-3001000; F: +91-265-3001069

Delhi / NCR

SPAZE IT Park, Unit No. 1124, Sector 49, Near Omax City Centre Mall, Sohna Road, Gurgaon – 122 022

E: [email protected]; T: 0124-4242430

Kadam Environmental Consultants w w w . ka d am en v i r o . c o m

E nv ironment for Deve lopm ent

Kadam - Goa State Pollution Control Board

Documents

Transcript of Kadam - Goa State Pollution Control Board